C atalogu e 2012/2013 Innovation · Advancement · Development

C atalogu e  2012/2013 Innovation · Advancement · Development
C ata lo g u e 2012/2013
Innovation · Advancement · Development
www.biometra.com
2
Distributors
Biometra – Worldwide
For technical questions or quotes
relating to our products please
contact your local distributor or
Biometra. The website
http://www.biometra.de/
distributors.0.html gives a
comprehensive overview of all
Biometra distributors worldwide.
Germany
Biometra GmbH
Rudolf-Wissell-Str. 30
D-37079 Göttingen
Tel. +49 551-50686-0
Fax +49 551-50686-66
[email protected]
3
www.biometra.com
Quality Management
ISO 9001:2008 Certified
In order to ensure a high service level
Biometra adapted the quality standards
of BS EN IS0 9001:2008 and has been
certified by BSI Management Systems.
Yearly QC assessment audits by
BSI auditors and additional internal
audits at regular intervals evaluate the
established quality system to continually
improve the effectiveness in accordance
with the requirements of the international
standard.
All Biometra laboratory instruments
are produced with the highest practical
standards of materials, workmanship
and design. The production facilities
meet European standards regarding
health and safety as well as environmental regulations. All laboratory
instruments produced and supplied by
Biometra carry a CE-mark and include a
declaration of conformity to the relevant
EU guidelines.
Biometra guarantees the instruments
to be free from defects in materials
and workmanship under normal use
or service.
If a unit proves defective in materials
or workmanship during the warranty
period, Biometra will repair or replace it
free of charge if returned to Biometra.
Freight charges are not covered by
warranty.
4
This warranty is limited to the product
and, if applicable, to the standard original accessories. It is presumed that this
device will exclusively be operated in
accordance with Biometra‘s instructions.
This guarantee does not cover damage
in transit, damage caused by carelessness,
misuse or neglect, or unsatisfactory
performance as a result of conditions
beyond our control; or consequential
losses as a result of failure of our product.
N EW P RO ducts
N EW P RODUCTS
TOptical Thermocycler............................................................................................................ 6
TProfessional TRIO Thermocycler ...................................................................................... 6
TProfessional Basic XL ......................................................................................................... 7
Divider-Plates for Eco-Mini Electrophoresis ................................................................... 7
Compact Multi-Wide Electrophoresis ............................................................................... 8
BDAdigital ................................................................................................................................. 8
BioDocAnalyze Software ...................................................................................................... 9
Blue Light LED Transilluminators ....................................................................................... 9
TS1 and TSC ThermoShaker .............................................................................................. 10
Thermostat KH-6.................................................................................................................... 10
Innovation · Advancement · Development
5
www.biometra.com
TOptical Thermocycler
• Free configurable with up to 6 color
filter modules for excitation and detection of commonly used
fluorescent dyes
• Up to 6 fold multiplexing
• Excitation by three different
coloured long living LEDs
• Patented array of high performance
optical fibers for loss-free excitation
and detection of fluorescence
• Highly sensitive Channel Photo
Multiplier (CPM) with efficient
noise reduction
• TProfessional Thermocycler
retrofittable with optical module
• Block with or without gradient
function
• Excellent heating and cooling rates
and temperature uniformity
• Easy to use software for creating
experiments, for analysis and data
export
Page 17
TProfessional
TRIO Thermocycler
• Three independent Thermocyclers
in one housing
• Runs three different programs
at the same time
• Maximum throughput 144 samples
• Three different block formats
available
• Intuitive easy spreedsheet and
graphical programming
• Versatile USB functions
Page 27
6
Innovation · Advancement · Development
N EW P RO ducts
TProfessional Basic XL
•
•
•
•
•
•
Anodized XL block for extra large
volumes up to 100µl
Especially suited for emPCR and
bisulfite conversion
Available with or without
gradient function
High temperature uniformity
High heating and cooling rates
Easy programming
Page 26
Divider-Plates for Eco-Mini Electrophoresis
• Double gel capacity: Divider-Plate
Set (incl. 2 combs)
• Run up to 4 gels in a single run
• No additional Casting Stand and
Electrophoresis Module required
• Fixed glass spacers for easy
handling
Page 46
Innovation · Advancement · Development
7
www.biometra.com
Compact Multi-Wide Electrophoresis
• 4 different gel sizes from
7 to 18 cm length
• Up to 192 samples per gel
• UV transparent gel trays
• Multichannel pipet compatible
combs
• All-in-one gel casting system
Page 69
BDAdigital
• High-class digital single lens reflex
camera with 12 megapixels
• Specifically developed software for
„one-click“ image acquisition
• Powerful BioDocAnalyze gel
analysis software
• Choice of small darkhood or
advanced hood version BDA Box
Page 122
8
Innovation · Advancement · Development
N EW P RO ducts
BioDocAnalyze Software
• Basic revision of the popular BDA
gel analysis software
• Optimized software interface for
analyses in a few steps
• Helpful additional functions
• Part of BDA gel documentation
systems or separate for import of
jpg, tif or bmp files
Page 126
BLstar
• Blue light LED illumination for e.g.
green fluorescent stains
• Compact tables with 12.5 cm x 9 cm
or 16 cm x 20 cm field of view
• Safe solution: No damage of DNA,
no risk of UV exposure for users
Page 138
Innovation · Advancement · Development
9
www.biometra.com
TS1and TSC ThermoShaker
• Increased mixing speed up
to 1,800 rpm
• New temperature calibration
function
• New interchangeable block
modules for 24 x 1.5 ml and
24 x 2.0 ml
• Three instruments in one:
thermomixer, mixer, incubator
Pages 156 + 157
Thermostat KH-6
•
•
•
•
Space saving tower design
Real Temperature Adjustment (RTA)
5 selectable fixed temperatures
Working temperature range =
- 10 °C to + 80 °C
Page 163
10
Innovation · Advancement · Development
N EW P RO ducts
Innovation · Advancement · Development
11
www.biometra.com
12
Content
Content
THERMOCYCLER ..........................................................................................................................
TOptical Thermocycler
TProfessional Family
TProfessional Thermocycler TProfessional Standard Thermocycler
TProfessional Basic Thermocycler
TProfessional TRIO Thermocycler
15
TProfessional Manager Software
TPersonal Thermocycler
TRobot Thermocycler
Accessories
Oligonucleotides
ELECTROPHORESIS .....................................................................................................................
41
Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
Agarose Gel Electrophoresis
Pulsed Field Gel Electrophoresis
Temperature Gradient Gel Electrophoresis
Sequencing
Power Supplies
Blotting
Gel Imaging ...............................................................................................................................
117
UVsolo TS
BioDocAnalyze Systems
Transilluminators
GENERAL LABORATORY EQUIPMENT .................................................................................
Hybridisation Ovens
BioLink DNA Crosslinker Rocking Platforms BioShaker
TS1 ThermoShaker
TSC ThermoShaker
TB2 Thermoblock 145
Geldryers Membrane Pumps
Thermostat KH-6
Disposable Electroporation Chambers
Nitrocellulose Membranes
Whatman CHR Paper
INDICES AND APPENDICES .....................................................................................................
168
Alphabetical Index
Numerical Index
Disclaimer
General Terms and Conditions of Business
13
13
www.biometra.com
14
TH ER MOCYCLER
T hermocycler
Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 16
TOptical Thermocycler ......................................................................................................... 17­
TProfessional Family ............................................................................................................ 22
TProfessional Thermocycler .............................................................................................. 24
TProfessional Standard Thermocycler ............................................................................ 25
TProfessional Basic Thermocycler ................................................................................... 26
TProfessional TRIO Thermocycler .................................................................................... 27
TProfessional Manager Software ..................................................................................... 29
TPersonal Thermocycler ..................................................................................................... 30
TRobot Thermocycler .......................................................................................................... 31
Technical Specifications ...................................................................................................... 32
Thermocycler Capacity and Suitable Consumables ................................................... 34
Order Information ................................................................................................................ 35
Oligonucleotides ................................................................................................................... 37
Innovation · Advancement · Development
15
www.biometra.com
Thermocycler
Introduction
Biometra designs and manufactures
thermocyclers for more than 20 years
for all needs and all fields of application.
No matter what tubes or plastic ware
you are using, what sample volume or
throughput you need, Biometra offers
the right instrument.
High precision instruments
All Biometra Thermocyclers are high
precision instruments. This becomes
evident by the excellent temperature
homogeneity provided by all Biometra
sample blocks. To achieve highest
heating and cooling rates, different
technologies are used for the different
thermocycler models.
High Performance Smart Lid (HPSL)
All Biometra Thermocyclers feature a
special lid mechanics ensuring optimum
pressure for all kind of tubes. This defined
pressure is not only important to prevent
condensation at the tube walls but also
to ensure a tight contact between the
tube walls and the sample block.
Only this tight contact guarantees an
efficient heat transfer, thus enabling
fast temperature equilibration of the
reaction liquid. In addition, all Biometra
instruments feature an extended lid
frame that provides for a homogeneous
temperature cushion above the block
surface. Together with the high precision
sample blocks, an excellent temperature
homogeneity is achieved between all
samples.
Easy Spreadsheet Programming (ESP)
All Biometra Thermocyclers provide
spreadsheet programming. Avoiding
endless serial program windows, all
steps of a program are entered in a
single screen. This makes the creation
of new or editing existing programs
fast and easy. The navigation with
four cursor keys provides maximum
convenience.
Low noise and heat emission
By using efficient Peltier technology
and an intelligent power management,
Biometra Thermocyclers are optimized
for minimum power consumption.
Due to the low energy uptake the
thermocycler heat sink does not require
extensive ventilation during the heating
and cooling phases. This is the basis
for the low heat emission and silent
operation of Biometra Thermocyclers.
Flexibility
Biometra Thermocyclers are as flexible
as our customers needs. To support
the usage of different types of plastic
ware, we offer a broad range of
exchangeable block modules for the
TProfessional Thermocycler. The block
modules can be exchanged within a
few seconds. For the optimisation of
16
Innovation · Advancement · Development
new primer pairs they are also available
with gradient function. Additionally,
the TProfessional base unit can also
be upgraded for Real-Time PCR by the
TOptical block module.
The TProfessional TRIO is equipped
with three blocks that allow to run three
different protocols at the same time.
TH ER MOCYCLER
TOptical Thermocycler
The Real-Time PCR System with Maximum Flexibility
• Free configurable with up to 6 color
filter modules for excitation and
detection of commonly used
fluorescent dyes
• Up to 6 fold multiplexing
• Excitation by three different
coloured long living LEDs
• Patented array of high performance
optical fibers for loss-free excitation
and detection of fluorescence
• Highly sensitive Channel Photo
Multiplier (CPM) with efficient
noise reduction
• TProfessional Thermocycler
retrofittable with optical module
• Block with or without gradient
function
• Excellent heating and cooling rates
and temperature uniformity
• Easy to use software for creating
experiments, for analysis and data
export
Modular block concept
The TOptical Thermocycler consists
of the base unit of the TProfessional
Thermocycler and the TOptical module.
This modular system enables the
upgrade of existing TProfessional
Thermocyclers by the TOptical module to
a complete real-time PCR Thermocycler.
Simply insert the TOptical module and
that’s it – in a few seconds you can
begin with real-time PCR. Or the
TOptical module can be quickly
exchanged for a TProfessional module
and the TOptical Thermocycler be used
as conventional thermocycler. For maximum flexibility five different modules
in various block formats, ranging from
0.5 ml tubes up to 384 well microplates,
are available.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
17
www.biometra.com
Optional gradient function
Finding the best annealing temperature is, especially for real-time PCR
experiments very important. Often
time-consuming optimisation tests are
conducted only limited, which leads to
suboptimal results under routine
conditions. To allow the testing of new
primer combinations in a single run,
the TOptical module optionally is
available with gradient function.
With a gradient span of 40 °C and the
linear gradient tool for programming of
equal temperature increments between
the 12 columns of the block the
TOptical fulfills every wish for easy
optimisation of real-time PCR assays.
New primer pairs with unknown
annealing temperatures can be tested
quickly and new protocols are optimized in a very short time.
Flexible configuration
with optical filter modules
The patented* optical system of the
TOptical Thermocycler provides a filter
wheel for 6 color filter modules. The
filter wheel can be freely equipped with
color filter modules of choice. Furthermore, the system can also subsequently
be upgraded with color filter modules
and so the range of applications
extended. In total 10 different color
filter modules are available, covering
the whole range of commonly used
real-time PCR dyes, from the blue to
the red absorption spectrum, including
filter modules specially optimized for
FRET applications.
* Patent No. DE 2006 036 171 B4
18
Innovation · Advancement · Development
TH ER MOCYCLER
LED technology
The fluorescent dyes are excited by
three LEDs in the colors blue, white and
red. The combination of these three
LEDs allows optimal excitation of
fluorescent dyes over a wide spectral
range. Unlike with so-called „wide blue“
LEDs especially the short-wavelength
blue spectral range and the long-wavelength red range are optimally covered.
In combination with the high-performance optical fibers and the highly-
TOptical Lightpath
Schematic drawing of the patented optical sytem.
Fluorescent light for the excitation of dyes is emitted
by the LEDs. The light is transmitted by high
performance optical fibers to collimator lenses.
The fluorescent light is bundled and transmitted to
an excitation filter of a color filter module located
on a rotating filter wheel. The light is deflected by
a beam splitter and transferred by optical fibers
to a lens array in a shuttle that scans the sample
block column by column. The light excites the
fluorescent dyes in the reaction mix. The fluorescent dyes then emit light of a higher wavelength
that is collected by the lenses in the shuttle system
and transferred by optical fibers back to the filter
color module. In the color module the light passes
the beam splitter and two emission filters and is
then further transferred to the channel photo
multiplier for detection.
sensitive Channel Photo Multiplier
intensity losses in the quantum efficiency
are avoided to ensure maximum
sensitivity. Due to the excitation of
each single well the use of passive
reference dyes is not necessary, allowing multi-plexing of up to six targets.
The longevity of the LEDs makes a
regular exchange of the light source
superfluous and thus helps
avoid recurring costs.
Emission filter (interference)
Emission filter (glas)
CPM Detector
Beam splitter
Ferrule
Optical fiber
LED light source
Excitation filter
Lens
Collimator lens
Ferrule
Optical fiber
Lens array in shuttle system
Sample block
Optimal excitation of fluorescent dyes
FAM
100
LED Emission/Absorption
TOptical Excitation by LED
The excitation spetra of the blue, white and red
TOptical LED (dotted lines) cover very well the absorption spectra of the commonly used fluorescent
dyes FAM, JOE/HEX/VIC, 6-ROX, TET, TAMRA, CY5
and Cy 5.5 (solid lines). In combination with the
beam transfer by high perfomance optical fibers
superb sensitivity is achieved.
90
JOE/HEX/VIC
80
6-ROX
70
TET
60
TAMRA
50
Cy5
40
Cy5.5
30
LED blue
20
LED white
10
LED red
0
400
450500550600650
700 nm
Innovation · Advancement · Development
19
www.biometra.com
Software
The TOptical Thermocycler is controlled
by PC software qPCRsoft. The software
is especially developed to provide
ease of use and clear arrangement of
functional elements.
It includes the same easy spreadsheet
or graphical programming function as the
TProfessional Thermocycler. Information
on sample is entered in a well arranged
plate scheme that provides a
comprehensive overview at a glance.
Typical evaluation methods of the
real-time PCR such as ∆∆Ct method,
absolute quantification, relative
quantification, allelic discrimination,
genotyping and efficiency calculation
are already integrated. In addition, the
software features the export of data
as *.csv format or Excel files for further
external analysis.
Practice of patented polymerase chain reaction
(PCR) process requires a license. Please see
Appendix, page 181.
Order Information
Item
Properties
Dyes
Order No.
TOptical Gradient 96 Thermocycler
without color filter module
—
070 - 500
TOptical 96 Thermocycler
without color filter module
—
070 - 501
TOptical Gradient 96 module
without color filter module
—
070 - 510
TOptical 96 module
without color filter module
—
070 - 511
TOptical filter module 1
470 nm / 520 nm
FAM, SYBR Green, Alexa488
070 - 520
TOptical filter module 2
515 nm / 545 nm
JOE, VIC, HEX, Yakima Yellow
070 - 521
TOptical filter module 3
535 nm / 580 nm
TAMRA, DFO, Alexa 546, NED
070 - 522
TOptical filter module 4
565 nm / 605 nm
ROX, TexasRed, Cy3.5
070 - 523
TOptical filter module 5
630 nm / 670 nm
Cy5, Alexa 633, Quasar 670
070 - 524
TOptical filter module 6
660 nm / 705 nm
LightCycler Red 705, Alexa 680
070 - 525
TOptical FRET filter module 1
470 nm / 580 nm
FAM / TAMRA
070 - 526
TOptical FRET filter module 2
470 nm / 670 nm
FAM / Cy5
070 - 527
TOptical FRET filter module 3
470 nm / 705 nm
FAM / Cy5.5
070 - 528
TOptical FRET filter module 4
515 nm / 670 nm
JOE / Cy5
070 - 529
Additional filter combinations available on request
20
Innovation · Advancement · Development
TH ER MOCYCLER
TOptical Thermocycler
Technical Specifications
Block format
96 well
Lid temperature
30 – 99 °C
Temperature gradient
40 °C
Max. heating rate
6.0 °C / sec
Avg. heating rate
5.0 °C / sec
Max. cooling rate
4.5 °C / sec
Avg. cooling rate
3.5 °C / sec
Ramp adjustment
min 0.1 °C / sec, max. 5.0 °C / sec
Block temperature uniformity
(15 sec after clock starts)
± 0.15 °C at 55 °C
± 0.25 °C at 72 °C
± 0.50 °C at 95 °C
Control accuracy
± 0.10 °C
Temperature range
3 – 99 °C
Temperature increments
min. 0.1 °C / cycle
Time increments
min. 1 sec / cycle
Heated Lid
manual opening mechanism, automatic pressure application
Contact pressure heated lid
10 kg, automated
Control mode
remote controlled via PC
No. of programs
unlimited on PC
Dimensions
28 cm x 38 cm x 43 cm, 28 cm x 64 cm x 43 cm when opened
Weight
15.6 kg (TOptical module 7.4 kg, TProfessional base unit 8.2 kg)
Power supply
100 V, 110 V, 230 V
Operating conditions
15 °C to 35 °C, max. 70 % humidity, max. 2000 m height
Supported plastic ware
96 well microplates with adhesive optical foil, strips of 8, 0.2 ml with optical lids,
0.2 ml single tubes with optical lids
Sensitivity
1nmol / l FAM at 30 µl sample volume in a 96 well PCR plate
Measuring time
96 well plate (single measurement, 6 colors) appr. 6 sec
Measuring range
± 130 000 bit (±17 bit)
Block capacity
96 well
Sample volume
10 – 80 µl
Light source
Three long living high power LEDs (blue, white, red)
Filter
Filterwheel with stepping motor, 6 positions for color modules
Lightpath
An array of 8 high performance optical fibers in a shuttle system directs LED light bundled by lenses to
samples. The fluorescent dyes in the reaction mix are excited from above through the lid of the tubes.
The reflected light is focused by lenses and directed through optical fibers to the photomultiplier
Detector
Highly sensitive channel photo multiplier (CPM), Optimal signal/noise ration by
effective noise reduction (decreased SNR (signal/noise ratio)-technology)
Color modules
6 color modules for all commonly used Real-Time PCR dyes, 4 FRET filter combinations
Software
qPCRsoft
Control and analysis software
Analysis methods
Absolute quantification, Relative quantification, ∆∆Ct method, Allelic discrimination, Genotyping,
Efficiency calculation
Export functions
Excel, *.csv files
Security
Administrator function
Innovation · Advancement · Development
21
www.biometra.com
TProfessional Family
The Biometra TProfessional Thermocycler
Family is inspired by the idea to simplify
molecular biology research. Driven by
Biometra‘s 20-year experience in
Thermocycler design and production
the TProfessional Thermocyclers were
developed to set new a unrivalled
standard. The instruments combine
high end technology with functional
and elegant design. Due to the energy
efficient design of the housing, lid and
block very high speed and excellent
temperature uniformity are realised.
Maximum comfort is provided to the
user by the large display and innovative
operating software. The result is four
easy to use instruments with excellent
technical specifications and highest
ease of use:
High Performance Smart Lid
The TProfessional Lid has been optimised to achieve two essential requirements: prevention of condensation and
reliable contact between samples and
thermoblock. The lid is powered by
Biometra‘s well known Smart Lid
technology with integrated clutch
mechanism which automatically limits
the lid pressure applied to the plastic
ware and thus saves tubes from damage.
This also ensures reproducible conditions
amongst different PCR runs. In addition,
due to the new design of the High Performance Smart Lid, by formation
of a homogeneous air cushion an
even temperature distribution
between the samples is
ensured, significantly
improving temperature uniformity.
With one press on the front button, the
lid gently swings open and arrests in its
end position. Moreover the robustness
of the lid‘s mounting serves for a long
lifetime.
1. TProfessional Basic for routine
applications
2. TProfessional Standard with high
speed silver block for advanced
demands
3. TProfessional with high speed silver
block and block exchange system for
maximum flexibility
4. TProfessional TRIO with three
independent blocks to run different
PCR protocols in parallel or for high
throughput purposes.
Air stream design
The elegant TProfessional housing
is designed for heavy use. Due to an
optimised air stream design even higher
efficiency and better temperature
uniformity is achieved. Therefore the
instrument works quietly and consumes
little power which in turn leads to low
heat emission. The compact footprint
saves valuable bench space. Keypad
and display have been set to an angle
that ensures reflection-free viewing and
ergonomic programming.
22
Innovation · Advancement · Development
TH ER MOCYCLER
Easy spreadsheet or
graphical programming
The TProfessional user interface
incorporates Biometra‘s proven easy
spreadsheet programming philosophy.
All steps of a program are entered in
a single screen avoiding endless serial
programming windows. This makes
the creation of new or editing of existing
programs fast and easy. One touch
leads from the spreadsheet to the
alternative graphical programming
mode. Programming of gradients has
never been easier due to the linear
gradient tool. The TProfessional manages
up to 30 individual users (optionally
password protected) and features larger
memory for increased program capacity.
Supervisor functions provide easy
administration of user directories.
Quickstart of the last five programs
The TProfessional displays the five most
recently used programs for quick start.
Thus, commonly used programs can
be started without searching the user
directory. The last programs are saved
for each user individually.
Pre-installed protocols
All Thermocyclers of the TProfessional
family have a folder with pre-installed
protocols for various PCR applications.
The protocols can be copied into any
user directory and modified specifically.
The pre-installed protocols therefore
offer an excellent tool to obtain the
desired result as quickly as possible and
without much programming effort.
Convenient setup of temperature
gradients* or temperature
optimisations steps**
Gradient steps are defined in a graphical
screen, showing the individual
temperature for each row. Another
useful feature is the Linear Gradient
Screen, where linear gradients with
fixed temperature increments between
the single rows can be programmed.
Alternatively, the temperature gradient
can be defined directly in the programming spreadsheet.
For the TProfessional TRIO Thermocycler
by the new Temperature Optimisation
function gradient-like programs, delivering
three different annealing temperatures
at a certain step can be created easily.
Programming
Quickstart
* only for gradient enabled instruments
**only für TProfessional TRIO
Network capability
TProfessional Manager Software allows
to control up to 5 Thermocyclers of the
TProfessional family*** in a powerful
network. PCR runs can be managed
and monitored and versatile memory
management functions allow easy
synchronisation of the connected
TProfessional Thermocyclers.
Detailed run log files provide GLP
conform documentation of PCR runs.
See also page 29.
Gradient
*** except TProfessional TRIO
Temperature optimisation step
Innovation · Advancement · Development
23
www.biometra.com
TProfessional Thermocycler
Premium Performance with Maximum Flexibility
•
•
•
•
•
High speed silver block
Quick block exchange
Seven different block modules
Excellent temperature uniformity
Upgradeable for Real-Time PCR
High speed silver block
To achieve ultimate performance the
TProfessional 96 well and 60 well
modules are made of silver. Thanks
to the excellent heat conductivity of
silver, the block equilibrates extremely
fast and provides maximum speed and
temperature uniformity. To protect the
valuable silver blocks against corrosion,
the block surface is covered with a gold
layer.
Exchangeable block modules
The TProfessional offers seven different
block modules that can be exchanged
in less than 10 seconds. The quick
exchange block modules are
automatically recognized and initialised
by the thermocycler. The 96 well and
60 well modules are available with
gradient option for quick optimisation
of new protocols. With an extremely
wide gradient span of 40 °C the blocks
can be used for a variety of other
applications such as e.g. restriction
digests or protein crystallization.
For high throughput applications a
384 well block is available.
Real-Time PCR
By the TOptical module the TProfessional
can be upgraded to a Real-Time PCR
thermocycler. The block exchange is
as easy as with standard PCR block
modules and can be carried out within
a few seconds. The TOptical module is
optionally available with or without a
gradient function. See also page 17.
TProfessional
Order number
Item
Block format
Suitable plastic ware
070 - 900
TProfessional 60
60 well
0.5 ml tubes
070 - 901
TProfessional 96
96 well
0.2 ml tubes, plates, strips
070 - 902
TProfessional 384
384 well
384 well plates
070 - 800
TProfessional Gradient 60
60 well
0.5 ml tubes
070 - 801
TProfessional Gradient 96
96 well
0.2 ml tubes, plates, strips
TProfessional Thermocycler block modules
Order number
Block format
Suitable plastic ware
Max. heating and
cooling rate
070 - 810
60 well Gradient
0.5 ml tubes
6.0 / 4.5 °C per sec
070 - 910
60 well
0.5 ml tubes
6.0 / 4.5 °C per sec
070 - 811
96 well Gradient
0.2 ml tubes, plates, strips
6.0 / 4.5 °C per sec
070 - 911
96 well
0.2 ml tubes, plates, strips
6.0 / 4.5 °C per sec
070 - 912
384 well
384 well plates
2.2 / 1.7 °C per sec
TProfessional Thermocycler Real-Time PCR block modules
Order number Block format
Suitable plastic ware
Max. heating and
cooling rate
070 - 510
96 well
Gradient TOptical
0.2 ml tubes, plates, strips
6.0 / 4.5 °C per sec
070 - 511
96 well TOptical
0.2 ml tubes, plates, strips
6.0 / 4.5 °C per sec
Technical Specifications
Practice of patented polymerase chain reaction
(PCR) process requires a license. Please see
Appendix, page 181.
24
Innovation · Advancement · Development
see page 30 – 31
Ordering Information
see page 33 – 34
TH ER MOCYCLER
TProfessional Standard Thermocycler
Top Performance for Advanced Demands
• High speed silver block
• Five different block modules
• Excellent temperature uniformity
• Same features as the TProfessional Thermocycler
• Available as SL version for plates
with raised rim
TProfessional Standard SL
The TProfessional Standard SL features
a special heated lid that additionally
allows to incubate plates with raised
rim. Regardless if low-profile 0.1ml
plates, 0.2 ml standard plates, tubes
or stripes all kind of plastic ware can
be used with the heated lid of the
Standard SL.
The TProfessional Standard Thermocycler
offers the same technical features as
the TProfessional Thermocycler, but in
contrast to that has a fixed block that
cannot be exchanged.
High speed silver block
To achieve ultimate performance the
TProfessional Standard 96 well and the
60 well block are made of silver. Thanks
to the excellent heat conductivity of
silver, the block equilibrates extremely
fast and provides maximum speed and
temperature uniformity. Both block
variants are available with gradient
option for quick optimisation of new
protocols. To protect the valuable silver
blocks against corrosion, the block
surface is covered with a gold layer. For
high throughput applications a 384 well
block is available.
TProfessional Standard SL heated lid
TProfessional Standard
Order number Item
Block format
Suitable plastic ware
070 - 950
TProfessional Standard 60
60 well
0.5 ml tubes
070 - 951
TProfessional Standard 96
96 well
0.2 ml tubes, plates, strips
070 - 971
TProfessional Standard SL 96
96 well
0.2 ml tubes, plates (also
with raised rim), strips
070 - 952
TProfessional Standard 384
384 well
384 well plates
070 - 850
TProfessional Standard
Gradient 60
60 well
0.5 ml tubes
070 - 851
TProfessional Standard
Gradient 96
96 well
0.2 ml tubes, plates, strips
070-871
TProfessional Standard Gradient SL 96
96 well
0.2 ml tubes, plates (also
with raised rim), strips
Technical Specifications
Practice of patented polymerase chain reaction
(PCR) process requires a license. Please see
Appendix, page 181.
see page 30 – 31
Ordering Information
see page 33 – 34
Innovation · Advancement · Development
25
www.biometra.com
TProfessional Basic Thermocycler
Professional Technology for Routine Applications
• Gold anodised or anodized XL
sample block
• Available with or without gradient function
• High temperature uniformity
• High heating and cooling rates
70µl
Gold anodised 96 well or anodised
96 well XL sample block
The TProfessional Basic makes the
TProfessional technology affordable for
routine applications. The instrument
features a gold anodised 96 well block
for standard volumes up to 70 µl or
an anodised XL block for extra large
volumes up to 100 µl such as sample
preparation for Next Generation
Sequencing or bisulfite conversion for
DNA methylation studies. Both blocks
offer the identical heating and cooling
rates and superior temperature uniformity. The TProfessional Basic provides
full functionality of easy spreadsheet
and graphical programming and user
specific quick start of the last five
programs. Both blocks are optionally
available with gradient function for the
quick optimisation of new primer pairs.
100µl
96 well block
96 well XL block
TProfessional Basic
Order number Item
Block format Suitable plastic ware
070 - 601
TProfessional Basic Gradient
96 well
070 - 602
TProfessional Basic Gradient XL 96 96 well XL
0.2 ml tubes, plates, strips
070 - 701
TProfessional Basic
96 well
0.2 ml tubes, plates, strips
Technical Specifications
070 - 702
TProfessional Basic XL 96
96 well XL
0.2 ml tubes, plates, strips
see page 30 – 31
0.2 ml tubes, plates, strips
Practice of patented polymerase chain reaction (PCR) process requires a license.
Please see Appendix, page 181.
26
Innovation · Advancement · Development
Ordering Information
see page 33 – 34
TH ER MOCYCLER
ProfessionalTRIO
TProfessional TRIO Thermocycler
Thermocycler
Three Thermocyclers in one for Maximum Flexibility
and High Sample Throughput
• Three independent thermocyclers
in one housing
• Runs three different programs
at the same time
• Maximum throughput 144 samples
• Three different block formats
available
• Intuitive easy spreedsheet and
graphical programming
• Versatile USB functions
Three independent Thermocyclers
in one instrument
The TProfessional TRIO Thermocycler
offers three independent blocks in one
housing thus different independent
protocols can be run at the same time.
Moreover by the new temperature
optimisation function gradient-like
programs, delivering three different
annealing temperatures can be created
easily. This makes the TProfessional
TRIO Thermocycler the perfect instrument
for laboratories with the demand for
high flexibility and the need to often
optimise new PCR-protocols. With a
maximum capacity of 3 x 48 wells the
TProfessional TRIO also offers high
throughput in parallel.
The TProfessional TRIO Thermocycler
is available in three different block
versions for 48 x 0.2 ml tubes, 30 x
0.5 ml tubes or as combi block version
for 48 x 0.2 ml or 18* x 0.5 ml tubes.
Easy programming
The TProfessional TRIO Thermocycler
offers the intuitive TProfessional software
with easy spreadsheet programming
philosophy. New programs are easily
created in a well arranged screen that
avoids the need to toggle between
different windows. This makes the
creation of new or editing existing
programs fast and easy. One touch
leads from the spreadsheet to an alternative graphical programming mode.
Four softkeys directly below the display
offer quick access to all functions
needed in the individual context and
four menu buttons above the display
to the main menus. For easy retrieval,
programs can be stored in 30 individual
subdirectories (optionally password
protected). By the administrator
function the accumulation of unused
programs or user directories can be
managed to keep the memory
content up-to date.
Keyboard and display are arranged at
an angle to ensure reflection-free
viewing and ergonomic programming.
High speed
By the elegant housing with improved
air stream design and a completely new
hardware environment the TProfessional
TRIO achieves higher heating and
cooling rates and better temperature
uniformity. High ramping rates provide
both short experimental times and
increased specificity. The instrument
works quietly and consumes little
power, which in turn leads to low heat
emission. The compact footprint saves
valuable bench space.
* capacity increases to 35 x 0.5 ml tubes
by use of small cap tubes
Innovation · Advancement · Development
27
www.biometra.com
Smart lid technology
The TProfessional TRIO Thermocyclers
heated lids prevent condensation
and provide reliable contact between
samples and thermoblock. The lids are
powered by Biometra‘s well known
Smart Lid technology with integrated
clutch mechanism which automatically
limits the lid pressure applied to the
plasticware and thus saves tubes from
damage. In addition by formation of
a homogeneous air cushion an even
temperature distribution between
the samples is ensured, significantly
improving temperature uniformity. This
also ensures reproducible conditions
amongst different PCR runs.
The temperature of the independently
working lids can be set individually
in a range between 30 and 99 °C. This
ensures optimal conditions also for
other applications as PCR like e.g.
enzymatic restriction reactions. With
one press on the front button, the lids
gently swing open and arrest in their
end position. In combination with
the now easier to access blocks this
provides a maximum of convenience
to the customer.
USB functions
The TProfessional TRIO Thermocycler is
equipped with two USB ports. The USB
B port serves for the connection of the
thermocycler to a computer and the
USB A port to connect a USB stick.
By using the USB functions it is very
easy to synchronize the memory contents of instruments by the exchange
of PCR-protocols. The USB functions
are the ideal tool for administration of
TProfessional TRIO Thermocyclers and
to expand the memory capacity.
Convenient setup of Temperature
Optimisation Steps
To find the optimal annealing temperature of new primer pairs the
TProfessional TRIO Thermocycler offers
the new Temperature Optimisation
Step function. By making use of the
three independent blocks the
Temperature Optimisation Steps
provide different annealing temperatures in a gradient-like fashion.
In the corresponding screen just enter
an annealing temperature for the block
in the middle and an increment, defining the temperature difference for the
first and third block. For maximum ease
of use programs containing Temperature Optimisation Steps automatically
start on all three blocks so there is
no need to start and stop the blocks
individually. For easy identification
during programming the Temperature
Optimisation Steps are indicated by a
staircase shaped icon (see figure Easy
spreadsheet programming) and corresponding protocols become saved with
the extension “TOS” (see figure Quick
Start of the last five programs).
Temperature Optimisation Step
programming
The annealing temperature defines the
temperature for central block at this step and
the increment the temperatures for the first
and third block.
Order number Item
Block format
Suitable plastic ware
070 - 720
TProfessional TRIO 30
3 x 30 well
0.5 ml tubes
070 - 723
TProfessional TRIO 48
3 x 48 well
0.2 ml tubes, plates, strips
TProfessional TRIO combi
3 x 48 well / 18 * well combi
0.2 ml tubes, plates, strips or
0.5 ml tubes
070 - 724
* capacity increases to 35 x 0.5 ml tubes by use of small cap tubes
Technical Specifications
Practice of patented polymerase chain reaction
(PCR) process requires a license. Please see
Appendix, page 181.
28
Innovation · Advancement · Development
see page 30 – 31
Ordering Information
see page 33 – 34
TH ER MOCYCLER
TProfessional Manager Software
For Controlling TProfessional Thermocycler in a Powerful Network
•
•
•
•
•
Same user interface as
TProfessional Thermocycler
Open, edit and save programs
Copy programs and user directories
MCF – memory cloning function
GLP conform documentation
The TProfessional Manager Software
allows to control up to 5 thermocycler
of the TProfessional family* in a powerful network. PCR runs can be managed
and monitored and versatile memory
management functions allow easy
synchronisation of the connected
TProfessional Thermocyclers. Detailed
run log files provide GLP conform
documentation of PCR runs.
Memory management
The software allows the user to create,
edit and save programs. Single user
directories and programs can be easily
copied and exchanged between the PC
and the TProfessional Thermocylers. The
MCF – memory cloning function allows
to copy the complete memory contents
between different TProfessional
Thermocyclers. By this function all user
directories including programs can be
exchanged.
Documentation
For GLP conform documentation of
PCR runs detailed log-files including
temperature data can be generated
and saved. During the PCR the software
each second records the temperature
data of the block sensors. By the
extended self test the connected
instruments perform a program that
intensively checks all relevant functions.
Moreover Service Info Files can be
created that may serve the Biometra
service department for rapid remote
failure diagnosis if problems occur.
* except TProfessional TRIO
User interface
The TProfessional Manager Software
combines the approved graphical
operating interface of the TProfessional
Series with the comfort of a powerful,
simultaneous PC-controlled network of
up to 5 TProfessional Thermocyclers.
The handling of the TProfessional
Manager is based on the intuitive
operating interface of the thermocyclers
with the choice between for tabular or
graphical programming.
Order number
Item
Ordering Information
070 - 070
TProfessional Manager Software, license file for unrestricted use
see page 33
Innovation · Advancement · Development
29
www.biometra.com
TPersonal Thermocycler
The Personal Cycler with the Maximum Power
• Small footprint
• High throughput
• Fast heating and cooling
Small footprint
The TPersonal is a highly integrated
instrument. With a footprint of only
22 cm x 31 cm the TPersonal occupies
minimum space on your lab bench.
High sample capacity
In the TPersonal 48 a maximum of
48 x 0.2 ml tubes can be run at the
same time. This instrument can also be
used with 48 well microplates or strips.
Three different block formats
The TPersonal comes in three different
block formats. The 48 well version can
be used with 0.2 ml tubes, strips and
48 well microplates. Only few other
Thermocyclers in this segment offer
such a high sample capacity. The 20 well
version is designed for 0.5 ml tubes.
For maximum flexibility we also offer
a combi-block version. The combi-block
holds 48 x 0.2 ml tubes (strips or
microplates) or 18 x 0.5 ml tubes.
High speed
A new class of Peltier elements has
been used in the TPersonal providing
not only fast heating but also fast cooling.
Most conventional Thermocyclers provide
higher heating than cooling rates because
due to thermodynamic principles,
cooling is more energy consuming than
heating. In contrast, due to its improved
technology, the TPersonal is ideally
equipped to ensure specific reaction
conditions and short run times.
Easy to program
Navigation by cursor keys, four function
keys as well as online help make
programming of the TPersonal very easy.
All program parameters can be set in
one spreadsheet without the need to go
through a never-ending flow of different
screens. For maximum convenience
programs can be stored in subdirectories.
In the programming mode as well as
during cycling all important parameters
are displayed in a large backlight graphical
display. The TPersonal Thermocycler
can be controlled in network by the
Thermocycler Manager PC software.
High Performance Smart Lid (HPSL)
The TPersonal is the first personal cycler
featuring the High Performance Smart
Lid technology. The adjustable heated
lid applies a consistent, optimum
pressure, irrespective of the type of
plastic ware used. This ensures a perfect
fit between the tubes and the block,
leading to highly efficient heat transfer.
Due to this automatic control mechanism,
the samples cannot be damaged and
condensation of the reaction mixture is
totally prevented.
Practice of patented polymerase chain reaction
(PCR) process requires a license. Please see
TPersonal Thermocycler
Order number Item
Block format
Suitable plastic ware
050 - 550
TPersonal 20
20 well
0.5 ml tubes
050 - 551
TPersonal 48
48 well
0.2 ml tubes, plates, strips
TPersonal combi
48 well / 18* well combi
0.2 ml tubes, plates, strips or
0.5 ml tubes
050 - 552
* capacity increases to 35 x 0.5 ml tubes by use of small cap tubes
30
Innovation · Advancement · Development
Appendix, page 181.
Technical Specifications
see page 30 – 31
Ordering Information
see page 33 – 34
TH ER MOCYCLER
TRobot Thermocycler
The Perfect Solution for Integration in Robotic Systems
•
•
•
•
Small footprint (17 cm x 13 cm)
Unique: Motorised plate lifter
Motorised heated lid
Easy integration in robotic systems from various suppliers
Optimised for integration in
robotic systems
The TRobot Thermocycler is specifically
designed for integration in Robotic
systems. Due to its minimum footprint
the TRobot ideally fits robotic platforms
where space naturally is limited. The
TRobot is equipped with a motorised
plate lifter which allows the removal of
plates by a robotic arm.
Unique: Motorised plate lifter
Removing plates after thermocycling
is one of the major challenges in
automisation. With conventional
thermocycler systems, the plates
frequently stick to the thermoblock
after thermocycling. Consequently, they
cannot be removed by a robotic arm and
the whole system halts. To overcome
this problem the TRobot has been
equipped with a patented motorised
plate lifter. This lifter elevates the plate
from the block as the lid opens. Once
lifted, the plate can be easily removed
by the robotic arm.
Two different block models
The TRobot is available in two different
block versions for 96 well and 384 well
plates. Taking advantage of the high
thermal conductivity of silver the
TRobot 96 achieves high ramping rates
as well as excellent temperature
uniformity. The TRobot 384 achieves
perfect fit for 384 well plates. The 384
well block is coated with a special alloy
to facilitate plate removal by a robotic
arm.
Software integration
In a robotic environment the TRobot is
controlled by the PC of the robot. Integration of the Biometra Thermocycler
Manager software allows quick access
to all thermocycler functions. Alternatively, the TRobot control can be directly
implemented into the control software
of the robotic system. For this purpose a
comprehensive description of the serial
communication commands is available.
TRobot Thermocycler
Order number Item
Block format
Suitable plastic ware
050 - 991
TRobot 96
96 well
96 well plates (0.2 ml tubes, strips)
Technical Specifications
050 - 992
TRobot 384
384 well
384 well plates
see page 30 – 31
Practice of patented polymerase chain reaction (PCR) process requires a license.
Please see Appendix, page 181.
Ordering Information
see page 33 – 34
Innovation · Advancement · Development
31
www.biometra.com
Thermocycler
Technical Specifications
Features
Block exchangeable
Block formats
Program memory
Temperature range
Temperature gradient*
Cool samples to 4 °C
Maximum heating
TProfessional
TProfessional Standard
TProfessional Basic
High Speed
Large graphical Display
Exchangeable Blocks
Gradient version available
High Speed
Large graphical Display
Gradient version available
Large graphical Display
Easy Spreadsheet
programming
Gradient version available
Yes
-
-
60 well
96 well
384 well
60 well
96 well
384 well
96 well
96 well XL
350 average programs
350 average programs
350 average programs
3 – 99 °C
3 – 99 °C
3 – 99 °C
40 °C
40 °C
26 °C
Yes
Yes
Yes
6.0 °C / sec
6.0 °C / sec
3.5 °C / sec
Maximum cooling
4.5 °C / sec
4.5 °C / sec
2.5 °C / sec
Average heating
5.0 °C / sec
5.0 °C / sec
3.0 °C / sec
Average cooling
3.5 °C / sec
3.5 °C / sec
2.0 °C / sec
± 0.15 °C at 55 °C
± 0.25 °C at 70 °C
± 0.50 °C at 95 °C
± 0.15 °C at 55 °C
± 0.25 °C at 70 °C
± 0.50 °C at 95 °C
± 0.20 °C at 55 °C
± 0.30 °C at 70 °C
± 0.60 °C at 95 °C
± 0.1 °C
± 0.1 °C
± 0.1 °C
¼ VGA screen,
320 x 240 pixel
¼ VGA screen,
320 x 240 pixel
¼ VGA screen,
320 x 240 pixel
Yes
Yes
Yes
Easy Spreadsheet
Programming (ESP)
Graphical programming
Easy Spreadsheet
Programming (ESP)
Graphical programming
Easy Spreadsheet
Programming (ESP)
Toggle between spreadsheet
and graphical mode,
gradient temperature graph*,
adjustable ramp rates,
extended self test, service files,
automatic block recognition,
PC control by TProfessional
Manager Software
Toggle between spreadsheet
and graphical mode,
gradient temperature graph*,
adjustable ramp rates,
extended self test, service files,
PC control by TProfessional
Manager Software
Adjustable ramp rates,
extended self test,
service files,
PC control by TProfessional
Manager Software
Yes
Yes
Yes
Temperature Uniformity
(15 sec after clock starts)
Control accuracy
Display
Auto restart after power failure
Programming modes
Software options
Quick start of the last
5 programs
High Precision Smart Lid
Yes
Yes
Yes
30 – 99 °C
30 – 99 °C
30 – 99 °C
Max. power consumptiom
480 Watt
480 Watt
480 Watt
Noise emission
Very low
Very low
Very low
RS232 serial port
RS232 serial port
RS232 serial port
28 cm x 38 cm x 24 cm
28 cm x 38 cm x 24 cm
28 cm x 38 cm x 24 cm
Lid temperature range
Interfaces
Dimensions (W x D x H)
* Applies to models with gradient feature
32
Innovation · Advancement · Development
TH ER MOCYCLER
Features
Block exchangeable
Block formats
Program memory
Temperature range
Temperature gradient*
TProfessional TRIO
TPersonal
TRobot
Three independent blocks
Large graphical display
High parallel thoughput
Compact footprint
Compact footprint
High capacity
Motorised lid
Plate lifter
-
-
-
30 well
48 well
combi
20 well
48 well
combi
96 well
384 well
350 average programs
250 average programs
250 average programs;
unlimited on PC
3 – 99 °C
3 – 99 °C
- 3 – 99 °C
Temperature Optimisation Step
-
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Maximum heating
5.0 °C / sec
n.d.
n.d.
Maximum cooling
4.5 °C / sec
n.d.
n.d.
Average heating
4.2 °C / sec
3 °C / sec
3.5 °C / sec
Average cooling
3.8 °C / sec
3 °C / sec
2.5 °C / sec
+/- 0.20 °C at 50 °C
+/- 0.30 °C at 70 °C
+/- 0.60 °C at 95 °C
± 0.5 °C
± 0.5 °C
± 0.1 °C
± 0.1 °C
± 0.1 °C
¼ VGA Screen,
320 x 240 pixel
High brightness CFL backlight
graphical LC Display,
256 x 64 dots
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Easy Spreadsheet
Programming (ESP)
Graphical programming
Spreadsheet Programming
PC software
Toggle between easy spreadsheet
and graphical mode, adjustable
ramp rates, time and temperature increments, extended self
test, service info files, Temperature Optimsation Step (TOS),
versatile USB functions for
exchange of PCR-protocols
Adjustable ramp rates,
time increments,
temperature increments,
PC control by Thermocycler
Manager Software
Adjustable ramp rates,
time increments,
temperature increments,
PC control by Thermocycler
Manager Software
Quick start of the last
5 programs
Yes
-
-
High Precision Smart Lid
Yes
Yes
Yes
Lid temperature range
30 – 99 °C
30 – 99 °C
30 – 99 °C
Max. power consumptiom
1000 Watt
380 Watt
350 Watt
Cool samples to 4 °C
Temperature Uniformity
(15 sec after clock starts)
Control accuracy
Display
Auto restart after power failure
Programming modes
Software options
Noise emission
Interfaces
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Very low
Very low
Very low
USB B, USB A
RS232 serial port
RS232 serial port
30 cm x 38 cm x 19 cm
22 cm x 31 cm x 15 cm
17 cm x 23 cm x 20 cm
* Applies to models with gradient feature
Innovation · Advancement · Development
33
www.biometra.com
Thermocycler Capacity and Suitable Consumables
Thermocycler
Consumable
Tubes
0.2 ml
Tubes
0.5 ml
Strips
8 x 0.2 ml
Plates
48 well
Plates
96 well
Plates
96 well
Plates
384 well
(white, for qPCR)
Order No.
050 - 310
050 - 320
050 - 214
050 - 215
050 - 225
050 - 232
070 - 800
-
60
-
-
-
-
TProfessional Gradient 96
070 - 801
96
-
12
2
1
-
TProfessional 60
070 - 900
-
60
-
-
-
-
TProfessional Gradient 60
050 - 240
TProfessional 96
070 - 901
96
-
12
2
1
-
TProfessional 384
070 - 902
-
-
-
-
-
1
TProfessional Standard
Gradient 60
070 - 850
-
60
-
-
-
-
TProfessional Standard
Gradient 96
070 - 851
96
-
12
2
1
-
TProfessional Standard
Gradient SL 96
070 - 871
96
-
12
2
1
-
TProfessional Standard 60
070 - 950
-
60
-
-
-
-
TProfessional Standard 96
070 - 951
96
-
12
2
1
-
TProfessional Standard
SL 96
070 - 971
96
-
12
2
1
-
TProfessional Standard 384
070 - 952
-
-
-
-
-
1
TProfessional Basic 96
070 - 701
96
-
12
2
1
-
TProfessional Basic XL 96
070 - 702
96
-
12
2
1
-
TProfessional Basic
Gradient 96
070 - 601
96
-
12
2
1
-
TProfessional Basic
Gradient XL 96
070 - 602
96
-
12
2
1
-
TProfessional TRIO 30
070 - 720
-
3 x 30
-
-
-
-
TProfessional TRIO 48
070 - 723
3 x 48
-
3 x 6
3 x 1
-
-
TProfessional TRIO combi
070 - 724
3 x 48
3 x 18 *
3 x 6
3 x 1
-
-
TPersonal 20
050 - 550
-
20
-
-
-
-
TPersonal 48
050 - 551
48
-
6
1
-
-
TPersonal combi
050 - 552
48
18*
6
1
-
-
TRobot 96
050 - 991
(96)
-
(12)
(2)
1
-
TRobot 384
050 - 992
-
-
-
-
-
1
TOptical Gradient 96
070 - 500
1
TOptical 96
070 - 501
1
* capacity increases to 35 x 0.5 ml tubes by use of small cap tubes
34
050-259
Innovation · Advancement · Development
TH ER MOCYCLER
Thermocycler and Block Modules
Order Information
Item
Order No.
TOptical Gradient 96 for 96 tubes, strips or 96 well microplates
070 - 500
TOptical 96 for 96 tubes, strips or 96 well microplates
070 - 501
TProfessional Basic Gradient for 96 tubes (0.2 ml), strips or 96 well microplates
070 - 601
TProfessional Basic Gradient XL for 96 tubes (0.2 ml), strips or 96 well microplates
070 - 602
TProfessional Basic for 96 tubes (0.2 ml), strips or 96 well microplates
070 - 701
TProfessional Basic XL for 96 tubes (0.2 ml), strips or 96 well microplates
070 - 702
TProfessional Standard Gradient 60 for 60 tubes (0.5 ml)
070 - 850
TProfessional Standard Gradient 96 for 96 tubes (0.2 ml), strips or 96 well microplates
070 - 851
TProfessional Standard Gradient SL 96 for 96 tubes (0.2 ml), strips or 96 well microplates
070 - 871
TProfessional Standard 60 for 60 tubes (0.5 ml)
070 - 950
TProfessional Standard 96 for 96 tubes (0.2 ml), strips or 96 well microplates
070 - 951
TProfessional Standard SL 96 for 96 tubes (0.2 ml), strips or 96 well microplates
070 - 971
TProfessional Standard 384 for 384 well microplates
070 - 952
TProfessional Gradient 60 for 60 tubes (0.5 ml)
070 - 800
TProfessional Gradient 96 for 96 tubes (0.2 ml), strips or 96 well microplates
070 - 801
TProfessional 60 for 60 tubes (0.5 ml)
070 - 900
TProfessional 96 for 96 tubes (0.2 ml), strips or 96 well microplates
070 - 901
TProfessional 384 for 384 well microplates
070 - 902
TProfessional TRIO 30 for 3 x 30 tubes (0.5 ml)
070 - 720
TProfessional TRIO 48 for 3 x 48 tubes (0.2 ml)
070 - 723
TProfessional TRIO combi for 0.5 ml tubes (3 x 18) or 0.2 ml tubes (3 x 48)
070 - 724
TProfessional Manager Software
070 - 070
TPersonal 20 for 20 tubes (0.5 ml)
050 - 550
TPersonal 48 for 48 tubes (0.2 ml)
050 - 551
TPersonal combi for 18 x 0.5 ml or 48 x 0.2 ml tubes
050 - 552
TRobot 96 Thermocycler for [96 tubes (0.2 ml), strips or] 96 well microplates
050 - 991
TRobot 384 Thermocycler for 384 well microplates
050 - 992
Block modules
TOptical module Gradient 96 for 96 tubes, strips or 96 well microplates
070 - 510
TOptical module 96 for 96 tubes, strips or 96 well microplates
070 - 511
TProfessional module Gradient 60 for 60 tubes (0.5 ml)
070 - 810
TProfessional module Gradient 96 for 96 tubes (0.2 ml), strips or 96 well microplates
070 - 811
TProfessional module 60 for 60 tubes (0.5 ml)
070 - 910
TProfessional module 96 for 96 tubes (0.2 ml), strips or 96 well microplates
070 - 911
TProfessional module 384 for 384 well microplates
070 - 912
Innovation · Advancement · Development
35
www.biometra.com
Thermocycler Accessories
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Temperature verification
Portable system for temperature verification of Thermocyclers (PTMD Type 700)
inclusive 1 sensor for 0.2 ml and 1 sensor for 0.5 ml
050 - 420
Sensor for 0.5 ml well (PTMD), Type 600/700
050 - 416
Sensor for 0.2 ml well (PTMD), Type 600/700
050 - 417
Sensor for 384 well (PTMD), Type 600/700
050 - 418
Portable system for temperature verification of Thermocyclers (PTMD Type 700) inclusive 1 sensor for 384 well
050 - 421
PC-Software for PTMD type 700
050 - 422
Sensors for older versions of PTMDs
Sensor for 0.5 ml well (PTMD), Type 500 / 505
050 - 411
Sensor for 0.2 ml well (PTMD), Type 500 / 505
050 - 412
Sensor for 384 well (PTMD), Type 500 / 505
050 - 413
Consumables
Microplates
48 well microplate, 50 pcs.
050 - 225
96 well microplate Polypropylen, full skirted, 25 pcs.
050 - 232
96 well microplate, non skirted, 25 pcs.
050 - 253
96 well microplate Polypropylen, non skirted, low-profile, 25 pcs.
050 - 213
96 well skirted, white 50 pcs.
050 - 259
384 well microplate, 50 pcs.
050 - 240
384 well microplate HSQ, 50 pcs.
050 - 231
Tubes and strips
0.2 ml tubes, 1.000 pcs. transparent, with caps
050 - 310
0.5 ml tubes, 1.000 pcs. transparent, with caps
050 - 320
250 strips 0.2 ml 8 tubes and 8 flat caps each
050 - 254
250 strips 0.2 ml 8 tubes and 8 domed caps each
050 - 255
Microplate sealing
36
Silicone mat, 50 pcs.
050 - 237
Adhesive sealing film, 100 pcs.
050 - 250
Optical adhesive film, 100 pcs.
050 - 258
Nop mat 96 well, 20 pcs.
050 - 251
Nop mat 384 well, 20 pcs.
050 - 252
Innovation · Advancement · Development
TH ER MOCYCLER
Oligonucleotides
Extensive Portfolio that Meets all Possible Needs
Available in Germany only
•
•
•
•
•
DNA- and RNA oligonucleotides
More than 150 fluorescent labels
and 40 modifications
High coupling efficiencies
Also synthesis of very long
oligonucleotides or synthesis of
large quantities
Fast delivery times
DNA oligonucleotides
DNA oligonucleotides are offered in
different synthesis quantities and
different purification grades.
The products are dissolved in sterile
water and adjusted to a concentration
of 0.1 nmol / µl. For all synthesis setup
fees and shipping costs are already
included.
Standard synthesis
(Mol. Biology Grade.)
• Efficient removal of
non-incorporated nucleotides
• Deprotected and desalted
Synthesis scale
Order No.
0.05 µmol
120 - 000
0.20 µmol
120 - 100
1.00 µmol
120 - 200
Larger synthesis quantities on request.
Guaranteed minimum
delivery quantity
Synthesis scale
Minimum delivery
quantity
0.05 µmol
5 nmol
0.20 µmol
25 nmol
1.00 µmol
100 nmol
Modifications:
For oligonucleotides a wide range
of modifications is available. More
than 150 different color labels can be
offered. Moreover 5'-modifications
by non-nucleoside components such
as amino, thio-linker or phosphates,
3'-modifications or internal modifications
by nucleoside components can
be provided. All modifications of
oligonucleotides are inclusive a 2 fold
HPLC purification (1x for synthesis,
1x after coupling of the modification) at
no extra charge.
Order No.
Order No.
Order No.
Modification*
0.05 µmol scale
0.2 µmol scale
1.0 µmol scale
5'-Phosphate
121 - 000
126 - 000
121 - 200
5'-Aminolink
121 - 002
126 - 002
125 - 002
5'-Thiolink
121 - 005
126 - 005
125 - 005
5'-Biotin
121 - 007
126 - 007
121 - 207
3'-Biotin
121 - 009
126 - 009
125 - 009
5'-Digoxigenin**
121 - 010
126 - 010
125 - 010
5'-Fluorescein (5-FAM)
121 - 012
126 - 012
125 - 012
5'-Fluorescein (6-FAM)
121 - 030
126 - 030
125 - 030
3'-Fluorescein
121 - 013
126 - 013
125 - 013
5'-Rhodamine (5-TAMRA)
121 - 014
126 - 014
125 - 014
5'-Rhodamine (6-TAMRA)
121 - 031
126 - 031
125 - 031
5'-Texas Red
121 - 048
126 - 048
125 - 048
5'-ROX (6-ROX)
121- 033
126 - 033
125 - 033
5'-Cy 5
121 - 034
126 - 034
125 - 034
5'-Cy 3
121 - 035
126 - 035
125 - 035
5'-HEX
121 - 036
126 - 036
125 - 036
5'-Tet
121 - 060
126 - 060
125 - 060
JOE
121 - 038
126 - 038
125 - 038
Rhodamine Green
121 - 039
126 - 039
125 - 039
dInosine
121 - 016
126 - 016
125 - 016
dUridine
121 - 017
126 - 017
125 - 017
dT-Aminolink
121 - 028
126 - 028
125 - 028
3' BHQ 493nm
121 - 070
127 - 070
125 - 070
5' BHQ 493nm
121 - 071
127 - 071
125 - 071
3' BHQ 534nm
121 - 072
127 - 072
125 - 072
5' BHQ 534nm
121 - 073
127 - 073
125 - 073
3' BHQ 579nm
121 - 074
127 - 074
125 - 074
5' BHQ 579nm
121 - 075
127 - 075
125 - 075
3' BHQ 672nm
121 - 076
127 - 076
125 - 076
5' BHQ 672nm
121 - 077
127 - 077
125 - 077
* additional modifications available on request
** licensed from Boehringer Mannheim.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
37
www.biometra.com
Purification and documentation
The synthesis of oligonucleotides
includes a standard Mol. Biol. Grade
purification (see Page 37). By the standard purification salts, base protecting
groups and short failure sequences up
to 6 bases are removed efficiently.
For advanced demands also HPLC- and
HPLC-Purification (PCR-Grade)
• Efficient removal of
non-incorporated nucleotides
• More than 95 % full-length
products guaranteed
Cell Culture Grade:
• Efficient removal of
non-incorporated nucleotides
• More than 95 % full-length
products guaranteed
• Two HPLC purifications, sterile filtration
cloning, PCR mutagenesis, probes,
modified oligonucleotides and
oligonucleotides longer than 40 bases.
Cell Culture Grade delivers the highest
quality including two HPLC purification
steps and one sterile filtration step.
For quality documentation additionally
to the synthesis documentation
a quality protocol can be delivered.
Synthesis scale
Order No.
Synthesis scale
Order No.
Item
Order No.
0.05 µmol
120 - 002
0.05 µmol
120 - 003
Analytical HPLC
120 - 400
0.20 µmol
120 - 102
0.20 µmol
120 - 103
120 - 202
1.00 µmol
120 - 203
PolyacrylamideGelelectrophoresis
120 - 500
1.00 µmol
RNA oligonucleotides:
For the synthesis of long RNAs, labeled
RNAs, 2‘- and base modified RNAs,
triphosphates, modified dinucleotides
and dsRNAs a variety of new synthesis
methods were developed to ensure a
high yield and biological activity to the
RNA oligonucleotides.
As a consequence high-quality synthesis
products, especially also long RNA
molecules can be are offered, which
are further more protected against
degradation by nucleases.
38
Cell Culture Grade purification are
offered. Apart from salts and protecting
groups by the HPLC step trityl-off failure
sequences are depleted.
The HPLC purification is recommended
whenever full-length or high
reproducibility are essential as for
Typical examples of RNA applications
include:
• dsRNA for gene silencing
• Chimeric DNA / RNA
• Ribozymes
• Investigation of ribozyme-substrate
interactions
• Investigation of tRNA functions
• RNA footprinting to study RNA
protein interaction
• Aptamers for spezific inhibition of
protein functions
Order No.
Order No.
Item
0.2 µmol scale
1.0 µmol scale
Double stranded RNA
126 - 090
126 - 091
Standard RNA modification
126 - 074
126 - 075
ASPTO
126 - 070
126 - 071
RNA-ASPTO-modification
126 - 072
126 - 073
2'-5'- RNA modification
126 - 076
126 - 077
5-Methyl Uridine (rT) modification
—
126 - 078
5-C6 Amino Uridine modification
126 - 079
126 - 080
2-Amino Ribo Purine modification
126 - 081
126 - 082
2'-Amino RNA modification
126 - 083
126 - 084
2'-Fluoro RNA modification
—
126 - 085
2'-O-Me-RNA
126 - 086
126 - 087
Inosine-RNA
126 - 088
126 - 089
Innovation · Advancement · Development
• Synthesis of RNA for in-vitro
translation experminents
• RNA for in vivo investigations
Larger synthesis quantities on request,
further modifications can be performed
on request.
TH ER MOCYCLER
Innovation · Advancement · Development
39
www.biometra.com
40
E lectrophoresis
Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
Overview .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Eco-Mini, Eco-Maxi .....................................................................................................................................................................................................
Minigel-Twin, Multigel, Multigel-Long, Maxigel .................................................................................................................................................
Mini-V8·10 Gel Electrophoresis System ...............................................................................................................................................................
Model V15·17 Gel Electrophoresis Apparatus ...................................................................................................................................................
Application for the Use of Multigel-Long ............................................................................................................................................................
Application for the Use of Minigel-Twin ..............................................................................................................................................................
42
44
53
58
59
63
64
Agarose Gel Electrophoresis
Overview .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Compact Family ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
Horizon® Family ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
Agagel Family, Accessories ......................................................................................................................................................................................
SunriseTM Family, Accessories ..................................................................................................................................................................................
66
68
74
78
79
E lectrophoresis
Pulsed Field Gel Electrophoresis
Rotaphor ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 80
Temperature Gradient Gel Electrophoresis
TGGE and TGGE MAXI System ................................................................................................................................................................................. 82
Sequencing
Model S2 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................89
Model SA ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 90
Combs for Sequencing Apparatus ........................................................................................................................................................................ 91
Power Supplies
Overview ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 93
Low Voltage Power Supplies .................................................................................................................................................................................. 96
High Voltage Power Supplies .................................................................................................................................................................................. 98
Power Supply Adaptors ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 100
Blotting
Overview ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Fastblot .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Tankblot, Tankblot Eco-Mini, Tankblot Eco-Maxi, Mini-V8·10 Blot Module ............................................................................................
Vacu-Blot.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Dot Blot 96 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hybri·SlotTM 24 ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
102
103
106
110
112
114
Innovation · Advancement · Development
41
www.biometra.com
Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
Family Overview
Instrument
Name
Gel Size
W x L (cm)
Glass Plate Size
W x L (cm)
Number of
Gels
Gel Thickness
(mm)
Number of Wells
Volume per Well (µl)
1 prep.
2 prep.
3 prep.
5
10 prep.
10
16
20
240
18 and 230
2 x 15 and 210
40
35
15
10
9
1 prep.
1 prep.
2 prep.
3 prep.
5
10 prep.
10
16
20
28
450
400
30 and 380
2 x 25 and 350
70
60
25
20
15
8
0.75
6
10
40 (a)
20 (a)
1.5
1 prep.
6
10
475 (a,d)
80 (a)
40 (a)
0.75
1 prep.
9 MTP (c)
10
12
15
2 x 25 and 385
30
33
25
18
1.0
1 prep.
9 MTP (c)
10
12
15
2 x 35 and 515
43
45
35
25
1.5
1 prep.
9 MTP (c)
10
12
15
2 x 55 and 780
65
70
55
37
0.6
Minigel-Twin
8.6 x 7.7
10.5 x 9.8
2
1.0
Mini-V8•10
Eco-Mini
8.7 x 7.2
9.4 x 8.0
10.25 x 7.25
10.25 x 8.25
11.0 x 10.0
2
2 (4*)
0.6
Multigel
Multigel-Long
Model V15•17
Maxigel
Eco-Maxi
11 x 7
11 x 12
17 x 15
17 x 18
19.4 x 18.5
14.8 x 9.3
14.8 x 14.3
19.7 x 16.0
19.7 x 18.5
20.2 x 20.8
21.0 x 20.0
(a) Volume calculated for an insertion depth of 5 mm (c) microtiter plate compatible / multichannel pipet compatible 42
2
2
1
1.0
24
14
3 prep.
11
12 MTP (c)
24
2 x 40 and 500
50
45
18
0.8
1 prep.
10
12
14
20
1,000
94
72
59
34
(b,d)
(b)
(b)
(b)
(b)
1.5
1 prep.
10
12
14
20
2,000
175
135
110
63
(b,d)
(b)
(b)
(b)
(b)
3.0
1 prep.
10
12
14
20
4,000
350
270
220
126
(b,d)
(b)
(b)
(b)
(b)
1.0
1 prep.
3 prep.
12
18
24
25
1,800
2 x 50 and 1,600
140
90
50
40
2.0
3 prep.
12
18
24
45
2 x 100 and 3,200
280
180
100
50
0.75
1 prep.
12
19 MTP (c)
25
30
2 x 30 and 970
70
32
30
20
1.0
1 prep.
12
19 MTP (c)
25
30
2 x 45 and 1,310
95
45
40
29
1.5
1 prep.
12
19 MTP (c)
25
30
2 x 75 and 2,340
165
75
70
52
2
2
(b) Volume calculated for an insertion depth of 9 mm (d) Volume of the preparative well
Innovation · Advancement · Development
Buffer Volume
Upper / Lower
Chamber (ml)
260 / 2 x 90
600 – 650 (total)
(Blotting: 1,000)
1,580 resp. 2,180
(Blotting 2,100)
170 / 260
170 / 260
400-500 / 400-500
250 / 350
750 / 4,650
(Blotting: 6,100)
* Use of Divider-Plates to double gel capacity
E lectrophoresis PAGE
Vertical Electrophoresis Systems
Introduction
•
•
•
Gel sizes from 8.6 cm x 7.7 cm to 19.4 cm x 18.5 cm (W x L)
Up to 4 gels
Leak-free assembly
Three different lines of polyacrylamide
gel electrophoresis (PAGE) apparatus
are available to meet customer
requirements in native and SDS-PAGE.
All Biometra slab gel systems feature
safety lids to protect the user from
electrical hazard. A complete range of
analytical and semi-preparative combs
is available for each system.
The Eco-Line models are available as
Eco-Mini and Eco-Maxi. Both models
are compatible with a variety of gel
sizes from different suppliers.
A special designed casting stand for
1, 2 or 4 gels provides for convenient
gel casting.
Glass plates with fixed glass spacers
ensure perfect alignment and easy-to
use, leak-free casting.
Assembly of glass plate sandwich
Minigel-Twin, Multigel, Multigel-Long
and Maxigel features a special system
using fixed glass spacers and a onepiece profiled silicone rubber seal for
rapid, reliable sealing without the need
for additional sealing with agarose or
silicone grease. Protection is provided
against the neurotoxin acrylamide using
the leak-free Biometra silicone seal.
For models Mini-V8•10, Mini-V8•10
System and V15•17 injection moulded
silicone gel casting clamps are available.
The dovetail grooves of the clamps fit
snugly onto the glass plates, ensuring
a tight seal and even pressure over the
entire surface. Moulded handles on
each side of the clamp squeeze the
plate tight against the side spacers and
facilitate carrying.
The integrated bottom port permits
optimal gel casting from the bottom of
the gel with a syringe or gradient former.
Glass plate sandwich
Innovation · Advancement · Development
43
www.biometra.com
Eco-Line
Introduction
• Glass plates with fixed glass spacers
• Modular tank system for PAGE
• Electrophoresis and blotting
• Integrated cooling option
• Casting system for up to 4 gels
Both sizes of the tank-style Eco-Line
accommodate a variety of separation
techniques, including SDS-PAGE, native,
preparative and gradient electrophoresis,
as well as blotting applications. Eco-Maxi
has the capacity to run 1 or 2 gels,
whereas Eco-Mini has the capacity to
run up to 4 gels simultaneously.
The Electrophoresis Module (Gel Module)
is due to integrated, special side clips
easy to handle. Together with the
Casting Stand a leak-proof system for
gel pouring is guaranteed.
After polymerisation of the gels, the
Electrophoresis Module together with
the glass plate sandwich, is inserted
into the buffer tank, forming now the
upper buffer chamber. Interchangeable
modules allow to switch from
electrophoresis to tank blotting.
Locator slots are built into the tank side
walls for easy and quick sliding of the
gel electrophoresis or blotting module
into locked position.
For all systems optional buffer tanks
with integrated water circulation are
available, so overheating is avoided
and highest resolution guaranteed.
Compatibility of Eco-Line Modules
Electrophoresis Module
Eco-Mini
Eco-Maxi
Blotting Module
Eco-Mini
Eco-Maxi
Cooling Option
Eco-Mini
Eco-Maxi
Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
Eco-Mini System E *
+
Eco-Mini E
+
Eco-Mini System EB
+
+
Eco-Mini EB
+
+
Eco-Mini System EBC
+
+
+
Eco-Mini EBC
+
+
+
Eco-Maxi System EB
+
+
Eco-Maxi EB
+
+
Eco-Maxi System EBC
+
+
+
Eco-Maxi EBC
+
+
+
Tank Blot Apparatus
Tankblot Eco-Mini C
+
+
Tankblot Eco-Mini
+
+
Tankblot Eco-Maxi C
+
+
Tankblot Eco-Maxi
+
+
* Indication of buffer chamber:
E = Electrophoresis
B = Blotting
C = Cooling option
44
+
Innovation · Advancement · Development
+
E lectrophoresis PAGE
Eco-Line
Overview
Eco-Line Overview
Bigfoot Safety Lid
Electrophoresis Module
2 x glass plates
with fixed spacers, 1.0 mm
2 x notched glass plates
Dummy Plate
2 x comb, 1.0 mm
Casting Stand
Blot Module
Blotting Cassettes
Foam pads
017-100
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Eco-Mini E
017-101
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Eco-Mini System EB
017-102
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Eco-Mini EB
017-103
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Eco-Mini System EBC with cooling option
017-104
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Eco-Mini EBC with cooling option
017-105
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Eco-Maxi System EB
017-400
+
+
+
+
+
+
Eco-Maxi EB
017-401
+
+
+
+
+
+
Eco-Maxi System EBC with cooling option
017-402
+
+
+
+
+
+
Eco-Maxi EBC with cooling option
017-403
+
+
+
+
+
+
018-100
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Buffer chamber EBC
with cooling option
Eco-Mini System E
Item
Buffer chamber EB
Order No.
Buffer chamber E
Components included
Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
+
+
+
+
Tank Blot Apparatus
Tankblot Eco-Mini C with cooling option
Tankblot Eco-Mini
018-101
Tankblot Eco-Maxi C with cooling option
018-400
Tankblot Eco-Maxi
018-401
+
+
+
* Indication of buffer chamber:
E
= Electrophoresis
EB = Blotting
EBC = Cooling option
Eco-Maxi
Eco-Mini
Innovation · Advancement · Development
45
www.biometra.com
Eco-Mini
Modular Tank System for Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis and Blotting
Eco-Mini Electrophoresis System
•
•
•
•
•
Gel dimensions
9.4 cm x 8.0 cm (W x L)
NEW 1 to 4 gels
Applicable for handcast gels and
the most common pre-cast gels
Casting stand for 1 up to 4 gels
Cooling option (integrated water
circulation system)
Eco-Mini is compatible with self-poured
gels as well as with the most common
pre-cast gels. With the electrophoresis
module, glass plates from 10.5 cm to
11.0 cm width and a length up to 11.0
cm may be used. Eco-Mini is compatible
with the glass plates of Minigel-Twin.
For electrophoretic separation under
controlled temperature conditions the
use of the EBC buffer tank with cooling
option (integrated water circulation
system) is recommended.
The buffer chambers EB (without cooling
option) and EBC (with cooling option)
are compatible with the Blot Module
for Tankblot Eco-Mini. The Blot Module
for Eco-Mini is available separately.
For tank blotting, the use of buffer tank
EBC with integrated cooling option is
recommended.
The Bigfoot Safety Lid with its specially
designed foot allows a space saving
and safe storing of the lid when not
placed on the buffer tank.
According to customer requirements a
lot of special configurations by a large
number of additional component parts
are possible (i. e. analytical, preparative
or microtiter plate compatible combs).
Special designed Divider-Plates (optional
available) double gel capacity up to 4 gels
by converting single-gel sandwiches into
two-gel club sandwiches. The two-gel
sandwiches fit into the same Casting
Stand and Electrophoresis Module
exactly like the single gel sandwiches.
46
Tankblot Eco-Mini C
The Blot Module for Eco-Mini is
available separately and will convert
the corresponding electrophoresis
apparatus into a powerful wet-blotter
(does not apply to the Eco-Mini E and
Eco-Mini System E).
Casting Stand for Eco-Mini
The casting stand allows an easy, fast
and leak-proof assembly for up to 4
gels. Preliminary, for casting the gels
one or two single-gel or two-gel sandwiches are set into the electrophoresis
module and fixed with the side clips.
Because the spacers are permanently
fixed to one glass plate, the often
difficult adjustment of spacers and glass
plate is no longer necessary. In a second
step, the electrophoresis module with
the glass plates sandwiches is inserted
into the specially designed gel casting
stand and it is fixed easily and reliable
by two eccentric vices. By the use of a
unique high-tech material for the gasket
in the casting stand and special anti-slip
device of the side clips leakage proof is
guaranteed.
After polymerisation of the gels, the
complete assembly of electrophoresis
module and glass plate sandwiches
are taken from the casting stand into
the buffer tank for electrophoretic
separation. Specially formed slots in the
side walls of the buffer tank allow a rapid
and safe positioning of the module.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
Eco-Mini System E
Electrophoresis Module
The Electrophoresis Module is designed
for the use of handcast gels as well as
for pre-cast gels in plastic cassettes.
Common dimensions are 10 x 10 cm or
8 x 10 cm (L x W).
Electrophoresis Module
Casting Stand
Two-gel club sandwich
E lectrophoresis PAGE
Eco-Mini & Tankblot Eco-Mini
Overview
4
4
4
3
2
1
5
11
12
10
9
12
13
6
7
8
14
9
8
9
10
11
12
13
Buffer chamber EBC
with cooling option
017 -100
+
Eco-Mini E
017 -101
+
Eco-Mini System EB
017 -102
+
Eco-Mini EB
017 -103
+
Eco-Mini System EBC
017 -104
+
Eco-Mini EBC
017 -105
+
Electrophoresis Module Eco-Mini
017 -175
Tankblot Eco-Mini C
018 -100
Tankblot Eco-Mini
018 -101
Blot Module Eco-Mini
018 -105
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
8 x Foam pads
Eco-Mini System E
4 x Blotting Cassettes
Order No.
Blot Module
Item
Casting Stand
7
2 x comb, 1.0 mm, 10 wells
6
Dummy Plate
5
2 x notched glass plates
4
2 x glass plates
with fixed spacers, 1.0 mm
3
Electrophoresis Module
2
Bigfoot Safety Lid
1
Buffer chamber EB
Components included
Buffer chamber E
Eco-Mini & Tankblot Eco-Mini: System Overview
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
14 Divider-Plate
Innovation · Advancement · Development
47
www.biometra.com
Eco-Maxi
Modular Tank System for Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis and Blotting
Eco-Maxi Electrophoresis System
•
•
•
•
•
Gel dimensions
19.4 cm x 18.5 cm (W x L)
Double-gel system
Bigfoot Safety Lid
Casting Stand for 1 or 2 gels
Cooling option (integrated water
circulation system)
Eco-Maxi comes with glass plates with
21 cm width and 20 cm length. Eco-Maxi
is also compatible for glass plates of
Maxigel.
For electrophoretic separation under
controlled temperature conditions the
use of the EBC buffer tank with cooling
option (integrated water circulation
system) is recommended. The problem
of smiling effects and inefficient protein
resolution due to the heat development
in larger gels is reliable avoided.
The buffer chambers EB (without cooling
option) and EBC (with cooling option)
are compatible with the Blot Module
for Tankblot Eco-Maxi. The Blot Module
for Eco-Maxi is available separately. For
tank blotting, the use of buffer tank
EBC with integrated cooling option is
recommended. When using the buffer
tank EB without cooling option, the
transfer should be performed in a cold
room.
The Bigfoot Safety Lid with its specially
designed foot allows a space saving and
safe storing of the lid when not placed
on the buffer tank.
According to customer requirements a
lot of special configurations by a large
number of additional component parts
are possible (i. e. analytical, preparative
or microtiter plate compatible combs).
48
Tankblot Eco-Maxi C
Eco-Maxi System EB
The Blot Module for Eco-Maxi is
available separately and will convert the
corresponding electrophoresis apparatus
into a powerful wet-blotter.
Casting Stand for Eco-Maxi
The casting stand allows an easy, fast
and leak-proof assembly for 1 or 2 glass
plates sandwiches.
Preliminary, for casting gels one or two
glass plates sandwiches are set into the
electrophoresis module and fixed with
the side clips. Because the spacers are
permanently fixed to one glass plate,
the often difficult adjustment of large
spacers and glass plate is no longer
necessary.
In a second step, the electrophoresis
module with the glass plates sandwiches
is inserted into the specially designed
gel casting stand and it is fixedeasily
and reliable by two eccentric vices.
By the use of a unique high-tech
material for the gasket in the casting
stand and special anti-slip device of the
side clips leakage proof is guaranteed.
After polymerisation of the gels, the
complete assembly of electrophoresis
module and glass plate sandwiches are
taken from the casting stand into the
buffer tank for electrophoretic
separation. Specially formed slots in the
side walls of the buffer tank allow a
rapid and safe positioning of the module.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
Electrophoresis Module
and Casting Stand
Casting Stand
E lectrophoresis PAGE
Eco-Maxi & Tankblot Eco-Maxi
Overview
3
3
2
9
1
4
10
11
7
6
8
5
12
Eco-Maxi & Tankblot Eco-Maxi: System Overview
9
10
11
Blot Module
2 x Blotting Cassettes
4 x Foam pads
Item
Order No.
Casting Stand
8
2 x comb, 1.0 mm, 10 wells
7
2 x notched glass plates
6
2 x glass plates
with fixed spacers, 1.0 mm
5
Electrophoresis Module
4
Bigfoot Safety Lid
3
Buffer chamber EB
2
Buffer chamber EBC
with cooling option
Components included
1
Eco-Maxi System EB
017 - 400
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Eco-Maxi EB
017 - 401
+
+
+
+
+
+
Eco-Maxi System EBC
017 - 402
+
+
+
+
+
+
Eco-Maxi EBC
017 - 403
+
+
+
+
+
+
Electrophoresis Module Eco-Maxi
017 - 475
Tankblot Eco-Maxi C
018 - 400
Tankblot Eco-Maxi
018 - 401
Blot Module Eco-Maxi
018 - 405
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
12 Dummy Plate
Innovation · Advancement · Development
49
www.biometra.com
Eco-Mini
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Eco-Mini System E, complete system for 2 gels with buffer chamber E (without cooling base), Bigfoot Safety Lid,
Electrophoresis Module, 2 glass plates with fixed 1.0 mm spacers, 2 notched glass plates, 1 dummy plate, 2 combs (1.0 mm,
10 well) and Casting Stand.
Note: Buffer chamber E is not compatible with Eco-Mini Blot Module.
017 - 100
Eco-Mini E, dto., but without Casting Stand
017 - 101
Eco-Mini System EB, complete system for 2 gels with buffer chamber (without cooling base), Bigfoot Safety Lid,
Electrophoresis Module, 2 glass plates with fixed 1.0 mm spacers, 2 notched glass plates, 1 dummy plate, 2 combs (1.0 mm,
10 wells) and Casting Stand.
Note: Buffer chamber EB is compatible with Eco-Mini Blot Module
017 - 102
Eco-Mini EB, dto., but without Casting Stand
017 - 103
Eco-Mini System EBC, complete system for 2 gels with buffer chamber (with integrated cooling base), Bigfoot Safety Lid,
Electrophoresis Module, 2 glass plates with fixed 1.0 mm spacers, 2 notched glass plates, 1 dummy plate, 2 combs (1.0 mm,
10 wells) and Casting Stand.
Note: Buffer chamber EB is compatible with Eco-Mini Blot Module
017 - 104
Eco-Mini EBC, dto., but without Casting Stand
017 - 105
Order Information Tankblot Eco-Mini see section: Tankblot
Accessories
Casting Stand (two-place), up to 4 gels for Eco-Mini
017 - 180
Glass plate with fixed spacers, 1.0 mm
017 - 120
Glass plate with fixed spacers, 0.75 mm
017 - 121
Glass plate with fixed spacers, 1.5 mm
017 - 122
Notched glass plate
017 - 125
Dummy Plate for running single gels
017 - 127
Divider-Plates for double gel capacity
Divider-Plate with fixed spacers, 1.0 mm
017 - 183
Divider-Plate with fixed spacers, 0.75 mm
017 - 184
Divider-Plate with fixed spacers, 1.5 mm
017 - 185
Divider-Plate Sets (2 Divider-Plates and 2 combs, 10 wells)
50
Divider-Plate Set, 1.0 mm
017 - 187
Divider-Plate Set, 0.75 mm
017 - 188
Divider-Plate Set, 1.5 mm
017 - 189
Combs, 0.75 mm thick
(max. volume/well)
9 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
30 µl
017 - 130
10 wells
33 µl
017 - 131
12 wells
25 µl
017 - 132
15 wells
18 µl
017 - 133
preparative, with 2 marker lanes
2 x 25 µl and 385 µl
017 - 134
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis PAGE
Item
Order No.
Combs, 1.0 mm thick
(max. volume/well)
9 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
43 µl
017 - 140
10 wells
45 µl
017 - 141
12 wells
35 µl
017 - 142
15 wells
25 µl
017 - 143
preparative, with 2 marker lanes
2 x 35 µl and 515 µl
017 - 144
Combs, 1.5 mm thick
(max. volume/well)
9 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
65 µl
017 - 150
10 wells
70 µl
017 - 151
12 wells
55 µl
017 - 152
15 wells
37 µl
017 - 153
preparative, with 2 marker lanes
2 x 55 µl and 780 µl
017 - 154
Buffer chamber E (without cooling base) for Eco-Mini, without Bigfoot Safety Lid
017 - 169
Buffer chamber EB (without cooling base) for Eco-Mini and Tankblot Eco-Mini, without Bigfoot Safety Lid
017 - 170
Buffer chamber EBC (with integrated cooling base) for Eco-Mini and Tankblot Eco-Mini, without Bigfoot Safety Lid
017 - 171
Bigfoot Safety Lid, with cables and safety plugs for Eco-Mini and Tankblot Eco-Mini
017 - 172
Electrophoresis Module for Eco-Mini (1 - 4 gels)
017 - 175
Blot Module for Eco-Mini (incl. 4 Blotting Cassettes)
018 - 105
Rotary Table for twin-chambers (Minigel-Twin, Mini-V8.10, Eco-Mini family, Multigel and Multigel-Long)
010 - 019
Innovation · Advancement · Development
51
www.biometra.com
Eco-Maxi
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Eco-Maxi System EB, complete system with buffer chamber EB (without cooling base), Bigfoot Safety Lid,
Electrophoresis Module, 2 glass plates with fixed 1.0 mm spacers, 2 notched glass plates, 2 combs (1 mm, 12 wells)
and Casting Stand
Note: Buffer chamber EB is compatible with Eco-Maxi Blot Module
017 - 400
Eco-Maxi EB, dto., but without Casting Stand
017 - 401
Eco-Maxi System EBC, complete system with buffer chamber EBC (with integrated cooling base), Bigfoot Safety Lid,
Electrophoresis Module, 2 glass plates with fixed 1.0 mm spacers, 2 notched glass plates, 2 combs (1.0 mm, 12 wells)
and Casting Stand.
Note: Buffer chamber EBC is compatible with Eco-Maxi Blot Module
017 - 402
Eco-Maxi EBC, dto., but without Casting Stand
017 - 403
Order Information Tankblot Eco-Maxi see section: Tankblot
Accessories
52
Casting Stand (two place) for Eco-Maxi
017 - 480
Glass plate with fixed spacers, 1.0 mm
017 - 420
Glass plate with fixed spacers, 0.75 mm
017 - 421
Glass plate with fixed spacers, 1.5 mm
017 - 423
Notched glass plate
017 - 425
Dummy Plate for running single gels
017 - 426
Combs, 0.75 mm thick
(max. volume/well)
12 wells
70 µl
017 - 430
19 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
32 µl
017 - 431
25 wells
30 µl
017 - 432
30 wells
20 µl
017 - 433
preparative, with 2 marker lanes
2 x 30 µl and 970 µl
017 - 434
Combs, 1.0 mm thick
(max. volume/well)
12 wells
95 µl
017 - 440
19 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
45 µl
017 - 441
25 wells
40 µl
017 - 442
30 wells
29 µl
017 - 443
preparative, with 2 marker lanes
2 x 45 µl and 1,310 µl
017 - 444
Combs, 1.5 mm thick
(max. volume/well)
12 wells
165 µl
017 - 450
19 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
75 µl
017 - 451
25 wells
70 µl
017 - 452
30 wells
52 µl
017 - 453
preparative, with 2 marker lanes
2 x 75 µl and 2,340 µl
017 - 454
Buffer chamber EB (without cooling base) for Eco-Maxi and Tankblot Eco-Maxi, without Bigfoot Safety Lid
017 - 471
Buffer chamber EBC (with integrated cooling base) for Eco-Maxi and Tankblot Eco-Maxi, without Bigfoot Safety Lid
017 - 472
Bigfoot Safety Lid, with cables and safety plugs for Eco-Maxi and Tankblot Eco-Maxi
017 - 474
Electrophoresis Module for Eco-Maxi (1 or 2 gels)
017 - 475
Blot Module for Eco-Maxi (incl. 2 Blotting Cassettes)
018 - 405
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis PAGE
Minigel Family
Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
•
•
•
•
•
Leak-free sealing system
(profiled silicone rubber seal)
Fixed glass spacers
Easy handling
High sample resolution
Short running times
Minigel-Twin
• Gel dimensions:
8.6 cm x 7.7 cm (W x L)
• Double-gel system
During electrophoresis the inner glass
plate is in tight contact with the upper
buffer reservoir for effi cient heat
removal and smile-free runs.
Minigel-Twin
Twin-gel system with optimised design
that allows separation of up to 56
samples in one run.
One or two gel operation is possible.
Pre-cast gels
8 cm x 10 cm or 10 x 10 cm PAGE gels
from most suppliers fit in Minigel-Twin.
Gel Casting Stand
The Gel Casting Stand is a useful
accessory for Minigel-Twin that allows
the casting of up to 5 single gels.
The special design of the housing allows
easy tilting to bring the gel sandwiches
to an angle of 45° for the pouring
process. This allows the gel solution
to run slowly along one side of the
plate sandwich to avoid air bubbles.
After pouring the gels the casting stand
has to be turned back to bring the gel
sandwiches into vertical position for
polymerisation.
Minigel Glass Plate Stand
In the Minigel Glass Plate Stand up to
6 separate glass plates or sets of glass
plates for Minigel-Twin can be stored.
Additional the Glass Plate Stand is the
system of choice for drying of glass
plates after cleaning.
This stand is not designed for gel casting.
Rotary Table
The Rotary Table for Twin-chambers
allows easy sample loading by turning
the whole chamber. The table fits to
Minigel-Twin, Mini-V8.10, Eco-Mini family,
Multigel and Multigel-Long.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
53
www.biometra.com
Minigel Family
Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
Multigel
• Gel dimensions:
11 cm x 7 cm (W x L)
• Double-gel system
• Cooling option
The double-gel design permits rapid
separation of up to 24 samples per
gel (48 samples total). One or two
gel operation is possible. Thanks to
the built-in water cooling option the
Multigel is also suited for native gels.
Maxigel
Multigel-Long
• Gel dimensions:
11 cm x 12 cm (W x L)
• Double-gel system
• Cooling option
The double-gel design permits rapid
separation of up to 24 samples per gel
(48 samples total). One or two gel
operation is possible. The built-in water
cooling option allows temperature
controlled runs preventing smiling
effects at higher currents. The longer
separation distance in combination with
the effective cooling systems is ideally
suited for SSCP analysis.
Both Multigel and Multigel-Long offer
microtiter plate compatible / multichannel
pipet compatible combs.
Multigel-Long
Multigel
Maxigel
• Gel dimensions:
17 cm x 18 cm (W x L)
• Double-gel system
• Cooling option included
The Maxigel double-gel design features
back-to-back vertical gels, each
separating up to 45 samples (90
samples total). One or two gel operation
is possible. The built-in water cooling
option and long running distance are
perfect to achieve excellent separation
Universal Glass Plate Stand
This stand with levelling feet can be
used in combination with any gel size
of Biometra slabgels. For gel casting up
to 4 glass plate sandwiches that have
been fixed with clips can be placed in
the stand.
54
Innovation · Advancement · Development
and high resolution. The Maxigel is used
for large sample volumes, e.g. if prior
concentration of the sample is not
possible. Applications include separation
of specific proteins from complex
mixtures (antibody production, enzyme
kinetics or toxicology studies) and native
or SDS-PAGE gels.
The Maxigel is the system of choice
where long running distance, high
resolution or larger sample volumes
are an issue.
E lectrophoresis PAGE
Minigel Family
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Minigel Systems
Minigel-Twin, complete system with 2 sets of glass plates with fixed 1 mm spacers, 2 silicone rubber seals,
2 combs (10 wells) and 1 set of clips (6 pcs)
010 - 100
Minigel-Twin, dto., but with fixed 0.6 mm spacers
010 - 140
Minigel-Twin, buffer chamber and safety lid; without accessories
010 - 130
Accessories
Glass plate with fixed spacers, 1.0 mm
010 - 001
Glass plate with fixed spacers, 0.6 mm
010 - 002
Notched glass plate with straight edge
010 - 003
Notched glass plate with inclined edge
010 - 004
Silicone rubber seal, 1.0 mm (2 pcs)
010 - 055
Silicone rubber seal, 0.6 mm (2 pcs)
010 - 056
Grey seal to be attached to the main chamber (4 pcs)
010 - 058
Clips (6 pcs)
010 - 057
Combs, 1.0 mm thick
(max. volume/well)
5 wells
(70 μl)
010 - 010
10 wells
(25 μl)
010 - 011
10 wells, for big volumes and high protein concentrations
(60 μl)
010 - 023
16 wells
(20 μl)
014 - 017
20 wells
(15 μl)
010 - 012
28 wells
(8 μl)
014 - 019
preparative, without marker lane
(400 μl)
010 - 008
preparative, without marker lane
(450 μl)
014 - 023
preparative, with marker lane
(30 µl and 380 μl)
010 - 022
(2 x 25 µl and 350 μl)
010 - 009
preparative, with 2 marker lanes
Combs, 0.6 mm thick
5 wells
10 wells
(max. volume/well)
10 wells, for big volumes and high protein concentrations
16 wells
20 wells
preparative, without marker lane
preparative, with 1 marker lane
preparative, with 2 marker lanes
(40 μl)
010 - 015
(15 μl)
010 - 016
(35 μl)
010 - 024
(10 μl)
014 - 018
(9 μl)
010 - 020
(240 μl)
010 - 013
(18 µl and 230 μl)
010 - 021
(2 x 15 µl and 210 μl)
010 - 014
Innovation · Advancement · Development
55
www.biometra.com
Minigel Family
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Further Accessories
Minigel Glass Plate Stand (for Minigel-Twin)
010 - 018
Gel Casting Stand for up to 5 mini-gels
010 - 032
Rotary Table for twin-chambers (Minigel-Twin, Mini-V8·10, Eco-Mini family, Multigel and Multigel-Long)
010 - 019
Multigel Systems
Multigel, complete system with 2 sets of glass plates with fixed 1 mm spacers, 2 silicone rubber seals,
2 combs (24 wells) and 2 sets of clips (12 pcs)
010 - 200
Multigel, dto., but with fixed 0.6 mm spacers
010 - 220
Multigel, buffer chamber and safety lid; without accessories
010 - 230
Accessories
Notched glass plate with straight edge
010 - 201
Glass plate with fixed spacers, 1.0 mm
010 - 202
Glass plate with fixed spacers, 0.6 mm
010 - 221
Silicone rubber seal, 1.0 mm (2 pcs)
010 - 255
Silicone rubber seal, 0.6 mm (2 pcs)
010 - 256
Short grey seal to be attached to the main chamber (4 pcs)
010 - 258
Long grey seal to be attached to the main chamber (4 pcs)
010 - 259
Clips (6 pcs)
010 - 057
Multigel-Long, complete system with 2 sets of glass plates with fixed 1 mm spacers, 2 silicone rubber seals,
2 combs (24 wells) and 2 sets of clips (12 pcs)
010 - 300
Multigel-Long, dto., but with fixed 0.6 mm spacers
010 - 320
Multigel-Long, buffer chamber and safety lid; without accessories
010 - 330
Accessories
Notched glass plate with straight edge
010 - 301
Glass plate with fixed spacers, 1.0 mm
010 - 302
Glass plate with fixed spacers, 0.6 mm
010 - 321
Silicone rubber seal, 1.0 mm (2 pcs)
010 - 355
Silicone rubber seal, 0.6 mm (2 pcs)
010 - 356
Short grey seal to be attached to the main chamber (4 pcs)
010 - 258
Long grey seal to be attached to the main chamber (4 pcs)
010 - 359
Clips (6 pcs)
010 - 057
Combs for Multigel and Multigel-Long
Combs, 1.0 mm thick
11 wells
(max. volume/well)
12 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
24 wells
preparative, with 2 marker lanes
56
(50 μl)
010 - 207
(45 μl)
010 - 203
(18 μl)
010 - 204
(2 x 40 µl and 500 μl)
Innovation · Advancement · Development
010 - 208
E lectrophoresis PAGE
Item
Order No.
Combs, 0.6 mm thick
(max. volume/well)
24 wells
(14 μl)
010 - 222
Further Accessories
Rotary Table for twin-chambers (Minigel-Twin, Mini-V8·10, Eco-Mini family, Multigel and Multigel-Long)
010 - 019
Universal Glass Plate Stand with levelling feet, 4 positions for any gel size
010 - 029
Maxigel Systems
Maxigel, complete system with 2 sets of glass plates with fixed 1 mm spacers, 2 silicone rubber seals,
2 combs (12 wells), 3 sets of clips (12 pcs) and 1 set of Maxi-Clips (4 pcs)
010 - 400
Maxigel, dto., but with fixed 2 mm spacers
010 - 430
Maxigel, buffer chamber and safety lid; without accessories
010 - 440
Accessories
Notched glass plate with straight edge
010 - 401
Glass plate with fixed 1 mm spacers
010 - 402
Glass plate with fixed 2 mm spacers
010 - 403
Clips (6 pcs)
010 - 057
Maxi-clips (4 pcs)
010 - 416
Silicone rubber seal, 1.0 mm (2 pcs)
010 - 455
Silicone rubber seal, 2.0 mm (2 pcs)
010 - 457
Long grey seal to be attached to the main chamber (4 pcs)
010 - 459
Short grey seal to be attached to the main chamber (4 pcs)
010 - 458
Combs, 1.0 mm thick
(max. volume/well)
12 wells
18 wells
24 wells
010 - 404
(90 μl)
010 - 405
(50 μl)
010 - 406
(40 μl)
014 - 020
(1,800 μl)
014 - 022
(2 x 50 µl and 1,600 μl)
010 - 407
25 wells
preparative, without marker lane
(140 μl)
preparative, with 2 marker lanes
Combs, 2.0 mm thick
(max. volume/well)
12 wells
18 wells
(280 μl)
010 - 408
(180 μl)
010 - 409
24 wells
(100 μl)
010 - 410
45 wells
(50 μl)
014 - 021
(2 x 100 µl and 3,200 μl)
010 - 411
preparative, with 2 marker lanes
Further Accessories
Universal Glass Plate Stand with levelling feet, 4 positions for any gel size
010 - 029
Innovation · Advancement · Development
57
www.biometra.com
Mini-V8 •10
Integrated System for PAGE and Blotting
Mini-V8 •10 Gel Electrophoresis System
• Gel size 8.7 cm x 7.2 cm (W x L)
• Patented drop-in wedge
automatically positions gels
without the use of gaskets or
clamps
• Blot Module for blotting in the
electrophoresis tank
• Gel Casting System designed to cast 2 to 9 gels simultaneously
(option)
The Mini-V8 •10 Gel Electrophoresis
System is an integrated system for rapid,
high-quality separation and blotting in
a vertical minigel size format. Its two
primary components, the Mini-V8 •10
Gel Electrophoresis Apparatus and
the Mini-V8 •10 Blot Module, are
supplemented by a complete selection
of accessories.
Gels of different length and thickness
can be electrophoresed using the
Mini-V8 •10 Gel Electrophoresis
Apparatus. Up to 20 samples can
be separated by running 2 gels
simultaneously. 2 sets of spacers with
different thickness (0.75 and 1.5 mm)
allow optimal adaptation of gel
thickness for various applications.
As the Mini-V8 •10 offers no fixed
spacers it is recommended to use the
Mini-V8 •10 Gel Casting Clamp for
simple, leak-free casting of gels.
This allows casting of gels in a fraction
of the time of the “conventional” tape
or grease and binder clip methods.
Most commercial available pre-cast
8 cm x 10 cm format PAGE gels can be
used with the system. The 600 – 650
ml buffer volume ensures efficient
cooling even at higher current.
58
Mini-V8 •10 Blot Module
The Mini-V8 •10 Blot Module operates in
the electrophoresis tank of the
Mini-V8 •10 for the transfer of proteins
and nucleic acids on to membranes.
Two gels can be blotted simultaneously.
Mini-V8•10 Gel Casting System
The casting chamber is designed for
easy set-up and cleaning and allows to
cast 2 to 9 gels simultaneously.
A Gradient Former in combination with
the luer fitting in the bottom of the
casting chamber ensures casting of
identical gradient gels. Special separation
sheets make separation of gels after
polymerisation very easy. Displacement
blocks permit the casting of various
numbers of gels.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
Mini-V8 •10 Gel Casting Clamp
The Mini-V8 •10 Gel Casting Clamp is
sold separately. The silicone clamp
provides leak proof casting and is
designed to cast a single 8.7 cm x 7.2 cm
format gel.
E lectrophoresis PAGE
Model V15•17
Gel Electrophoresis Apparatus for PAGE
Model V15•17
•
•
•
Gel size 17 cm x 15 cm (W x L)
Built-in integral clamps hold the gel
in place
Fits gels of different thicknesses with straight or notched glass plates
The Model V15•17 is designed for
vertical gels 17 cm x 15 cm (W x L) for
separation of up to 20 samples on a
0.8 mm, 1.5 mm or 3 mm thick gel.
The built-in integral clamps allow easy
assembly and hold gels of different
thickness leak-free in place. The V15•17
is the system of choice for laboratories
with low sample throughput but the
need of long running distances or large
sample volumes (up to 4,000 μl).
Gel Casting Clamp
The Gel Casting Clamp is sold separately.
The silicone clamp is designed to cast a
single 17 cm x 15 cm gel and provides
leak proof casting.
15 % SDS-polyacrylamide gel with discontinuous buffer system,
electrophoresed at 80 V for 0.5 h, then at 120 V for 4.5 h.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
59
www.biometra.com
Mini-V8•10
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Mini-V8•10 Gel Electrophoresis Apparatus, with buffer tank, safety lid, gel support tray,
gel wedge block, 2 pairs of glass plates (2 short glass plates 7.25 cm x 10.25 cm and
2 long glass plates 8.25 cm x 10.25 cm), 2 sets of 0.75 mm thick side spacers and 2 x 10 well combs (0.75 mm thick)
(Mini-V8•10 Gel Casting Clamp is sold separately.)
21078043
Mini-V8•10 Gel Electrophoresis System, system with
Mini-V8•10 Gel Electrophoresis Apparatus and Mini-V8•10 Blot Module
(Mini-V8•10 Gel Casting Clamp is sold separately.)
21078050
Accessories and Spare parts
Mini-V8•10 Gel Casting Clamp
(1/pkg)
21078241
Glass Plates (mixed pairs, 8.25 cm x 10.25 cm/ 7.25 cm x 10.25 cm)
(10 pairs)
21078035
Gel Loading Template
(4/pkg)
21078076
Spring Clips
(12/pkg)
11098019
0.75 mm
(2 pairs)
11958147
1.5 mm
(2 pairs)
11958154
Combs, 0.75 mm thick
(max. volume/well)*
6 wells
(40 μl)
11958089
10 wells
(20 μl)
11958113
Combs, 1.5 mm thick
(max. volume/ well)*
6 wells
(80 μl)
11958097
10 wells
(40 μl)
11958121
preparative, with 2 marker lanes
(475 μl)***
11958063
Spacer Sets (side spacers):
Platinum/Niobium Upper Electrode Replacement Kit Mini-V
11958162
Lower Electrode Replacement Kit Mini-V
11958261
Banana Plug Replacement Kit (includes 2 banana plugs, 1 red and 1 black cap nut and
2 lock washers)
11958469
Mini-V8•10 Blot Module, complete with blot restrainer, blot support frame, clamping knob
and three transfer pressure pads
21078019
Accessories
Transfer Pressure Pads
(6/pkg)
Mini-V8•10 Gel Casting System, complete with a casting chamber with threaded posts, one end plate
with silicone gasket and fill port, displacement blocks (1 x 1 mm, 2 mm and 5 mm and 3 x 9 mm),
20 gel separation sheets, 10 pairs of glass plates, wing nuts and cap nuts, stopcock, tubing connector, and stopper
(Combs and spacers are sold separately!)
60
Innovation · Advancement · Development
11958048
21078027
E lectrophoresis PAGE
Model V15•17
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Model V15•17 Gel Electrophoresis Apparatus, complete with buffer chamber, safety lid,
1 pair of glass plates (1 short glass plate 19.7 cm x 16.0 cm and 1 long glass plate 19.7 cm x 18.5 cm),
1 pair of 1.5 mm thick side spacers, 1 x 1.5 mm thick bottom spacer, and 1 x 20 well comb (1.5 mm thick)
(The Gel Casting Clamp is sold separately.)
21080023
Accessories and Spare parts
Gel Casting Clamp (Model V15•17, V16, V16-2)
(1/pkg)
21070065
Gel Casting Clamp (Model
(2/pkg)
21070073
Glass Plates (mixed pairs, 16.0 cm x 19.7 cm/18.5 cm x 19.7 cm)
(3 pairs)
11074010
Spring Clips
(12/pkg)
11098019
V15•17,
V16, V16-2)
Spacer Sets (complete with 1 bottom spacer, 2 side spacers and 2 foam blocks)
0.8 mm thick
41077017
1.5 mm thick
41077025
3.0 mm thick
41077033
Combs, 0.8 mm thick
(max. volume/well)**
10 wells
(94 μl)
11956026
12 wells
(72 μl)
11956034
14 wells
(59 μl)
11956042
20 wells
(34 μl)
21076013
preparative, with 2 marker lanes
(1,000 μl)***
11956117
Combs, 1.5 mm thick
(max. volume/well)**
10 wells
(175 μl)
11956059
12 wells
(135 μl)
11956067
14 wells
(110 μl)
11956075
20 wells
(63 μl)
21076021
preparative, with 2 marker lanes
(2,000 μl)***
11956125
* Volume calculated for an insertion depth of 5 mm
** Volume calculated for an insertion depth of 9 mm
*** Volume of the central preparative well
Innovation · Advancement · Development
61
www.biometra.com
Model V15•17
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Combs, 3.0 mm thick
(max. volume / well)**
10 wells
(350 μl)
11956083
14 well
(220 μl)
11956109
20 wells
(126 μl)
21076039
preparative, with 2 marker lanes
(4,000 μl)***
11956133
Power Cords
(1 pair)
11099025
Upper Platinum Wire Replacement
11958345
Lower Platinum Wire Replacement
11958329
Wire Hardware Replacement Kit (includes 2 red cap nuts, 2 black cap nuts, 4 O-rings,
4 rubber washers, 4 electrode boots and 4 hex nuts)
(Does not include the electrode!)
11958213
Gasket Replacement for V15•17 (with 6 foam blocks)
Spacer Foam Blocks
21070057
Banana Plug Replacement Kit (includes everything in the Wire Hardware (11958212)
Replacement Kit plus 2 banana plugs, 2 long ratchet rivets, 2 short ratchet rivets,
2 thin washers and 2 thick washers)
11958378
Gel Clamp Replacement Kit (includes spring, shoulder washer, tab, knob and support ring)
11958352
Safety Lid Replacement Kit V15•17 (includes safety lid, 2 long ratchet rivets, 2 short ratchet
rivets, 2 thin washers and 2 thick washers)
11958360
* Volume calculated for an insertion depth of 5 mm
** Volume calculated for an insertion depth of 9 mm
*** Volume of the central preparative well
62
21960059
(12/pkg)
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis PAGE
Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
Applications for the Use of Multigel-Long
Visualisation of point mutations using
SSCP electrophoresis (Single Strand
Conformation Polymorphism)
M. Preising, Clinic and Policlinic for
Ophthalmology, University Hospital Giessen
and Marburg, Friedrichstrasse 18, 35385
Giessen, Germany, I.H. Pawlowitzki, Institute
for Human Genetics, Westphalia Wilhelms
University, Versaliusweg 12-14,
48198 Münster, Germany.
Single strand DNA fragments of equal
length, but having minute differences
in sequence can be differentiated from
one another using Polyacrylamide gel
electrophoresis (PAGE) (1). The reason
for these sequence-dependent
differences in mobility is that base
pairings with complementary regions
also occur within the single strand and
influence the tertiary structure of the
nucleic acid polymers in a sequencedependent manner. Even the substitution
of a single base can be demonstrated.
Figure 1 shows the investigation of a
Pro-347-Leu vs. Pro-347-Arg mutation in
the human rhodopsin gene. The figures
2 to 4 show additional examples of
mutations in the human rhodopsin
gene or in the human X chromosomal
chorioideremia gene. The bands of the
different isoforms of the respective
single strands are labeled a-b.
The application of the Multigel-Long
device shown here was carried out
overnight on PAA gels using a 6 %
stacking gel and a 10 % separation gel
in 1 x TBE buffer. The results show that
the SSCP electrophoresis can be
conducted with smaller gels efficiently
and cost-effectively.
8 μl of PCR preparation were used.
The samples were first diluted with
loading buffer (1:2), denatured for
5 minutes at 98 °C and cooled on ice
to obtain single strands.
Fig. 1
Fig. 1. Human rhodopsin gene (locus 3q21-24,
exon 5, PCR product of 155 bp. Lanes 1 to 3:
controls (unaffected subjects); Lane 4: Pro-347-Leu
mutation; Lane 5: Pro-347-Arg mutation; Lane 6:
molecular weight markers. Electrophoresis
parameters: 100 V, 15 hours.
Each main run was preceded by a
5-minute pre-run to allow a rapid initial
migration of the single strands.
Migration was terminated after the
separation of the dye bands (bromophenol blue, xylene cyanole).
It was absolutely necessary to set the
electrophoresis parameters so that the
gel did not become warmer than 25 °C
in order to prevent denaturation of the
single strands. When using the optional
cooling system, the SSCPE could be
conducted with a maximum of 200
to 250 V; without cooling the voltage
should not be more than 130 V.
Reference:
1. Orita, M., Iwahana, H., Kanazawa, H.,
Hayashi, K., Sekiya, T. (1989);
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 86, 2766-2770.
Fig. 3
Fig. 2. Human rhodopsin gene (locus 3q21-24)
exon 1 5‘-halves, PCR product of 279 bp. Lanes
1, 2, 5–7: controls (unaffected subjects); Lane 3:
Pro-23-His mutation; Lane 4: Thr-58-Arg mutation,
in addition the fragment contains a Ksp 1-RFLP;
Lane 8: molecular weight markers. Electrophoresis
parameters: 120 V, 15 hours.
Fig. 3. Human chorioideremia gene (X chromosomal) exon B4, PCR product of 174 bp. Lane 1:
hemizygous Glu-154-stop mutation (male patient
with chorioideremia); Lane 2: heterozygous
Glu-154-stop mutation (conductor, phenotypically
healthy mother of the patient in Lane 1); Lane 3:
Ser-158-stop mutation (male patient with
chorioideremia); Lane 4: heterozygous Ser-158stop mutation (conductor, phenotypically healthy
mother of the patient in Lane 3); Lanes 5–7:
controls (unaffected subjects); Lane 8: molecular
weight marker. Electrophoresis parameters: 100 V,
16 hours.
Fig. 4. Human chorioideremia gene (X chromosomal)
exon E, PCR product of 288 bp. Lanes 1 and 4:
controls (unaffected subjects); Lane 2: homozygous splice mutation 5‘ mutation (male patient
with chorioideremia); Lane 3: heterozygous splice
mutation 5‘ (conductor, phenotypically healthy
mother of the patient in Lane 3); Lane 5: molecular
weight markers. In the upper part of the figure the
transition from collecting to separation gel is
illustrated with the slots cut off. Electrophoresis
parameters: 100 V, 16 hours.
Fig. 2
Fig. 4
Innovation · Advancement · Development
63
www.biometra.com
Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
Applications for the Use of Minigel-Twin
SSCP analysis of the lipoprotein lipase
gene (Single Strand Conformation
Polymorphism)
D. Evans, D. Wendt and U. Beisiegel,
University Hamburg, University Hospital
Eppendorf, 1. Medical Hospital,
Martinistr. 52, 20251 Hamburg,
Germany
Lipoprotein lipase (LpL) plays a key
role in the metabolism of triglyceride
rich lipoproteins. Patients who are
homozygous or compound heterozygotes
for mutations in the LpL gene present
with Type I Hyperlipoproteinemia (HPL)
which is characterized by fasting
chylomicronemia with very high levels of
triglycerides, pancreatitis and eruptive
cutaneous xanthomatosis. Type I HLP is
a rare desease with a frequency of 1 in
a million, however heterozygotes occur
with a frequency of up to 1 in 500.
Heterozygosity for mutations in the LpL
gene has been implicated in familial
combined hyperlipidemia, Type III HLP
and with elevated serum triglycerides.
These conditions are associated with an
increased risk of arthereosclerosis.
Heterozygotes are also at increased risk
of hypertriglyceridemia in the presence
of environmental stress such as
pregnancy, obesity and diabetes. The
experiment shown here describe the
use of SSCP electrophoresis to analyse
the LpL gene of patients with the
elevated serum triglycerides.
42 of a total of 88 patients (48 %)
had mutations, and 27 patients (31 %)
had mutations with amino acid
changes.
SSCP analysis is performed nonradioactively. The Biometra Minigel-Twin
has the advantage of high capacity,
40 samples can be processed
simultaneously, with little sample
volumes needed and separation being
very rapid.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Exon 3
Lanes 1, 2 and 6: controls;
Lane 3: Ser-88-mutation;
Lane 4: Del-560->564-mutation;
Lane 5: Val-69-Leu-mutation.
64
Innovation · Advancement · Development
Silver staining also needs only one hour
so that with a Minigel-Twin 80 samples
can be screened in one day.
Exon 1-9 and the exon-intron bonds
were amplified by PCR. For the SSCP
analysis the PCR products were diluted
1 in 20 in denaturing SSCP analysis
buffer (1 x TBE, 3.5 M urea), incubated at
96 °C for 5 min and cooled immediately
on ice. Products were loaded onto 10 %
polyacrylamide gels in 1 x TBE
containing 10 % glycerol.
Gels were poured the Minigel-Twin
with 0.6 mm spacers. Electrophoresis
was at 10 mA for 3 hours at room
temperature. DNA was visualized by
staining with silver.
1
2
3
Exon 6
Lanes 1 and 3: controls;
Lane 2: Ser-266-Pro-mutation.
E lectrophoresis PAGE
Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
Applications for the Use of Minigel-Twin
Purification of DNA oligonucleotides
with the Minigel-Twin electrophoresis
instrument
F. Wirsching and T. Opitz, Institute for
Molecular Biotechnology, Dept.
Molecular Evolutionary Biology,
Beutenbergstr. 11, 07745 Jena, Germany
Crude oligonucleotides produced
with automatic DNA synthesizers also
contain fragments which are smaller
than the full length products, down to
decamer size or even smaller (left fig.).
In order to get rid of undesired small
byproducts the synthesis mixes were
separated using Biometra’s Minigel-Twin
electrophoresis instrument with a 12 %
denaturing (8 M urea) polyacrylamide
gel and with TBE as a running buffer for
2 h at 100 V (const.). After separation
the products were visualized by UV
shadowing using a TLC plate illuminated
with short-wave UV light (254 nm).
Separation of crude DNA synthesis products.
Lanes 1, 4, and 7: molecular weight markers;
Lanes 2 and 3: 20mer DNA oligonucleotide (2 μg/
lane); Lanes 5 and 6: 60mer DNA oligonucleotide
(2 μg/lane).
The full length products were cut out
and eluted from the gel strip using
an elution buffer (0.1 % SDS, 0.5 M
ammonium acetate, 10 mM magnesium
acetate). The right figure shows the
purified oligonucleotides after further
electrophoretic separation.
Separation of DNA synthesis products purified
by PAGE. Lanes 1, 3, and 5: molecular weight
markers; Lane 2: 20mer DNA oligonucleotide
(1 μg/lane); Lane 4: 60mer DNA oligonucleotide
(1 μg/lane).
Innovation · Advancement · Development
65
www.biometra.com
Agarose Gel Electrophoresis
Introduction
•
•
•
•
Gel sizes from 5.7 cm x 8.3 cm
up to 23.9 cm x 25.0 cm
UV transparent gel trays
Preparative, analytical and multichannel pipet compatible combs
User-friendly design
Horizon® Family
Biometra offers a complete range of
instruments for the separation of nucleic
acids in submerged agarose gel
electrophoresis. All applications around
electrophoresis of PCR products, small
plasmids, separation of restriction
digests as well as electrophoresis of
RAPD or RFLP fragments are covered.
Gel sizes range from mini over medium
up to maxi-large formats.
All systems meet the highest standards
in operational safety.
Two instrument families with different
features are available: Compact and
Horizon.
Compact Family
Compact Multi-Wide
66
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis Agarose
Family Overview
Model
Gel size W x L
(cm)
Comb thickness
(mm)
Number of wells
Sample volume/
well (µl)*
Tooth width
(mm)
Tooth distance
(mm)
8, MTP, 9 mm spacing
11
13
16, MTP, 4.5 mm spacing
30
20
16
12
7.5
5
4
3
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
prep., 1 + 2 marker lanes
8, MTP, 9 mm spacing
11
13
16, MTP, 4.5 mm spacing
342 + 30
45
30
24
18
31.8 + 4.1
7.5
5
4
3
1.9
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.0
11
13, MTP, 9 mm spacing
18
21
25, MTP, 4.5 mm spacing
36
30
20
16
12
9
7.5
5
4
3
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.5
1.5
prep., 1 + 2 marker lanes
11
13, MTP, 9 mm spacing
18
21
25, MTP, 4.5 mm spacing
594 + 30
54
45
30
24
18
53.3 + 4.1
9
7.5
5
4
3
1.9
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.0
prep., 1 + 2 marker lanes
prep., 2 + 2 marker lanes
prep., 4 + 2 marker lanes
14
16, MTP, 9 mm spacing
22
26
32, MTP, 4.5 mm spacing
528 + 16
261 + 16
127 + 16
36
30
20
16
12
130.5 + 4
64.5 + 4
31.5 + 4
9
7.5
5
4
3
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
prep., 1 + 2 marker lanes
prep., 2 + 2 marker lanes
prep., 4 + 2 marker lanes
14
16, MTP, 9 mm spacing
22
26
32, MTP, 4.5 mm spacing
793 + 24
392 + 24
191 + 24
55
46
30
24
18
130.5 + 4
64.5 + 4
31.5 + 4
9
7.5
5
4
3
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.0
22
26, MTP, 9 mm spacing
36
42
52, MTP, 4.5 mm spacing
36
30
20
16
12
9
7.5
5
4
3
1.5
3.1
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
prep., 1 + 2 marker lanes
22
26, MTP, 9 mm spacing
36
42
52, MTP, 4.5 mm spacing
1,284 + 30
54
45
30
24
18
111.0 + 4.1
9
7.5
5
4
3
1.9
1.5
3.1
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.8
8
14
15
7
5.3
2.4
1.6
1.6
1.5
prep., 1 + 2 marker lanes
5
8
12, MTP, 4.5 mm spacing
14
250
50
25
15
13
42.8
9.5
5.3
2.8
2.4
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.0
10
12, MTP, 9 mm spacing
14
20
33
30
20
16
7.9
7.2
4.7
3.8
3.2
1.8
3.3
1.7
2.0
10
14
20
24, MTP, 4.5 mm spacing
66
40
32
22
7.9
4.7
3.8
2.8
3.2
3.3
1.7
1.7
1.0
12
15
20
21, MTP, 9 mm spacing
30
42, MTP, 4.5 mm spacing
54
40
27
30
20
11
12.7
9.5
6.4
7.2
4.7
2.7
3.2
3.2
3.2
1.7
1.7
1.7
2.0
20
30
42, MTP, 4.5 mm spacing
54
40
22
6.4
4.7
2.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
3.0
prep., 1 + 2 marker lanes
20
30
2,100
81
60
165.0
6.4
4.7
3.2
1.7
1.7
1.0
Compact XS
Compact S
Compact M
8.2 x 7.1
8.2 x 10.5
12.4 x 14.5
1.5
Compact
Multi-Wide
Compact L
Compact XL
Horizon® 58
Horizon®
11∙14
Horizon®
20∙25
15.0 x 7.0
15.0 x 10.0
15.0 x 15.0
15.0 x 18.0
23.9 x 20.0
23.9 x 25.0
5.7 x 8.3
11 x 14
20 x 25
Buffer volume
(ml)
360
580
1,100 - 1,300
1,660
100
700
1,550
* refer to 5 mm thick gels
MTP: multichannel pipet compatible
Innovation · Advancement · Development
67
www.biometra.com
Compact Family
Straight Apparatus Family for Submerged Gel Electrophoresis
• UV transparent gel trays
• Models for high-throughput
applications
• Four multichannel pipet compatible combs per tray size
• Easy-to-use casting systems
The Compact line is characterized by
a straight design for everyday use.
The robust construction of thick-walled
acrylic glass and the long-life components
as platinum electrodes and gold-coated
safety plugs make it the ideal tool for
both research and routine laboratories.
There are four different chamber sizes
supporting nine different gel sizes:
• Compact XS/S for mini gels with tray XS or S
• Compact M for midi gels with tray M
• Compact L/XL for maxi gels with tray L or XL
• Compact Mulit-Wide for mini-wide
and midi-wide gels.
Various details provide for ease of use:
The safety lids open upwards giving
free access to the chamber for sample
pipetting. Besides that opening the
lid upwards avoids the risk of sample
and buffer spillage as often seen with
sliding lids. The open Bigfoot Lid can be
space-saving set upright on its back. The
walls of the buffer chamber are partially
cut out to enable an easy removal of
the gel tray without touching the buffer.
The choice of colour-coded 1.0 mm and
1.5 mm thick combs and the optimal
number of comb positions per tray provide for high flexibility in applications.
Model
Gel size (W x L)
Max. sample number
Compact XS
8.2 cm x 7.1 cm
32
with 2 combs
Compact S
8.2 cm x 10.5 cm
48
with 3 combs
Compact M
12.4 cm x 14.5 cm
100
with 4 combs
Compact L
23.9 cm x 20.0 cm
312 with 6 combs
Compact XL
23.9 cm x 25.0 cm
416 Gel Casting
Excellent „plug-and-cast“ casting tanks
for tray sizes XS, S and M make leakfree
gel casting a matter of seconds: just
drop the gel tray in and fix with minor
contact pressure.
For maxi gels an easy-to-handle gel
caster with levelling feet and bull´s eye
level can be used for both tray sizes L
and XL. Additionally, gel trays of other
Biometra electrophoresis systems can
be applied: Horizon 20•25, Sunrise 96,
Sunrise 24•24/192/MTP, Agagel maxi
(20 cm x 20 cm gel tray).
“Plug -and-cast“ casting system Compact M
Certainly also the simple method using
tape for tray sealing can be applied
when somebody is used to do
it that way.
Compact L/XL features four levelling
feet and a bull´s eye level to ensure
uniform runs with large gels even on
working benches that are not levelled.
Casting system Compact L/XL
68
with 8 combs
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis Agarose
Compact Family
Highly flexible systems
The new Compact Multi-Wide is the
most variable model of the Compact
Family, offering the greatest choice
of gel lengths and combs for sample
loading. As all gel trays have the same
width, the combs fit to all of the gel
trays which are available with this
system.
The Compact Multi-Wide is a highly
flexible system for rapid screening as
well as multiple sample loading with
short or long separation distances. It
has a wide platform that can separate
in preparative scale or up to 32 samples
per comb. Depending on gel size, up to
6 combs can be placed on the gel tray.
Gel Casting System
The all-in-one gel casting system
accommodates gel tray length’s from
7 to 18 cm. A movable wall with sliding
casting dam gives the necessary flexibility
for this purpose and allows fixing of the
different gel trays very quick and easy.
By using the movable casting dam set
the casting system can be upgraded
into a highly flexible multi-casting
system, which offers the convenience
to cast simultaneously up to 3 x 7 cm
long gels or 2 x 10 cm gels or 1 x 7 cm
and 1 x 10 cm long gels or 1 x 7 cm and
1 x 15 cm long gels.
Model
Gel size (W x L)
Max. sample number
Compact Multi-Wide
15.0 cm x 7.0 cm
64
with 2 combs
15.0 cm x 10.0 cm
96
with 3 combs
15.0 cm x 15.0 cm
160
with 5 combs
15.0 cm x 18.0 cm
192 with 6 combs
If adjustment of the casting system is
necessary, a levelling tray with levelling
feet and bull’s eye level is optional
available. This levelling tray is additionally
compatible with Compact XS, S and M.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
69
www.biometra.com
Compact Family
Highly flexible systems
70
23.9 cm x 25.0 cm
23.9 xm x 20.0 cm
15.0 x cm x 18.0 cm
15.0 x cm x 15.0 cm
+
15.0 x cm x 10.0 cm
+
15.0 x cm x 7.0 cm
+
12.4 cm x 14.5 cm
+
8.2 cm x 10.5 cm
025 - 100
UV transparent gel trays
8.2 cm x 7.1 cm
Compact S
All-in-one, Compact Multi-Wide
+
Maxi caster, Compact L / XL
+
Plug-and-cast, Compaxt M
025 - 099
Plug-and-cast, Compaxt S
025 - 010
Compact XS system
Plug-and-cast, Compaxt XS
Gel casting cystem XS
Casting system
4 x 26-wells, 1.5 mm
+
3 x 36-wells, 1.0 mm
+
2 x 18-wells, 1.0 mm
025 - 000
Compact L / XL
Order No.
Compact XS
Compact M
Item
2 x 16-wells, 1.0 mm
2 x 11-wells, 1.0 mm
Combs
Compact XS / S
Compact Multi-Wide
Chamber with
safety lid
+
+
+
+
+
Gel casting cystem S
025 - 110
Compact S system
025 - 199
Compact M
025 - 200
Gel casting cystem M
025 - 210
Compact M system
025 - 299
Compact L
025 - 300
Gel casting cystem L / XL
025 - 310
Compact L system
025 - 399
+
Compact XL
025 - 400
+
+
Compact XL system
025 - 499
+
+
Compact Multi-Wide
025 - 500
+
Compact Multi-Wide
025 - 501
+
+
Compact Multi-Wide system
025 - 591
+
+
Compact Multi-Wide
025 - 502
+
+
Compact Multi-Wide system
025 - 592
+
+
Compact Multi-Wide
025 - 503
+
+
Compact Multi-Wide system
025 - 593
+
+
Compact Multi-Wide
025 - 504
+
+
Compact Multi-Wide system
025 - 594
+
+
Compact Multi-Wide
025 - 509
+
+
Compact Multi-Wide system
025 - 599
+
+
Gel casting system Multi-Wide
025 - 510
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Innovation · Advancement · Development
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
E lectrophoresis Agarose
Compact Family
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Compact XS: Chamber with bigfoot safety lid (W x D x H, cm = 13.6 x 21.6 x 10.6), UV transparent tray
for gel size 8.2 cm x 7.1 cm, 2 combs (11 wells, 1.0 mm thick)
025 - 000
Gel casting system XS: Casting chamber for gel tray 8.2 cm x 7.1 cm, delivered without gel tray
025 - 010
Compact XS system: Compact XS + gel casting system XS (see 025 - 000 + 025 - 010)
025 - 099
Compact S: Chamber with bigfoot safety lid (W x D x H, cm = 13.6 x 21.6 x 10.6), UV transparent tray
for gel size 8.2 cm x 10.5 cm, 2 combs (11 wells, 1.0 mm thick)
025 - 100
Gel casting system S: Casting chamber for gel tray 8.2 cm x 10.5 cm, delivered without gel tray
025 - 110
Compact S system: Compact S + gel casting system S (see 025 -100 + 025 -110)
025 - 199
Accessories for Compact XS and Compact S:
Combs, 1.0 mm thick
8 wells, 30 µl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 9 mm spacing
025 - 001
11 wells, 20 µl/well
025 - 002
13 wells, 16 µl/well
025 - 003
16 wells, 12 µl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 4.5 mm spacing
025 - 004
Combs, 1.5 mm thick
Preparative comb: 1 well (342 µl) plus 2 marker wells (30 µl/well)
025 - 015
8 wells, 45 µl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 9 mm spacing
025 - 011
11 wells, 30 µl/well
025 - 012
13 wells, 24 µl/well
025 - 013
16 wells, 18 µl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 4.5 mm spacing
025 - 014
Gel trays
Gel tray XS for 8.2 cm x 7.1 cm gel size, UV transparent, 2 comb positions with 3.0 cm distance
025 - 020
Gel tray S for 8.2 cm x 10.5 cm gel size, UV transparent, 2 comb positions with 4.7 cm distance,
3 comb positions with 3.1 cm distance
025 - 021
Loading stripes, adhesive, red / green / yellow, for gel tray XS and S
025 - 006
Compact M: Chamber with bigfoot safety lid (W x D x H, cm = 17.7 x 25.8 x 10.6), UV transparent tray
for gel size 12.4 cm x 14.5 cm, 2 combs (18 wells, 1.0 mm thick)
025 - 200
Gel casting system M: Casting chamber for gel tray 12.4 cm x 14.5 cm, delivered without gel tray
025 - 210
Compact M system: Compact M + gel casting system M (see 025 - 200 + 025 - 210)
025 - 299
Accessories for Compact M:
Combs, 1.0 mm thick
11 wells, 36 µl/well
025 - 201
13 wells, 30 µl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 9 mm spacing
025 - 202
18 wells, 20 µl/well
025 - 203
21 wells, 16 µl/well
025 - 204
25 wells, 12 µl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 4.5 mm spacing
025 - 205
Well capacity refers to 5 mm thick gels.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
71
www.biometra.com
Compact Family
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Combs, 1.5 mm thick
Preparative comb: 1 well (594 µl) plus 2 marker wells (30 µl/well)
025 - 216
11 wells, 54 µl/well
025 - 211
13 wells, 45 µl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 9 mm spacing
025 - 212
18 wells, 30 µl/well
025 - 213
21 wells, 24 µl/well
025 - 214
25 wells, 18 µl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 4.5 mm spacing
025 - 215
Gel trays
Gel tray M for 12.4 cm x 14.5 cm gel size, UV transparent, 3 comb positions with 4.5 cm distance,
4 comb positions with 3.3 cm distance
025 - 221
Loading stripes, adhesive, red / green / yellow, for gel tray M
025 - 206
Compact L: Chamber with levelling feet, gauge and bigfoot safety lid (W x D x H, cm = 29.4 x 38.2 x 11.2),
UV transparent tray for gel size 23.9 cm x 20.0 cm, 3 combs (36 wells, 1.0 mm thick)
025 - 300
Gel casting system L/XL: Gel caster with levelling feet and gauge for gel tray 23.9 cm x 20.0 cm
and gel tray 23.9 cm x 25.0 cm, delivered without gel tray
025 - 310
Compact L system: Compact L + gel casting system L/XL (see 025 - 300 + 025 - 310)
025 - 399
Compact XL: Chamber with levelling feet, gauge and bigfoot safety lid (W x D x H, cm = 29.4 x 38.2 x 11.2), UV transparent tray for gel size 23.9 cm x 25.0 cm, 4 combs (26 well, 1.5 mm thick)
025 - 400
Compact XL system: Compact XL + gel casting system L/XL (see 025 - 400 + 025 - 310)
025 - 499
Accessories for Compact L and Compact XL:
Combs, 1.0 mm thick
22 wells, 36 µl/well
025 - 301
26 wells, 30 µl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 9 mm spacing
025 - 302
36 wells, 20 µl/well
025 - 303
42 wells, 16 µl/well
025 - 304
52 wells, 12 µl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 4.5 mm spacing
025 - 305
Combs, 1.5 mm thick
Preparative comb: 1 well (1284 µl) plus 2 marker wells (30 µl/well)
025 - 316
22 wells, 54 µl/well
025 - 311
26 wells, 45 µl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 9 mm spacing
025 - 312
36 wells, 30 µl/well
025 - 313
42 wells, 24 µl/well
025 - 314
52 wells, 18 µl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 4.5 mm spacing
025 - 315
Gel trays
Gel tray L for 23.9 cm x 20.0 cm gel size, UV transparent, 6 comb positions with 3.1 cm distance
025 - 320
Gel tray XL for 23.9 cm x 25.0 cm gel size, UV transparent, 8 comb positions with 3.0 cm distance
025 - 321
Loading stripes, adhesive, red / green / yellow, for gel tray L and XL
025 - 306
Well capacity refers to 5 mm thick gels.
72
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis Agarose
Item
Order No.
Compact Multi-Wide: Chamber with safety lid (W x D x H, cm = 29.5 cm x 21.0 cm x 8.5 cm), without accessories
025 - 500
Compact Multi-Wide: Chamber with safety lid (W x D x H, cm = 29.5 cm x 21.0 cm x 8.5 cm),
UV transparent tray for gel size 15.0 cm x 7.0 cm, 2 combs (16 wells, 1.0 mm thick)
025 - 501
Compact Multi-Wide, 1 gel tray 15.0 cm x 7.0 cm, 2 combs (16 well, 1.0 mm thick)
+ gel casting system Multi-Wide (see 025 - 501 + 025 - 510)
025 - 591
Compact Multi-Wide: Chamber with safety lid (W x D x H, cm = 29.5 cm x 21.0 cm x 8.5 cm),
UV transparent tray for gel size 15.0 cm x 10.0 cm, 2 combs (16 wells, 1.0 mm thick)
025 - 502
Compact Multi-Wide, 1 gel tray 15.0 cm x 10.0 cm, 2 combs (16 well, 1.0 mm thick)
+ gel casting system Multi-Wide (see 025 - 502 + 025 - 510)
025 - 592
Compact multi-Wide: Chamber with safety lid (W x D x H, cm = 29.5 cm x 21.0 cm x 8.5 cm),
UV transparent tray for gel size 15.0 cm x 15.0 cm, 2 combs (16 wells, 1.0 mm thick)
025 - 503
Compact Multi-Wide, 1 gel tray 15.0 cm x 15.0 cm, 2 combs (16 well, 1.0 mm thick)
+ gel casting system Multi-Wide (see 025 - 503 + 025 - 510)
025 - 593
Compact Multi-Wide: Chamber with safety lid (W x D x H, cm = 29.5 cm x 21.0 cm x 8.5 cm),
UV transparent tray for gel size 15.0 cm x 18.0 cm, 2 combs (16 wells, 1.0 mm thick)
025 - 504
Compact Multi-Wide, 1 gel tray 15.0 cm x 18.0 cm, 2 combs (16 well, 1.0 mm thick)
+ gel casting system Multi-Wide (see 025 - 504 + 025 - 510)
025 - 594
Compact Multi-Wide: Chamber with safety lid (W x D x H, cm = 29.5 cm x 21.0 cm x 8.5 cm),
4 UV transparent trays for gel size: 15 cm x 7.0 cm / 10.0 cm / 15.0 cm and 18.0 cm, 2 combs (16 wells, 1.0 mm thick)
025 - 509
Compact Multi-Wide, 4 gel trays 15.0 cm x 7.0 cm / 10.0 cm/ 15.0 cm and 18.0 cm, 2 combs (16 well, 1.0 mm thick)
+ gel casting system Multi-Wide (see 025 - 509 + 025 - 510)
025 - 599
Gel casting system Multi-Wide: all-in-one casting chamber for all Multi-Wide
gel tray sizes: 15 cm x 7.0 cm / 10.0 cm / 15.0 cm and 18.0 cm
025 - 510
Accessories for Compact Multi-Wide:
Combs, 1.0 mm thick
Preparative comb: 1 well (528 µl) plus 2 marker wells (16 µl/well)
025 - 537
Preparative comb: 2 well (261 µl) plus 2 marker wells (16 µl/well)
025 - 538
Preparative comb: 4 well (127 µl) plus 2 marker wells (16 µl/well)
025 - 539
14 wells, 36 µl/well
025 - 531
16 wells, 30 µl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 9 mm spacing
025 - 532
22 wells, 20 µl/well
025 - 533
26 wells, 16 µl/well
025 - 534
32 wells, 12 µl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 4.5 mm spacing
025 - 535
Combs, 1.5 mm thick
Preparative comb: 1 well (793 µl) plus 2 marker wells (24 µl/well)
025 - 547
Preparative comb: 2 well (392 µl) plus 2 marker wells (24 µl/well)
025 - 548
Preparative comb: 4 well (191 µl) plus 2 marker wells (24 µl/well)
025 - 549
14 wells, 55 µl/well
025 - 541
16 wells, 46 µl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 9 mm spacing
025 - 542
22 wells, 30 µl/well
025 - 543
26 wells, 24 µl/well
025 - 544
32 wells, 18 µl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 4.5 mm spacing
025 - 545
Gel trays
Gel tray for 15.0 cm x 7.0 cm gel size, UV transparent, 2 comb positions with 2.9 cm distance
025 - 521
Gel tray for 15.0 cm x 10.0 cm gel size, UV transparent, 2 comb positions with 4.4 cm distance,
3 comb positions with 2.9 cm distance
025 - 522
Gel tray for 15.0 cm x 15.0 cm gel size, UV transparent, 2 comb positions with 6.9 cm distance,
3 comb positions with 4.6 cm distance, 5 comb positions with 2.7 cm distance
025 - 523
Gel tray for 15.0 cm x 18.0 cm gel size, UV transparent, 2 comb positions with 8.4 cm distance,
3 comb positions with 5.6 cm distance, 6 comb positions with 2.8 cm distance
025 - 524
Movable casting dam set, 2 casting dams to convert the all-in-one casting system for
Multi-Wide into a multi-casting system for the shorter gel trays
025 - 528
Casting/Levelling Tray, 20 x 30 cm
025 - 550
Well capacity refers for 5 mm thick gels.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
73
www.biometra.com
Horizon® Family
Agarose Gel Electrophoresis Systems in Three Standard Sizes
• Easy-to-use compact design
• Variety of preparative, analytical
and multichannel pipet compatible
combs
• Buffer circulation ports
• Gel Casting Systems
The well-established Horizon® Family
includes three different chamber sizes.
All of them excel in their compact
user-friendly construction. The safety
interlock lid prevents an electrical
connection until the lid is properly in
place. Gel casting works very fast with
patented drop-in dams and can be done
either directly in the electrophoresis
device or in an external gel casting
system. Red visualisation strips under
the gel trays aid in sample loading.
The medium and large format systems
Horizon® 11•14 and Horizon® 20•25
additionally offer a special equipment to
perform Southern and Nothern capillary
blotting.
Model
Gel size (W x L)
Horizon 58
5.7 cm x 8.3 cm
28
with 2 combs
11.0 cm x 14.0 cm
48
with 2 combs
20 25
20.0 cm x 25.0 cm
84
with 2 combs
Horizon
®
• Horizon® 11•14 and Horizon® 20•25
have adjustable levelling feet and a
bull’s eye level to ensure uniform gel
thickness for reproducible separation
patterns. The gel trays are UV transparent
and thus can be directly placed with gel
on an UV table for visualisation. Both
models have ports for buffer recirculation,
e.g. for RNA electrophoresis.
Horizon® 58 Gel Casting System
The Horizon® 58 and Horizon® 11•14
casting systems come complete with gel
tray and casting dams.
The Horizon® 11•14 casting system can
be levelled by four levelling feet. For the
Horizon® 58 casting system an additonal
casting/levelling tray is available.
Horizon® 58 is developed for the rapid
separation of nucleic acids in agarose
mini-gels. Casting components that
withstand boiling agarose temperatures
and the removable buffer tray for easy
cleaning make the Horizon® 58 the
system of choice for rapid routine use.
For storage combs and gel casting dams
can easily be placed in the electrophoresis
unit. A separate casting system is available
and comes ready-to-cast with gel tray
and casting dams.
74
Max. sample number
Horizon® 11•14
®
Innovation · Advancement · Development
Horizon® 11•14 Gel Casting System
E lectrophoresis Agarose
Horizon® 58
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Horizon® 58:
Chamber (W x D x H, cm = 15.2 x 24.0 x 7.0), power cords, safety interlock lid,
heat resistant gel tray 5.7 cm x 8.3 cm with 3 visualisation strips, 2 aluminium gel casting dams,
1 comb (8 wells, 0.8 mm thick), 1 comb (14 wells, 0.8 mm thick), removable buffer tray
41060039
Horizon® 58 Gel Casting System:
Stand-alone moulded casting tray (W x D x H = 10 x 20.4 x 4.5 cm), 1 removable gel tray
with 3 visualisation strips, 2 gel casting dams
(Combs are sold separately.)
21065040
Accessories and spare parts
Combs, 0.8 mm thick
Comb 8 wells, 15 μl/well
21065073
Comb 14 wells, 7 μl/well
21065115
Combs, 1.5 mm thick
Preparative comb: 1 well plus 2 wells for marker lanes, 250 μl per preparative slot
21065131
Comb 5 wells, 50 μl/well
21065107
Comb 8 wells, 25 μl/well
21065081
Comb 12 wells, 15 μl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 4.5 mm spacing
11951142
Comb 14 wells, 13 μl/well
21065123
Gel trays + dams
Gel tray H58/Sunrise 58, 5.7 cm x 8.3 cm with 3 visualisation strips
21065164
Aluminium Gel Casting Dams without gaskets (pair)
21065065
Aluminium Gel Casting Dams with gaskets (pair)
41060054
Spare parts
Power Cords (pair)
11099025
Electrode Replacement H58 (1 electrode/pkg)
21059027
Removable buffer tray incl. mounted electrodes
21065024
Reed Switch Replacement (Reed Switch only)
11950011
Reed Switch Hardware Replacement Kit (includes 2 O-rings, 2 red cap nuts, 2 black cap nuts, 2 rubber washers,
electrode boots, 2 hex nuts, 2 screws, 2 banana plugs, and 2 lock washers)
21065156
Lid Replacement H58/Sunrise 58
21065214
Hinge Pins Replacement (2/pkg)
21065149
Casting/Levelling Tray, 20 x 30 cm
025 - 550
Innovation · Advancement · Development
75
www.biometra.com
Horizon® 11•14
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Horizon® 11·14:
Chamber (W x D x H, cm = 21.5 x 31.5 x 10.5), power cords, safety interlock lid,
UV-transparent gel tray 11 cm x 14 cm, 2 aluminium gel casting dams, 1 comb (14 wells, 1 mm thick),
buffer recirculation option, adjustable levelling feet, bull’s-eye level
11068020
Horizon® 11·14 Gel Casting System for 11 cm x 14 cm gels:
stand-alone moulded casting tray (W x D x H = 17.0 x 32.0 x 6.5 cm), 1 UV-transparent gel tray, aluminium gel casting
dams, adjustable levelling feet
(Combs are sold separately.)
11068046
Accessories and spare parts
Combs, 1.0 mm thick
Comb 10 wells, 33 μl/well
11951068
Comb 12 wells, 30 μl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 9 mm spacing
11951175
Comb 14 wells, 20 μl/well
31081011
Comb 20 wells, 16 μl/well
11951076
Combs, 2.0 mm thick
Comb 10 wells, 66 μl/well
11951084
Comb 14 wells, 40 μl/well
31081029
Comb 20 wells, 32 μl/well
11951092
Comb 24 wells, 22 μl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 4.5 mm spacing
11951159
Gel trays + dams
UV-transparent gel tray H11·14/H5, 11 cm x 14 cm
11084019
Aluminium Gel Casting Dams without gaskets (pair)
11068053
Spare parts
Power Cords (pair)
11099025
Electrode Replacement H11·14 (1 electrode/pkg)
11068061
Electrode Hardware Repair Kit (includes 2 rubber washers, 2 hex nuts, 2 electrode boots, 1 red cap nut,
1 black cap nut, 2 banana plugs, and 2 lock washers)
11980059
Levelling Foot Replacement (2/pkg)
11964130
Quick Connect Fitting Replacement (2/pkg)
11940012
Quick Connect Port Replacement (2/pkg)
11962026
Lid Replacement H11·14
11962040
Hinge Pins Replacement (2/pkg)
21065149
Well capacity refers to 5 mm thick gels.
76
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis Agarose
Horizon® 20•25
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Horizon 20·25:
Chamber (W x D x H, cm = 32.0 x 42.5 x 12.0), power cords, safety interlock lid, UV-transparent gel tray 20 cm x 25 cm,
2 aluminium gel casting dams, 1 x 20 wells comb (1 mm thick), buffer recirculation option, adjustable levelling feet,
bull’s-eye level
®
21069026
Accessories and spare parts
Combs, 1.0 mm thick
Comb 12 wells, 54 μl/well
11953064
Comb 15 wells, 40 μl/well
11953072
Comb 20 wells, 27 μl/well
41007014
Comb 21 wells, 30 μl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 9 mm spacing
11951183
Comb 30 wells, 20 μl/well
11951043
Comb 42 wells, 11 μl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 4.5 mm spacing
11951191
Combs, 2.0 mm thick
Comb 20 wells, 54 μl/well
41007022
Comb 30 wells, 40 μl/well
11951019
Comb 42 wells, 22 μl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 4.5 mm spacing
11951167
Combs, 3.0 mm thick
Preparative comb: 1 well plus 2 wells for marker lanes, 2100 μl per preparative slot
61010021
Comb 20 wells, 81 μl/well
41007030
Comb 30 wells, 60 μl/well
11951050
Gel trays + dams
UV-transparent Gel Tray H20·25/H4, 20 cm x 25 cm
31006026
Aluminium Gel Casting Dams without gaskets (pair)
21069059
Spare parts
Power Cords (pair)
11099025
Electrode Replacement H20·25 (1 electrode/pkg)
21069042
Electrode Hardware Repair Kit (includes 2 rubber washers, 2 hex nuts, 2 electrode boots, 1 red cap nut,
1 black cap nut, 2 banana plugs, and 2 lock washers)
11980059
Levelling Foot Replacement (2/pkg)
11964130
Quick Connect Fitting Replacement (2/pkg)
11940012
Quick Connect Port Replacement (2/pkg)
11962026
Lid Replacement H20·25
11962032
Hinge Pins Replacement (2/pkg)
21065149
Well capacity refers to 5 mm thick gels.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
77
www.biometra.com
Accessories for Discontinued Agarose Gel Electrophoresis Family
Order Information
Agagel
Information about availability is supplied on request.
Item
Order No.
For Agagel Mini
Comb depth and bull´s eye level
020 - 007
Combs, 1.0 mm thick
Comb, double-sided, 4/1 wells*, 25/125 μl/well
020 - 003
For Agagel Midi-Wide and Agagel Maxi
Comb depth and bull´s eye level
020 - 307
Combs, 1.0 mm thick
Comb, double-sided, 10/2 wells*, 75/300 μl /well, reference 15/25 μl
020 - 303
Combs, 2.0 mm thick
Comb, double-sided, 44/22 wells*, 27/50 μl /well, multichannel pipet compatible, 4.5/9 mm spacing
020 - 310
Gel trays + dams
Rubber end blocks, 2/pkg
020 - 306
Agagel Maxi UV-transparent gel tray, with ruler, 20 cm x 20 cm
020 - 352
For Agagel Standard
Combs, 1.0 mm thick
Comb, 3 wells, 85 μl/well
020 - 201
Comb, 12 wells, 17 μl/well
020 - 202
Comb, 18 wells, 16 μl/well
020 - 207
Combs, 2.0 mm thick
Comb, 12 wells, 40 μl/well
020 - 203
Gel trays + dams
UV-transparent gel tray, with 2 casting gates, 10 cm x 10 cm
020 - 205
Casting gates, 4/pkg
020 - 216
*plus 2 marker wells
Well capacity refers to 5 mm thick gels.
78
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis dna Agarose
Accessories for Discontinued Agarose Gel Electrophoresis Family
Order Information
SunriseTM
Information about availability is supplied on request.
Item
Order No.
For Sunrise 12·16 and Sunrise 96
Combs, 1.5 mm thick
Comb 12 well, 44 μl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 9 mm spacing
10245439
Combs, 2.0 mm thick
Comb 15 well, thick 40 μl/well
10245280
Gel trays + dams
UV-transparent gel tray Sunrise 96, 12 cm x 24 cm
11084043
Spare parts
Power Cords, not attached to lid (pair)
11099025
Electrode Replacement Kit Sunrise (for 2 electrodes)
11680014
Lid Replacement Kit Sunrise 12·14/Sunrise 96
11068152
For Sunrise 24·24, Sunrise 192 and Sunrise MTP
Combs, 1.0 mm thick
Comb 24 well, 27 μl/well
10245314
Combs, 1.5 mm thick
Comb 26 well, 34 μl/well, multichannel pipet compatible, 9.0 mm spacing
10245326
Combs, 2.0 mm thick
Comb 24 well, 54 μl/well
10245322
Gel trays + dams
UV-transparent gel tray, 24 cm x 24 cm
31006067
Spare parts
Power Cords, not attached to lid (pair)
11099025
Electrode Replacement Kit Sunrise (for 2 electrodes)
11680014
Lid Replacement Kit Sunrise 24·24/Sunrise 192/Sunrise MTP
21069182
Well capacity refers to 5 mm thick gels.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
79
www.biometra.com
Rotaphor System 6.0
Pulsed Field Gel Electrophoresis (PFGE) System for the Separation
of Large DNA Molecules
•
•
•
•
Separation of large DNA molecules
(up to 8 Mb = 8,000 kb)
Patented electrode rotor allows free
electrical field angle
Exceptional resolution
Optimised protocols for different
size ranges
Rotating field electrophoresis (ROFE)
Pulsed field electrophoresis with the
Rotaphor system allows the separation
of DNA beyond the 50 kb limit of
conventional agarose electrophoresis.
Thanks to the patented electrode rotor,
the electrical field can be applied in
virtually any angle. To achieve a very
homogeneous field, the two main rotor
electrodes are flanked by 2 sets of
secondary electrodes each.
Flexibility
Due to the unique design of the
Rotaphor system, all common techniques
for separation of large DNA molecules
can be applied. This includes methods
like CHEF, PAGE and naturally ROFE
(Rotating Field Electrophoresis).
Buffer management
Since PFGE gels typically run for many
hours (up to several days), the
electrophoresis buffer has to be cooled.
The Rotaphor electrophoresis chamber
comes with a built-in buffer circulation
Monitor not
supplied with the
Rotaphor System
pump which is connected to an external
cooling thermostat. During the run the
buffer temperature in the electrophoresis
chamber is constantly monitored and
precisely controlled by the Rotaphor
software.
Easy control
The Rotaphor system includes a PC that
controls the electrode rotor and the
power supply over the Rotaphor interface card. The Rotaphor 6.0 software
provides 17 pre-set programs for
separation of different size ranges.
Starting with the pre-set parameters,
new applications are quickly optimised.
For each pre-set program the software
shows a real gel image. Once a custom
program has been optimised, a referring
gel picture can be uploaded into the
software. Thus, the Rotaphor software
over time will not only be a control
tool, but also a library of successful
experiments linked to the underlying
separation parameters. By linking programs to combined lists also complex
sequences can be programmed.
Rotaphor rotor with computer controlled electrodes and connection plug.
Electrodes are freely rotatable, thus providing a maximum of flexibility.
80
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis Pulsed Field
Rotaphor System 6.0
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Rotaphor 6.0 System, 230 V, PC with Windows operating system (German)
021 - 100
®
Rotaphor 6.0 System, 110 V, PC with Windows operating system (English)
021 - 190
Rotaphor 6.0 System, 230 V, PC with Windows® operating system (English)
021 - 200
®
The Rotaphor System includes: Electrophoresis chamber with electrode rotor and internal buffer circulation,
power supply, gel tray, comb (18 well), frame for gel casting, sample mould, connection cables, computer with
interface card and pre-installed Rotaphor 6.0 software
Refrigerating circulator KH-6 (230 V), operating temperature range - 10 °C to + 80 °C
043 - 500
Refrigerating circulator KH-6 (115 V), operating temperature range - 10 °C to + 80 °C
043 - 590
Accessories
Combs for 20 cm x 20 cm gels
18 wells
021 - 011
25 wells
021 - 004
40 wells
021 - 005
50 wells
021 - 006
18 wells (for liquid samples)
021 - 007
Combs for 18 cm x 13 cm gels
5 wells
021 - 008
12 wells
021 - 009
20 wells
021 - 010
Sample casting form (for 20 embedded samples, 14 mm x 10 mm x 1 mm each)
021 - 003
Preparative gel casting kit, 13 cm x 18 cm gel casting tray, comb 5 wells (3 marker slots, 2 preperative slots), comb 12 wells
021 - 001
Gel tray (20 cm x 20 cm gels) and casting frame
021 - 002
Innovation · Advancement · Development
81
www.biometra.com
TGGE and TGGE MAXI
Introduction
• Peltier powered linear temperature gradient
• Microprocessor control for reliable assay conditions
• No casting of chemical gradient gels
With the Biometra TGGE system
biomolecules are separated in a
temperature gradient according to their
melting behavior. Unlike chemical
gradients the Peltier driven temperature
gradient can be controlled by a microprocessor thus providing unmatched
reproducibility. With TGGE PCR fragments
differing in a single position only can be
separated quickly and cost efficiently.
Precise
The heart of both TGGE systems is the
temperature block which is powered
by Peltier technology. Thanks to precise
microprocessor control a strictly linear
gradient is generated providing a
maximum of reproducibility. Thus assay
conditions can be much better (and
easier) controlled compared to
conventional chemical gradients or
temporal gradients using water baths.
Cost saving
TGGE provides fast and cost effective
mutation screening of PCR fragments.
Only those samples are selected for
direct sequencing that are different
from the wildtype (standard). The total
number of sequenced samples can be
dramatically reduced saving time and
money.
82
Innovation · Advancement · Development
Sensitive
In contrast to direct sequencing TGGE
also detects mutations in mixed DNA
samples. Whenever heterozygous DNA
is to be analysed, direct sequencing will
not give a clear signal for the position of
the mutation. This is especially
problematic when the mutated gene
is masked by a high background of
normal cells. TGGE reliably detects
mutations in a 1:10 dilution (and
higher) of wildtype DNA.
Patented technology
TGGE is protected by patents in most
countries of the world. The patent for
TGGE method and TGGE instrumentation
is held by Qiagen AG, Hilden. Biometra is
the exclusive licensee for manufacturing
and distribution of TGGE instrumentation.
E lectrophoresis TGGE
TGGE and TGGE Maxi System
Temperature Gradient Gel Electrophoresis
TGGE System
• Rapid separation of mixed
DNA samples
• Quick optimisation of new protocols
The TGGE system was designed for
maximum resolution in a small gel.
The highly integrated system consists of
the gradient electrophoresis unit and an
external controller. Both, optimisation of
temperature range and parallel analysis
of multiple samples can be achieved in
very short time. New protocols a rapidly
established and high serial throughput
can be achieved.
TGGE MAXI System
• Large format for separation of
complex sample mixtures
• High parallel sample throughput
The TGGE MAXI system is the ideal
instrument to investigate high numbers
of samples in parallel. Due to the large
thermal block of 20 cm x 20 cm a long
separation distance for the analysis of
complex sample mixtures is provided.
The TGGE MAXI controller can control
both the small and also the MAXI
electrophoresis unit.
Technical Specifications
see page 86
Ordering Information
see page 87 – 88
Innovation · Advancement · Development
83
www.biometra.com
Principle of TGGE
Separation by temperature gradient
During migration through a temperature
gradient DNA starts to melt. Once the
DNA is partially single stranded, the
sample is slowed down dramatically.
Other samples that are still completely
double stranded at this temperature
further migrate through the gel. The
lower the melting temperature of a DNA
molecule, the earlier it stops in the gel.
Since the melting temperature of DNA
is determined by its primary sequence,
there is a direct relation between.
cold
partial ss
TGGE is ideally suited to separate DNA
fragments of identical size on the basis
of their DNA sequence. This is typically
used for screening of PCR fragments
(of identical length) for mutations.
warm
Perpendicular and parallel TGGE: principle of analysis
Perpendicular TGGE (A): One sample is separated over a broad temperature
range (gradient perpendicular to migration of samples). This mode is applied
to identify the optimum temperature range for separation of this sample.
Parallele TGGE (B): Multiple samples are analysed in parallel (gradient
parallel to migration of samples). This mode is applied for routine analysis
of many samples.
84
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis TGGE
TGGE in Mutation Analysis
From perpendicular to parallel analysis
Perpendicular TGGE for optimisation
of temperature gradient
A 120 bp DNA fragment was separated
in a perpendicular temperature gradient.
Prior to analysis the sample has been
mixed with non-mutated standard DNA.
Mixture was denatured at 94 °C and
then slowly cooled down to allow for
heteroduplex formation.
By comparing the melting curve with
the temperature lanes on the block, the
optimum gradient for parallel analysis
of multiple samples is obtained.
Temperature gradient 30 °C (left) to 70 °C (right),
250 V, 45 min.
Parallel analyis of heteroduplex
samples
In contrast to conventional electrophoresis techniques, in TGGE separation
is not improved by extended running
times but by adjusting the temperature
gradient. In this example a gradient
of only 5 °C was applied to efficiently
separate heteroduplex DNA samples.
All bands in this gel are of identical
length (120 bp), there is only a
difference in one position of the DNA
sequence.
Temperature gradient 39 °C (top) to 44 °C (bottom),
150 V, 50 min.
Parallel analysis of many samples
with the TGGE MAXI System
In this example the bands have migrated
to the middle of the gel resulting in a
rather long separation time. To reduce
running time, temperature at the top of
the gel can be elevated. Thus samples
melt already in the top part of the gel
and can be distinguished.
Gels for the TGGE MAXI System
cover only half of the thermoblock.
By using only part of the separation
distance short analysis times are
achieved.
Temperature gradient 35 °C (top) to 60 °C (bottom),
350 V, 4 hours
Innovation · Advancement · Development
85
www.biometra.com
TGGE
Technical Specifications
TGGE System
TGGE MAXI System
Peltier
Peltier
Temperature range
5 – 80 °C
5 – 80 °C
Control accuracy
± 0.3 °C
± 0.3 °C
Temperature uniformity
± 0.5 °C
± 0.5 °C
Electrophoresis unit
Technology
Linear gradient
45 °C
45 °C
Themoblock dimensions
9 cm x 9 cm
20 cm x 20 cm
Glass plate dimensions
9 cm x 9 cm
23.5 cm x 23.5 cm
7.8 cm x 4.2 cm
20 cm x 21.7 cm
4 cm/5 cm
16 cm/19 cm
Sample numbers (volume)
8 x (5 µl) (024-022)
12 x (3 µl) (024-025)
18 x (1.5 µl) (024-026)
1 x (50 µl) (024-023)
1 x (75 µl) (024-024)
32 x (5 µl) (024-229)
34 x (8 µl) (024-223)
1 x (75 µl) (024-228)
Apparatus dimensions (L x W x H)
23 cm x 23 cm x 23 cm
43 cm x 43 cm x 33 cm
4.2 kg
22.0 kg
External
External
Control of electrophoresis
and temperature gradient
Control of electrophoresis
and temperature gradient
31 cm x 22 cm x 12 cm
31 cm x 22 cm x 12 cm
3.8 kg
3.5 kg
Integrated in controller
External
Gel dimensions
Separation distance
(perpendicular/parallel)
Weight
Controller
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
Power supply
Max. Voltage
Max. Amperage
Max. Power
Control modus
400 V
400 V
500 mA
500 mA
30 W
50 W
Fixed voltage
Fixed voltage
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
86
30 cm x 22 cm x 8 cm
-
Innovation · Advancement · Development
6.5 kg
E lectrophoresis TGGE
TGGE
Order Information
Model
Order No.
Germany
TGGE System, 230/115 V
Electrophoresis unit with high precision gradient block, 2 buffer chambers for variable positioning,
controller with integrated power supply, starter kit (024 - 003)
024 - 000
TGGE Starter Kits for 25 gels including 1 glass plate with 1 slot (50 µl) for perpendicular TGGE (024 - 023),
1 glass plate 8 slots (5 µl) for parallel TGGE (024 - 022), 1 glass plate 12 slots (3 µl) for parallel TGGE (024 - 025),
3 cover plates (024 - 021), 4 reusable buffer wicks (024 - 016), 25 Polybond films (024 - 030),
100 ml sample AcrylGlide™ (211 -319), 3 plastic clamps (024 - 007)
024 - 003
Other countries
TGGE system, 230/115 V
Electrophoresis unit with high precision gradient block, 2 buffer chambers for variable positioning,
controller with integrated power supply, starter kit (024 - 093)
024 - 090
TGGE Starter Kits for 25 gels including 1 glass plate with 1 slot (50 µl) for perpendicular TGGE (024 - 023),
1 glass plate 8 slots (5 µl) for parallel TGGE (024 - 022), 1 glass plate 12 slots (3 µl) for parallel TGGE (024 - 025),
3 cover plates (024 - 021), 4 reusable buffer wicks (024 - 016), 25 Polybond films (024 - 030), 3 plastic clamps (024 - 007)
024 - 093
TGGE glass plate, 8 slots (5 μl)
024 - 022
TGGE glass plate, 1 slot (50 μl)
024 - 023
TGGE glass plate, 1 diagonal slot (75 μl)
024 - 024
TGGE glass plate, 12 slots (3 μl)
024 - 025
TGGE glass plate, 18 slots (1 – 2 μl)
024 - 026
TGGE glass plate, with 0.5 mm spacer, no slots
024 - 027
TGGE bonding plate, without spacers
024 - 021
TGGE buffer wicks, 7 cm x 7 cm, 100/pkg
024 - 015
TGGE PolyBond film, 8.8 cm x 8.8 cm, 25/pkg
024 - 030
TGGE PolyBond film, 8.8 cm x 8.8 cm, 100/pkg
024 - 034
TGGE cover plate + 10 hydrophobic cover films
024 - 031
TGGE hydrophobic cover film, 7 cm x 6 cm, 25/pkg
024 - 032
TGGE hydrophobic cover films, 100/pkg
024 - 035
TGGE self-adhesive slotformers (10 x multi-well, 9 x long-well)
024 - 121
Testkit for TGGE and TGGE Maxi including 40 μl wildtype DNA, 40 μl mutant DNA, 400 μl heteroduplex DNA,
1ml loading buffer
024 - 050
TGGE casting stand for 5 gels
024 - 028
Innovation · Advancement · Development
87
www.biometra.com
TGGE
Order Information
Model
Order No.
Germany
TGGE MAXI System, 230/115 V
Electrophoresis unit with high precision gradient block, 2 buffer chambers for variable positioning,
controller, power supply, manual, MAXI starter kit (024 - 204)
024 - 200
TGGE MAXI Starter Kit for 25 gels including 1 glass plate 1 slot (75µl) for perpendicular TGGE (024 -228), 1 glass plates
with spacer without slots (024 - 227), 1 silicone applicator strip 34 slots 8µl each (024 - 223), 2 glass plates without
spacer (024 - 221), 12 binder clamps (024 -207), 2 sealings (024 -230), 25 cover films (024 -232), 25 Polybond films
(024 -234), 4 reusable buffer wicks (024 -216), 2 cover plates (024 -221), 100 ml sample AcrylGlide™ (024 - 007)
024 - 204
Other countries
88
TGGE MAXI System, 230/115 V
Electrophoresis unit with high precision gradient block, 2 buffer chambers for variable positioning,
controller, power supply, manual, MAXI starter kit (024 - 294)
024 - 290
TGGE MAXI Starter Kit for 25 gels including 1 glass plate 1 slot (75µl) for perpendicular TGGE (024 - 228), 1 glass plates
with spacer without slots (024 - 227), 1 silicone applicator strip 34 slots 8µl each (024 - 223), 2 glass plates without
spacer (024 - 221), 12 binder clamps (024 - 207), 2 sealings (024 - 230), 25 cover films (024 - 232), 25 Polybond films
(024 - 234), 4 reusable buffer wicks (024 - 216), 2 cover plates (024 - 221)
024 - 294
TGGE MAXI glass plate, without spacer 23.5 cm x 23.5 cm
024 - 221
TGGE MAXI glass plate, with spacer, no slot former
024 - 227
TGGE MAXI glass plate perpendicular, spacer (1 mm) and 1 slot (75 μl)
024 - 228
TGGE MAXI glass plate parallel, spacer (1 mm) and 32 slots (5 μl)
024 - 229
TGGE MAXI silicone sealing for gel casting, 1 mm
024 - 230
TGGE MAXI gel cover film, 25/pkg
024 - 232
TGGE MAXI Polybond film, 25/pkg
024 - 234
TGGE MAXI Polybond film, 100/pkg
024 - 235
TGGE MAXI self-adhesive slotforming units for parallel gels (8 strips with 28 x 5 μl each and 9 x 200 μl)
024 - 222
TGGE MAXI buffer wicks re-usable, 8 pcs.
024 - 217
TGGE MAXI Applicator strip, silicone, 34 slots for 8 μl (for use with 024 - 227)
024 - 223
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis Sequencing
Model S2
Sequencing Gel Electrophoresis System
• Produces a 30 cm x 40 cm gel that fits easily on a standard 14 in x 17 in X-ray film
• Integral aluminum plate for even heat distribution to minimise band curvation (“smiling”)
• Removable lower buffer tray with a
separate chamber for collecting the
buffer from the upper reservoir,
eliminating the need to move the
apparatus for buffer disposal
• Built-in integral clamps hold the gel
in place
• Unique gasket sealing system
ensures leak-free operation without grease or notched plates
• Safety interlock lids
• Additional combs and apparatus
components available separately
The Model S2 Sequencing Gel
Electrophoresis Apparatus is designed
for vertical polyacrylamide gel separations
of oligo- and polynucleotides, nucleic
acid sequencing, genotyping and
polymorphic studies.
Model
Apparatus dimensions (W x D x H)
Gel dimensions (W x H)
S2
42.2 cm x 21.6 cm x 44.5 cm
31.0 cm x 38.5 cm
Working buffer volume: 1 L
Item
Order No.
Model S2
Complete with power cords, four 14 cm 0.4 mm vinyl sharktooth
combs, set of 0.4 mm thick vinyl side spacers; pair of glass plates, roll
of gel sealing tape; surface temperature monitor
21105036
DNA sequence analysis
performed on the Model
S2 System.
8 % polyacrylamide/8.3 M
urea gel Tris-borate-EDTA
buffer electrophoresed at
1.5 kV for 2.5 h.
Ordering Information for Accessories
see page 91 – 92
Innovation · Advancement · Development
89
www.biometra.com
Model SA
Adjustable Sequencing Gel Electrophoresis System
• Snap-action section clamps allow
quick and easy adjusting of the height
• Adjustable levelling feet and built-in
levelling indicator ensure consistent
and reproducible results
• Integral aluminium plate for even heat distribution to minimise “smiling”
• Removable lower buffer tray with
a separate chamber for collecting the buffer from the upper reservoir
eliminating the need to move the apparatus for buffer disposal
• Built-in integral clamps hold the gel in place
• Unique gasket sealing system
ensures leak-free operation
• Safety interlock lids
• Combs and apparatus components
available
The Model SA sequencing apparatus
is designed for the separation of
oligonucleotides, polynucleotides and
nucleic acid sequences in vertical
polyacrylamide gels. With optional
extensions the unit can easily be
adjusted to three different heights:
32 cm, 43 cm or 60 cm.
Model
Apparatus dimensions (W x D x H)
Gel dimensions (W x H)
SA-32
29 cm x 22 cm x 41 cm
17 cm x 32 cm
Working buffer volume: 500 ml
Item
Order No.
Model SA-32
Complete with top and base sections, power cords; two 14 cm vinyl
sharktooth combs; set of 0.4 mm thick spacers; pair of glass plates;
roll of gel sealing tape; surface temperature monitor.
31096019 (USA)
31096027 (EU)
Gel Casting Clamp
31096324
DNA sequence analysis performed on the Model
SA-60 System.
GEL-MIX 6,6 % SDS-polyacrylamide gel
Tris-borate-EDTA buffer electrophoresed at 55 W
constant power (2.3 to 2.7 kV) for 3 h.
90
Innovation · Advancement · Development
Ordering Information for Accessories
see page 91 – 92
E lectrophoresis Sequencing
Combs for Sequencing Apparatus
Shark Tooth Combs
• The teeth form barriers between
adjacent lanes for sample loading
• Reduced risk of torn or deformed wells cause by square-toothed combs
• The minimal space between lanes
facilitates accurate reading of
sequences
• Generate flatter, more uniform loading surface than square-toothed
combs
Shark tooth combs are ideally suited for
facilitating the analysis of sequencing
reactions. They are designed for use
with all sequencing apparatus models
(S2, S2001 and SA). In addition, the
combs can be used with all other
systems with 0.4 mm spacers.
Square tooth combs for model S2001 and S2
Number of wells
Comb thickness
Volume/well
Order No.
16
0.4 mm
25 µl
21035043
20
0.4 mm
19 µl
21035076
20
0.8 mm
38 µl
21035084
20
1.6 mm
76 µl
21035092
32
0.4 mm
10 µl
21035100
32
0.8 mm
20 µl
21035118
Sample application.
Shark tooth combs for all models
Comb length
Comb thickness
Number of teeth
Volume/well
Pcs./Pckg.
Order No.
14 cm
0.4 mm
25
2 – 4 µl
6
21045018
28 cm
0.4 mm
50
2 – 4 µl
2
21046016
14 cm
0.4 mm
49
1 – 2 µl
4
21045026
14 cm
0.19 mm
25
2 – 4 µl
6
21105317
14 cm
0.35 mm
25
2 – 4 µl
6
21105341
28 cm
0.35 mm
62
2 – 4 µl
2
21035134
Innovation · Advancement · Development
91
www.biometra.com
Combs for Sequencing Apparatus
Order Information
Square tooth combs for model SA
Number of wells
Comb thickness
Volume/well
Order No.
3
0.8 mm
480* µl
11092020
12
1.6 mm
60 µl
11092087
18
0.8 mm
16 µl
11092103
* Central, preparative well
Accessories
Item
Dimensions
Content
Order No.
Spacer set for Model S2001/ S2
0.35 mm
2 Spacer, 12 End blocks
21105366
Spacer set for Model S2001/ S2
0.4 mm
2 Spacer, 12 End blocks
21108014
Spacer set for Model S2001/ S2
0.8 mm
2 Spacer, 12 End blocks
31109010
Spacer set for Model S2001/ S2
1.6 mm
2 Spacer, 12 End blocks
31109028
Spacer set for Model SA-32
0,8 mm
2 Spacer
21093059
Spacer set for Model SA-32
1,6 mm
2 Spacer
21093075
Wedge spacer for Model S2001/ S2
0.4 – 1.2 mm 2 Spacer
21107016
Wedge spacer for Model SA-32
0.4 – 1.2 mm
2 Spacer
21093083
End spacer for Model S2001/ S2
0.4 mm
1 Spacer
21105077
End spacer for Model S2001/ S2
0.8 mm
1 Spacer
21105069
End spacer for Model S2001/ S2
1.2 mm
1 Spacer
21105325
End spacer for Model S2001/ S2
1.6 mm
1 Spacer
21105051
12 Pieces
21105382
Spacer silicone blocks
92
Glass plate set for S2001/ S2
33 cm x 39 cm
2 Plates
11034014
Glass plate set for SA-32
19.7 cm x 33.8 cm
2 Plates
21093067
Gel casting clamp for SA-32
1 Piece
31096324
Gel sealing tape
1 Roll
11032018
Gasket silicone grey
1 Piece
21105358
Sealing for buffer chamber SA
1 Piece
21093034
Clamps for gel sandwich
12 Pieces
11098019
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis Sequencing
Power Supplies
Introduction and Equipment Compatibility
Biometra offers a full range of power
supplies for protein and nucleic acid
electrophoresis, blotting and isoelectric
focussing (IEF).
Low Voltage Power Supplies
• Wide output range up to 400 V and
1,000 mA
• Constant voltage or constant current,
with automatic crossover
• Integrated timer: PS 300 T, PS 305 T
and P25 T
• Gel Saver Function: PS 305 T
• Universal: Standard Power Pack P25
and P25 T for electrophoresis (max.
400 V) and blotting (max. 1,000 mA).
Standard Power Pack P25 T
High Voltage Power Supplies
• Up to 3,000 V and 300 mA
• Constant voltage, current or power
with automatic crossover
• Integrated timer: PS 9009
• Programmable: PS 9009
• Temperature regulation option:
PS 9009
Model PS 9009
Low Voltage
Power Supplies
Mini Power Pack
PS 300 T *
Model
PS 304
Model
PS 305 T
+
+
+
High Voltage
Power Supplies
Standard Power Pack
P25
P25 T
Model
PS 3003
Model
PS 9009
+
+
Agarose gel electrophoresis
Compact Family
+
+
Horizon Family
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Sunrise Family
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Agagel Standard
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Agagel Mini, Midi-Wide, Maxi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Polyacrylamide gel
electrophoresis (PAGE)
Minigel Family
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Eco-Line Family
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Mini-V8 •10
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Mini-V8 •10 System
-
(+)
+
+
+
+
+
Model V15 •17, V16, V16-2
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
Sequencing gels
Model S2 / S2001 / SA
Blotting
Fastblot
-
(+)
(+)
+
+
(+)
(+)
Tankblot
-
(+)
+
+
+
(+)
(+)
Eco-Line Tankblot Family
-
(+)
+
+
+
(+)
(+)
Mini-V8 •10 Blot Module
-
(+)
+
+
+
(+)
(+)
* For maxi gels it is recommendet to run one gel
( ) limited use
Innovation · Advancement · Development
93
www.biometra.com
Power Supplies
Technical Specifications
Low Voltage Power Supplies
Mini Power Pack PS 300 T
Model PS 304
Model PS 305 T
Standard Power Pack
P25 / P25 T
Max. voltage [V]
300
300
300
400
Max. current [mA]
400
400
500
1,000
Max. power [W]
60
120
150
200
Const. voltage
+
+
+
+
Const. current
+
+
+
+
No. of outputs
2
2
2
4
Timer
+
-
+
- /+
Audible alarm
+
-
+
- /-
Programmable
-
-
-
-
“Gel Saver“ function
-
-
+
-
Stackable
-
+
+
+
14.0 x 19.1 x 8.4
27.0 x 17.0 x 8.0
29.0 x17.0 x 8.0
27.0 x 25.0 x 9.8
0.9
2.0
2.0
2.9
Agarose
gel electrophoresis
+ c
+
+
+
Polyacrylamide
gel electrophoresis
+ c
+
+
+
Semi-dry blotting
-
(+) b
(+) b
+
Tank blotting
-
(+)
(+)
+
Apparatus dimensions
(W x D x H, cm)
Weight ( kg )
Range of use:
94
b
Innovation · Advancement · Development
b
E lectrophoresis Power Supplies
High Voltage Power Supplies
Model PS 3003
Model PS 9009
3,000
3,000
Max. current [mA]
300
300
Max. power [W]
Max. voltage [V]
300
300
Const. voltage
+
+
Const. current
+
+
Const. power
+
+
No. of outputs
3
2
Timer
-
+
Audible alarm
-
+
Programmable
-
+
a
8 (up to 10 steps)
Number of programs
-
Integration Modi
-
Vh
-
+
+
+
27.0 x 34.0 x 11.0
27.0 x 34.0 x 11.0
4.0
5.0
+
+
+
+
+
+
External Temperature
Sensor (option)
Stackable
Apparatus dimensions
(W x D x H, cm)
Weight ( kg )
or 16 (1 step)
Range of use:
Agarose
gel electrophoresis
Polyacrylamide
gel electrophoresis
Sequencing
+
+
Semi-dry blotting
(+) b
(+) b
Tank blotting
(+) b
(+) b
IEF
Incl. 1 dedicated program special designed for IEF (Prog. 28: <15 µA - 300 mA)
Use may be limited for blotting applications
c
For maxi gels it is recommended to run one gel
a
b
Innovation · Advancement · Development
95
www.biometra.com
Low Voltage Power Supplies
For Agarose / Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis and Blotting
Mini Power Pack PS 300 T
Ultra compact and lightweight
instrument that requires the space of
a DIN-A5 paper sheet. Designed for
running two mini or two standard sized
horizontal or vertical gels simultaneously.
For maxi gels it is recommended to
run one gel with this Power Pack.
For blotting applications the instrument
is not recommended.
The integrated timer allows continuous
or timed electrophoresis runs.
Operates at constant voltage or current
with automatic crossover from one
mode to the other when reaching set
limits.
Last settings automatically restored at
power on.
Model PS 304 Power Supply
Lightweight and compact instrument
recommended for routine electrophoresis
such as horizontal and vertical
electrophoresis as well as mini-tankblotting applications. Limited use for
semi-dry blotting applications.
Operates at constant voltage or current
with automatic crossover from one
mode to the other when reaching
set limits.
Last settings automatically restored at
power on.
Model PS 305 T Power Supply
Compact and powerful instrument with
0 – 999 minutes timer. Designed for
horizontal and vertical electrophoresis
as well as mini-tankblotting applications.
Limited use for semi-dry blotting
applications.
Unique “band saving” function which
keeps bands sharp after the main run is
complete.
Operates at constant voltage or current
with automatic crossover from one
mode to the other when reaching set
limits.
Last settings automatically restored
at power on.
96
No. of outputs:
2
Voltage:
10 – 300 V,
1 Volt steps
Current:
10 – 400 mA,
1 mA steps
Power:
max. 60 W
No. of outputs:
2
Voltage:
1 – 300 V,
1V steps
Current:
1 – 400 mA,
1 mA steps
Power:
max. 120 W
No. of outputs:
2
Voltage:
1 – 300 V,
1V steps
Current:
1 – 500 mA,
1 mA steps
Power:
max. 150 W
Ordering Information
see page 99
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis Power Supplies
Low Voltage Power Supplies
For Agarose / Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis and Blotting
• Max. voltage 400 V
• Max. current 1,000 mA
• Timer option
Standard Power Packs P25 and P25 T
with Timer function
Perfect choice for electrophoresis and
blotting. Lightweight and compact
instruments covering a wide range
of applications from mini vertical or
horizontal electrophoresis up to
high-throughput electrophoresis and
semi-dry blotting as well as tankblotting.
No. of outputs:
Output settings:
Power:
4
0 – 500 mA
at 0 – 400 V
0 – 1,000 mA
at 0 – 200 V
max. 200 W
(continuous)
The Standard Power Pack P25 offers
a wealth of further features:
One large knob allows adjusting the
output voltage or current at any time.
The output is adjustable in 1 V or 1 mA
steps. The large LCD display guarantees
for easy to read actual or set values for
the voltage and current outputs.
The P25 operates at constant voltage
or constant current with automatic
crossover from one mode of operation
to the other mode of operation when
reaching set limits. Special LED’s
indicate which parameter is kept
constant.
For convenience the last settings are
automatically restored at power on.
The Standard Power Pack P25 T
with its very intuitive and user-friendly
operation offers additional Timer
control from 0 to 1,999 minutes.
The Power Pack P25 T can be used on
timer or continuous mode. When the
timer is activated the remaining time is
shown in the display and the unit will
switch off by itself after the given time
interval has elapsed.
Ordering Information
see page 99
Innovation · Advancement · Development
97
www.biometra.com
High Voltage Power Supplies
For DNA-Sequencing, Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
and Isoelectric Focusing
• Max. voltage 3,000 V
• Max. current 300 mA
• Timer and Program option
Model PS 3003 High Voltage
Power Supply
Basic high voltage instrument
recommended or DNA sequencing and
other electrophoresis applications like
IEF, 2D-gel electrophoresis, PAGE and
agarose gel electrophoresis as well as
Western blotting (limited use).
Operates at constant voltage, current or
power with automatic crossover from
one mode of operation (e.g. const.
current) to another mode of operation
(e.g. const. voltage) when reaching set
limits. The constant parameter is
indicated by red LEDs. Automatic restart
after power failure. Audible alarm for
system failure. Last settings automatically
restored at power on.
Model PS 9009 Programmable
High Voltage Power Supply
Programmable high voltage instrument
with timer (1 – 9,999 minutes) or Vh
integration for DNA sequencing and
other electrophoresis applications like
multiple step IEF, PAGE and agarose gel
electrophoresis, as well as blotting
(limited use).
Adjustable temperature probe available
to regulate temperature at the plate
surface of the electrophoresis
system by reducing or stopping the
voltage or current output when the set
temperature is passed. Special program
(#28) for IEF at very low current (< 1 mA
– 300 mA).
Operates at constant voltage, current or
power or with temperature limitation.
Automatic crossover from one mode of
operation (e.g. const. current) to another
mode of operation (e.g. const. voltage)
when reaching set limits.
A flashing display indicates the constant
mode. Stores up to 8 programs with
10 steps each or 16 one-step programs.
Automatic restart with main electrical
failure (< 12 h). Alarm sounds at end of
run. Last settings automatically restored
at power on.
No. of outputs:
3
Voltage:
10 – 3,000 V,
10 V steps
Current:
1 – 300 mA,
1 mA steps
Power:
1 – 300 W,
1 W steps
No. of outputs:
2
Voltage:
10 – 3,000 V,
10 V steps
Current:
1 – 300 mA,
1 mA steps
Power:
1 – 300 W,
1 W steps
Ordering Information
see page 99
98
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis Power Supplies
Power Supplies
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Low Voltage Power Supplies
Mini Power Pack PS 300 T (100 — 240 V, EU plug), max. 300 V, 400 mA, 60 W
040 - 100
dto., (100 — 240 V, US plug)
040 - 190
Model PS 304 Power Supply (EU version, 230 V), max. 300 V, 400 mA, 120 W
10801017
dto., (USA version, 115 V)
31067304
Model PS 305 T Power Supply (EU version, 230 V), max. 300 V, 500 mA, 150 W, Timer
10839017
dto., (USA version, 115 V)
31067305
Standard Power Pack P25 (115 V/230 V), max. 400 V, 1,000 mA, 200 W
040 - 800
Standard Power Pack P25 T with Timer (115 V/230 V), max. 400 V, 1,000 mA, 200 W
040 - 850
High Voltage Power Supplies
Model PS 3003 HV Power Supply (EU version, 230 V), max. 3,000 V, 300 mA, 300 W
10553003
dto., (USA version, 115 V)
31063003
Model PS 9009 Programmable HV Power Supply (EU version, 230 V), max. 3,000 V, 300 mA, 300 W, Timer
10556017
dto., (USA version, 115 V)
31067242
Temperature Probe for PS 9009 (new design)
31067291
Innovation · Advancement · Development
99
www.biometra.com
Power Supply Adaptors
Order Information
Power Supply Output Jacks
4 mm sheathed
safety output jacks
Instrument Leads
Found on all Biometra
Power Supplies
Sheathed 4 mm
male plug
4 mm non-sheathed
output jacks
2 mm high-voltage
output jacks
Found on very old (non
CE-labeled) versions of
Power Supplies
May be found on
Power Supplies of
other suppliers
010 - 026
or
010 - 027
022 - 007
no adaptor necessary
Installed on all current Biometra
electrophoresis nits Sheathed 2 mm
male plug
022 - 018
022 - 018
no adaptor necessary
May be included with
electrophoresis units from
other suppliers
Item
Order No.
Power supply adaptors
100
Standard safety adaptor set (4 mm/4 mm), conical, for use with
sheated 4 mm male plug instrument leads to non-sheated
4 mm power supply output jacks 010 - 026
Safety adaptor set (4 mm/4 mm), cylindrical, for use with
sheated 4 mm male plug instrument leads to non-sheated
4 mm power supply output jacks 010 - 027
Safety adaptor set (4 mm/2 mm), for use with
sheated 4 mm male plug instrument leads to 2 mm high-voltage
power supply output jacks 022 - 007
Safety adaptor set (2 mm/4 mm), for use with
sheated 2 mm male plug instrument leads to sheated
4 mm power supply output jacks 022 - 018
Safety adaptor (4 mm/4 mm), special, for use with
sheated 4 mm male plug instrument leads to recessed
4 mm Bio-Rad power supply output jacks
010 - 031
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis Power Supplies
Innovation · Advancement · Development
101
www.biometra.com
Blotting
Introduction
•
•
•
•
Semi-dry blotting
Tank blotting
Vacuum blotting
Dot / Slot blotting
Proteins
separated by
gel electrophoresis
Blotting techniques allow the transfer of
proteins and nucleic acids (DNA, RNA)
from polyacrylamide or agarose gels
onto carrier membranes. Additional
these techniques allow immobilisation
of those components from solutions
onto carrier membranes.
On the membrane the proteins and
nucleic acids offer open access
(compared to in-gel techniques) for
detection methods for specific molecules
(e.g. antibodies).
DNA / RNA
separated by
gel electrophoresis
Semi-dry
blotting
Proteins / DNA / RNA
in free solution
Vacuum
blotting
Dot blotting
(Capillary
blotting)
Tank blotting
Slot blotting
Technique
Typical use
Semi-dry blotting
Rapid, high-intensity transfer recommended for proteins up to 150 kD.
Tank blotting
Slower than semi-dry blotting. Efficient and quantitative transfer for small to big proteins. High effective cooling
(big buffer volume).
Capillary blotting
Over night transfer of nucleic acids from agarose gels onto a membrane (highly diffuse bands, much lower
resolution than vacuum blotting).
Vacuum blotting
Quick and efficient transfer of nucleic acids from agarose gels onto a membrane.
Dot / Slot blotting
Screening systems for immobilisation, concentration and binding of proteins and nucleic acids onto membranes.
Selection Guide
Product
Sample
Proteins
Type of blotting
Number of gels
Nucleic acids
Fastblot
+
(+)
electro (semi-dry)
built-in option
1 – ≥ 4*
Tankblot,
Tankblot Eco-Line
+
(+)
electro (tank)
built-in option
1–4
Vacu-Blot
-
+
vacuum
-
1
Dot / Slot Blot
(Dot Blot 96, Hybri•Slot 24)
+
+
vacuum
-
max. 96 samples
* 1 – 4 stacked, depending on size of gel and apparatus > 4 side by side
(+) = limited use
( - ) = not recommended
102
Heat exchanger
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis Blotting
Fastblot
Rapid Semi-dry Blotting
• Fast and homogeneous
electrophoretic transfer of proteins
•Electrodes:
- Platinum / titanium
- Plasticised carbon
• Two different sizes:
- 16 cm x 20 cm
- 23.5 cm x 38.5 cm
• Recommended for proteins
up to 150 kDa
• Cooling available
Semi-dry blotting
Electro-blotting is an important method
to transfer proteins and nucleic acids
from polyacrylamide gels to nitrocellulose
or other carrier membranes. Semi-dry
blotting allows fast, efficient and
homogenous transfer. In contrast to tank
blotting little transfer buffer is required
and transfer times are dramatically
reduced.
Additionally, with semi-dry blotting
discontinuous buffer systems can be
used, e.g. one cathode buffer and two
different anode buffers, to gently blot
smaller proteins or to transfer proteins
of very different sizes evenly.
High capacity
All Fastblot models offer the capacity to
transfer multiple gels: stacked (with a
dialysis membrane separating the gel
sandwiches) or side by side. There is
no requirement for additional plastic
templates to prevent electrode short
circuit as necessary for use with other
brands of semi-dry blotters.
Electrode material
The first graphite electrodes used for
protein transfer corroded easily.
Biometra permanently improved the
blotting electrodes based on a novel
bio-inert plasticised carbon material.
This type of electrodes (used for
models B33, B34 and B64) is stable
for years.
Alternatively, Biometra offers corrosionfree metal electrodes without pores for
maintenance free use and easy
decontamination. These electrodes
(used for models B43 and B44) consist
of a platinum-coated titanium anode
and a stainless steel cathode.
Platinum / titanium,
stainless steel electrodes
Rapid transfer
Both, the plasticised carbon electrodes
and the metal electrodes can be used
for higher currents (max. 5 mA/cm2
blot). Therefore blotting times are
reduced to as little as 10 to 30 minutes.
By applying higher current (> 1 mA/cm2
blot), proteins with higher molecular
weights can be blotted faster and with
higher efficiency. Even smaller proteins
can be transferred faster from thick gels
and gels with small pores when blotting
with high current.
Plasticised carbon elektrodes
Innovation · Advancement · Development
103
www.biometra.com
Fastblot
Rapid Semi-dry Blotting
Cooling option
Large proteins (> 100 kDa) require longer
transfer times. The heat generated
during the extended transfer time can
be removed by using the flow-through
cooling system which is available with
models B33 and B43. Additionally this
option is recommended for use with
native gels and temperature sensitive
proteins respectively.
Blotting of nucleic acids
Nucleic acids can also be electro-blotted
using the Fastblot systems. For transfer
of DNA from polyacrylamide gels onto
a membrane electro-blotting is the
only way. However, vacuum blotting is
the method of choice for transferring
nucleic acids from agarose gels onto
membranes e.g. with the Biometra
Vacu-Blot Apparatus (please refer to
page 110).
Proteomics blotter
The XXL sized blotter B64 offers passive
cooling and is specially designed for the
transfer of big (2D) gels in proteomics
research or multiple gels side by side at
the same time.
Literatur:
• Towbin, H., Staehlin, T., Gorden, J. (1979); Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 76, 4350 – 4356.
• Bittner, M., Kupferer, P., Morris, C.
F. (1980); Anal. Biochem. 102,
459 – 471.
• Burnette, W. N. (1981); Anal.
Biochem. 112, 195 – 203.
• Kyse-Andersen, J. (1984); J. Biochem. Biophys. Meth. 10, 203 – 209.
All Fastblots need a high capacity power
supply. The ideal choice is the versatile
Biometra Standard Power Pack P25,
which can also be used for every type
of standard electrophoresis application
(see page 97).
Fastblot B64
104
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis Blotting
Fastblot
Order Information
100 %
Transfer Rate
Proteins:
1. Carbonic Anhydrase (MW 29 kDa)
2. Albumin, egg (MW 40 kDa)
3. Bovine serum albumin, BSA (MW 67 kDa)
4. ß-Galactosidase (MW 116 kDa)
5. Myosin (MW 205 kDa)
1
2
3
50 %
4
Standard blotting stack assembly
5
Transfer Time (min)
10
20
30
Electrophoretic transfer of proteins
SDS-PAGE, acrylamide concentration: 10 %; Nitrocellulose blotting membrane, pore size 0.45 μm;
current: 5 mA per cm2 gel; thickness of gel: 1.0 mm; transfer buffer: Tris/Glycin/SDS
(Using B43/B44 can reduce the transfer time in the range of 20 %.)
Blotting stack assembly for
discontinuous buffer systems
Item
Order No.
Electrode surface 16 cm x 20 cm:
Fastblot B33, plasticised carbon electrodes, with flow-through cooling
014 - 100
Fastblot B34, plasticised carbon electrodes, without cooling
014 - 200
Fastblot B43, anode: platinum-coated titanium, cathode: stainless steel, with flow-through cooling
015 - 100
Fastblot B44, anode: platinum-coated titanium, cathode: stainless steel, without cooling
015 - 200
Electrode surface 23.5 cm x 38.5 cm:
Fastblot B64, plasticised carbon electrodes, with passive cooling
015 - 600
Accessories
Whatman 3MM Chr, 580 mm x 680 mm, 0.34 mm thick, 100/pkg
B3030931
Whatman 17Chr, 460 mm x 570 mm, 0.92 mm thick, 25/pkg
B3017915
Whatman GB005, 200 mm x 200 mm, 1.2 mm thick, 25/pkg
B10 426 981
See also chapter: Blotting Membranes and Whatman Paper
Innovation · Advancement · Development
105
www.biometra.com
Tank Blot Apparatus and Blotting Modules
For Gentle Blotting of Large and Temperature-Sensitive Proteins
• Best suited for large proteins
and native enzymes
• Fast, efficient and reproducible
transfer of proteins
• Effective cooling thanks to built-in cooling
• Simultaneous blotting of up to
four gels
During tank blotting proteins are
transferred in a vertical buffer tank
between electrodes arranged on the
sidewalls onto membranes. Tank blotting
is recommended particularly for blotting
of large molecules (> 100 resp. 200 kDa,
depending on the proteins characteristics)
or of proteins which are difficult to
transfer with other blotting techniques.
It is the method of choice also for native
and temperature-sensitive proteins.
Transfer can be done fast or overnight.
Thanks to the higher buffer volume
transfer times of more than 24 h can be
realised, e.g. for gentle blotting of very
big proteins.
Different models are available: The highly
sophisticated Tankblot for mini-gels
offers the most effective cooling by
the laterally integrated cooling jacket.
Tankblot Eco-Mini and Tankblot EcoMaxi are part of the modular Eco-Line
and offer highly effective cooling of
small and large gels by integrated cooling
bases. The Mini-V8 .10 Blot Module is
designed for use in the buffer tank of the
Mini-V8 .10 vertical gel electrophoresis
apparatus.
Tankblot
In the Tankblot a cooling jacket is
integrated into the sidewalls. This results
in convective chilling by circulation:
the temperature is distributed more
homogeneously (± 0.5 °C at 6 °C
buffer temperature) than with other
designs that use a magnetic stirrer
circulating the buffer. Additionally this
special design prevents formation of
ion gradients without the need for a
magnetic stirrer.
Depending on the selected buffer,
transfer can be fast (between 30 min.
and 4 h) or, under exceptionally gentle
conditions, overnight (ca. 12 h). Thanks
to the buffer volume of 1,200 ml long
transfer times can be realised.
“cooling jacket“
electrode
cooling connection
out
in
Cooling system of the Tankblot
Compatibility of gel sizes
Apparatus
Tankblot
10.0 x 10.0
Tankblot Eco-Mini
9.4 x 8.0
Tankblot Eco-Maxi
22.0 x 19.0
Mini-V8.10 Blot Module
9.0 x 7.5
Minigel-Twin
+
+
+
(+)
Eco-Mini
+
+
+
(+)
Mini-V8.10
+
+
+
+
Multigel
-
-
+
-
Multigel-Long
Blotting area (W x L, cm)
-
-
+
-
Model V15.17
-
-
+
-
Maxigel
-
-
+
-
-
-
+
-
Eco-Maxi
+ = recommended
106
(+) = limited use
- = not recommended
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis Blotting
Tank Blot Apparatus and Blotting Modules
For Gentle Blotting of Large and Temperature-Sensitive Proteins
Tankblot Eco-Line
Wire electrodes are placed on the side
walls to provide uniform, reproducible
protein transfer over a wide molecular
weight range. The lower buffer chamber
with built-in cooling base absorbs heat
generated during rapid transfers and
allows temperature controlled runs.
A stir bar may be added to the buffer
chamber to further improve buffer
circulation and heat exchange.
The colour coded blotting cassettes in
combination with the colour coded
connectors for the Bigfoot Safety Lid
ensure accurate orientation of the gel
sandwich during the transfer.
The tankblot is available as stand-alone
apparatus or as a module compatible
with the buffer chamber EBC (with
integrated cooling base) or EB (without
cooling option).
The Electrophoresis Module for
Eco-Mini and Eco-Maxi are available
separately and will convert the
corresponding tank blotting systems
into powerful PAGE electrophoresis
systems.
Tankblot Eco-Mini
Tankblot Eco-Mini is designed to transfer
up to four PAGE mini-gels (up to 9.5 cm
x 8.5 cm) in separate blotting cassettes
simultaneously.
The special design of the blotting
cassettes allows easy assembly and
loading into the blot module.
Additional the assembly defends
blotting sandwiches from squeezing.
Tankblot Eco-Maxi
Tankblot Eco-Maxi is the large version
for gel sizes up to 22 cm x 19 cm. The
system offers the capacity of multiple
transfers: several small gels or 1 large
gel per cassette. Up to 2 large gels can
be transferred simultaneously in separate
blotting cassettes.
The special design for fixing the blotting sandwich in the blotting cassette
prevents squeezing and allows easy
handling.
For more details see page 47
For more details see page 49
Mini-V8 •10 Blot Module
The Mini-V8 •10 Blot Module operating
in the buffer tank of the Mini-V8 •10
electrophoresis apparatus allows the
blot transfer of proteins from one or two
9.0 cm x 7.5 cm gels at a time.
The special design of blot support frame
and blot restrainer allows easy handling.
Slipping is eliminated and close contact
between gel and membrane is
guaranteed. The buffer volume of approx
1,000 ml is sufficient for cooling even
at higher current. The Mini-V8 •10 Blot
Module is available separately or in
combination with the Mini-V8 •10 Gel
Electrophoresis Apparatus.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
107
www.biometra.com
Tank Blot Apparatus and Blotting Modules
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Tankblot, complete instrument with integrated cooling jacket, 1 gel cassette for up to four 10 cm x 10 cm gels,
2 fixation rings and 2 fiber pads
013 - 300
Accessories
Gel cassette (blotting cassette) for up to four 10 cm x 10 cm gels, 1/pkg
013 - 301
Fixation rings for gel cassette, 4/pkg
013 - 304
Fiber pads, 4/pkg
013 - 305
Tankblot Eco-Mini C, complete instrument with integrated cooling base, Blot Module,
4 Blotting Cassettes and 8 foam pads
Note: The instrument is compatible with Eco-Mini Electrophoresis Module
018 -100
Tankblot Eco-Mini, complete instrument (without cooling base), Blot Module, 4 Blotting Cassettes and 8 foam pads
Note: The instrument is compatible with Eco-Mini Electrophoresis Module
018 -101
Accessories
Buffer chamber EB (without cooling base) for Eco-Mini and Tankblot Eco-Mini, without Bigfoot Safety Lid
017 - 170
Buffer chamber EBC (with integrated cooling base) for Eco-Mini and Tankblot Eco-Mini, without Bigfoot Safety Lid
017 - 171
Bigfoot Safety Lid with cables and safety plugs for Eco-Mini and Tankblot Eco-Mini
017 - 172
Blot Module Eco-Mini, incl. 4 Blotting Cassettes, colour coded (black/red) each for 1 gel with size 9.4 x 8.0 cm
and 8 foam pads
018 - 105
Blotting Cassette, colour coded (black/red), for Tankblot Eco-Mini Blot Module, 1/pkg
018 - 111
Foam pads for Tankblot Eco-Mini Blot Module, 4/pkg
018 - 113
Electrophoresis Module for Eco-Mini (1 - 4 gels)
017 - 175
Tankblot Eco-Maxi C, complete system with buffer chamber EBC (with integrated cooling base),
Bigfoot Safety Lid, 2 Blotting Cassettes (black/red), each for 1 gel with size 22 cm x 19 cm, 4 foam pads
Note: The instrument is compatible with Eco-Maxi Electrophoresis Module
018 - 400
Tankblot Eco-Maxi, complete system with buffer chamber EB (without cooling base),
Bigfoot Safety Lid, 2 Blotting Cassettes (black/red), each for 1 gel with size 22 cm x 19 cm, 4 foam pads
Note: The instrument is compatible with Eco-Maxi Electrophoresis Module
018 - 401
Accessories
Buffer chamber EB (without cooling base) for Eco-Maxi and Tankblot Eco-Maxi, without Bigfoot Safety Lid
017 - 471
Buffer chamber EBC (with integrated cooling base) for Eco-Maxi and Tankblot Eco-Maxi, without Bigfoot Safety Lid
017 - 472
Bigfoot Safety Lid with cables and safety plugs for Eco-Maxi and Tankblot Eco-Maxi
017 - 474
Blot Module Eco-Maxi, incl. 2 Blotting Cassettes colour coded (black/red), each for 1 gel with size 22 cm x 19 cm
and 4 foam pads
018 - 405
Blotting Cassette, colour coded (black/red), for Tankblot Eco-Maxi Blot Module, 1/pkg
018 - 411
Foam pads for Tankblot Eco-Maxi Blotting Module, 4/pkg
018 - 413
Electrophoresis Module for Eco-Maxi (1 or 2 gels)
017 - 475
Mini-V8·10 Blot Module, complete with blot restainer, blot support frame, clamping knob
and three transfer pressure pads
21078019
Accessories
Transfer pressure pad, 6/pkg
108
11958048
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis Blotting
Tankblot
Application
Homogenous blotting of heterogenous
protein mixtures
S. Schwender, Julius-Maximillians
Universität Würzburg, Zentrallabor der
Medizinischen Universität,
Josef-Schneider-Str. 2, 97080 Würzburg,
Germany and A. Hein, Ruprecht Karls
Universität Heidelberg, Klinikum
Mannheim, Institut für medizinische
Mikrobiologie und Hygiene,
Theodor-Kutzer-Ufer 1-3, 68167
Mannheim, Germany
Often, when establishing a Western blot
system, certain proteins cannot be
blotted quantitatively. They are either
remaining in the gel (particularly large
molecules) or they are blotting through
the membrane (especially small
molecules). In both cases a quantitatively
false low detection signal will result,
especially obvious when simultaneous
blotting molecules which vary in size
highly. The search for proteins of unknown size might thus be complicated.
Following SDS gel electrophoresis in
gradient gels small molecules are located
in areas of small mesh size, large ones
in areas of wide mesh size.
During blotting large molecules leave
the “low percentage“ gel quite easily,
in contrast, small molecules are retarded
in the “high percentage“ gel (figure).
Thus, the resulting blot becomes very
homogenous: The blotting membrane
is reached both by small and by large
proteins quantitatively (appr. 10 to 180
kDa). For demonstration SDS molecular
weight markers (MWM) and coronavirus
JHM proteins are separated in a gradient
gel system using a resolving gel of only
5 cm height (stacking gel T = 5, C = 0.6;
resolving gel T = 7, C = 0.6 up to T = 20,
C = 0.6; ca. 25 °C; stacking gel 20 mA,
50 V; resolving gel 30 mA const.,
70 – 200 V; ca.1h). After transfer in the
Tankblot (25 mM Na2HPO4: pH 9.4,
1000 mA const., 30 V, 4 h) the marker
proteins were stained unspecifically
with amido black. Virus proteins ( E = 14
kDa, N = 56 kDa, S = 90 and 180 kDa)
were labelled via specific antibodies and
enzyme mediated colour conversion.
Using gradient gels is a simple and
effective way to circumvent these
problems as well as to ensure
homogenous blotting of molecules with
different sizes.
Principle
Item
JHM
MWM
Order No.
Blotting paper
Whatman 3MM Chr, 580 mm x 680 mm, 0.34 mm thick, 100/pkg
B3030931
Whatman 17 Chr, 460 mm x 570 mm, 0.92 mm thick, 25/pkg
B3017915
Whatman GB005, 200 mm x 200 mm, 1.2 mm thick, 25/pkg
B10 426 981
Whatman GB005, 580 mm x 580 mm, 1.2 mm thick, 25/pkg
B10 426 994
See also chapter: Blotting Membranes and Whatman Paper.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
109
www.biometra.com
Vacu-Blot
For Efficient Southern and Northern Blotting
•
•
•
•
•
Fast and efficient transfer of DNA
or RNA
Membrane sizes up to 20 cm x 20 cm
Large buffer tank permits easy
recycling of transfer buffer
Optimised sealing system
Reliable and quiet pump with
adjustable vacuum
Fast Transfer
Transfer of nucleic acids to membranes
during Southern or Northern analysis
was traditionally done by capillary
blotting, a time-consuming procedure
that usually takes up to 12 hours. With
vacuum blotting, transfer times can be
reduced to 15 – 60 minutes, depending
on the size of the DNA.
Cover plate with buffer reservoir
Agarose gel
Membrane
Durable
The Vacu-Blot is built for long life. It
features a solid and durable construction
made of acrylic glass. A reliable sealing
system guarantees fast and efficient
transfer on the whole gel. The large
tank allows easy recycling of buffer and
protects the pump from buffer aspiration.
Therefore no additional separator or
trapping bottle (e.g. Woulff’s bottle) is
required for use as necessary with other
brands of vacuum blotting systems.
Flexibility
The Vacu-Blot was designed for
maximum flexibility. The window
gaskets (rubber sheets) can be cut to
accept gels of all thicknesses and sizes
up to 20 cm x 20 cm.
Vacuum should never be more than
50 mbar – 100 mbar below ambient
pressure to prevent gel torsion and
reduced transfer efficiency, as in an
„collapsed“ gel the DNA or RNA would
be trapped.
The use of model MP86 vacuum pump
(included in the Vacu-Blot System) is
recommended as this pump offers
controlled and adjustable vacuum.
110
Whatman 3MM filter paper
Porous filter plate
Support
Clip
Tank
Vacuum connector
Stabilizer
Efficiency
Vacuum blotting guarantees reproducible
blotting results. Compared to traditional
transfer methods vacuum blotting offers
increased transfer efficiency and allows
the detection of low amounts of DNA
during hybridisation.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis Blotting
Vacu-Blot
Application (Example) and Order Information
Vacuum blotting of Drosophila DNA:
Faster and more efficient detection of
the SD Responder Sequence
C. Seidl, TU München, Hospital rechts
der Isar, Nuclear Medicine, Ismaninger
Strasse 22, 81675 München, Germany,
R. Schmidt, LMU München, Zoological
Institute, Luisenstr. 14, 80333 München,
Germany
The SD (segregation distorter) system of
Drosophila melanogaster causes directed
deviation of the expected gamete ratio
of 1 : 1 in spermiohistogenesis. To detect
the SD responder sequence, genomic
DNA was transferred onto a nylon
membrane and hybridised with a specific
probe. DNA transfer from the gel onto
the membrane was performed both by
capillary transfer (left fig.) and by vacuum
blotting with a Biometra Vacu-Blot (right
fig.). Vacuum blotting with the Vacu-Blot
proved to be far superior to capillary
transfer because:
1.Transfer time could be reduced by 85 % (from 15 h down to 2 h).
2.DNA transfer showed improved
homogeneity.
3.Transfer efficiency was increased,
resulting in a higher detection limit
in subsequent hybridisation.
Genomic DNA both undigested (lane 1)
and digested (lane 2) with the restriction
enzyme Xba I (19 U/μg DNA) of the mutant cn bw (cinnabar brown) of
Drosophila melanogaster was separated
on a 1 % agarose gel. Transfer was
performed in 20 x SSC onto a nylon
membrane using both transfer methods.
To detect the SD responder sequence,
the transferred DNA was hybridised with
a digoxigenin-labeled oligonucleotide
(26mer, 100 pMol each). The nucleotide
sequence of this probe is contained in
all variants of the 240 bp unit of the SD
responder sequence (Wu et al. (1988)
Cell, 54, 179 -189).
Detection of the hybridised probes
was carried out with anti-digoxigenin
antibodies coupled to alkaline phosphatase by color reaction (NBT and BCIP).
Comparison of lane B2 and A2 indicates that
DNA transfer with vacuum blotting (right) is more
efficient and precise than capillary transfer (left).
Item
Order No.
Vacu-Blot System for blots up to 20 cm x 20 cm, 230 V
Complete system consisting of transfer unit, 3 rubber sheets, 8 clips, membrane vacuum pump MP86
with manometer, adjustable vacuum gauge and tubing
053 - 000
dto., 115 V
053 - 090
dto., 100 V
053 - 091
Vacu-Blot without pump, incl. 3 rubber sheets, 8 clips and tubing
053 - 100
Accessories
Rubber sheets (280 mm x 280 mm) for Vacu-Blot, 3 pieces
053 - 002
Porous filter plate for Vacu-Blot
053 - 004
Clips (1 set), 6 pieces
010 - 057
Whatman 3MM Chr, 580 mm x 680 mm, 0.34 mm thick, 100/pkg
B3030931
See also chapter: Blotting Membranes and Whatman Paper
Membrane pump
Membrane vacuum pump MP86, 230 V (50 Hz)
with adjustable vacuum gauge and manometer, end vacuum 100 mbar, max. delivery 6 l/min
049 - 000
dto., 115 V (60 Hz)
049 - 090
dto., 100 V (50/60 Hz)
049 - 091
Accessories
Vacuum tubing for MP86 (2 x 1 m)
049 - 002
Innovation · Advancement · Development
111
www.biometra.com
Dot Blot 96
Trouble-free Handling Guaranteed
•
•
•
•
•
Innovative sealing system
No cross-contamination
Multichannel pipet compatible for fast sample loading
High capacity for up to 96 samples
Precisely adjustable vacuum
Reproducible
The Dot Blot 96 system provides easy and
reproducible methods for immobilising,
concentrating and binding proteins, DNA
or RNA in solution onto membranes.
Typical applications are Dot Blot
hybridisation of plasmid DNA, small
RNA and DNA fragments, cloned bacteria,
lymphomas and viral nucleic acids,
screening of recombinant clones,
screening of cell surface antigens, as
well as filtration and immobilisation
of small volumes onto immobilising
matrices.
Cover plate with 96 wells
and buffer reservoir
Membrane
Screw
Whatman 3MM filter paper
Silicone sealing sheet
Support
Easy to use
The Dot Blot 96 works without movable
O-rings, making it extremely easy to set
up. Its innovative sealing system
eliminates lateral leakage that can cause
cross-contamination between wells.
Each well is numbered and lettered
compatible to the standard 96-well plate
format. Multichannel pipets for rapid
handling of samples can be used.
High capacity
Up to 96 samples can be loaded in short
time. The maximum sample volume is
350 μl per well.
Tank
Vacuum connector
Stabilizer
112
Innovation · Advancement · Development
Durable
Dot Blot 96 features a buffer tank design
that eliminates the need for trapping
bottles (separators), facilitates buffer
recycling, and protects any vacuum
pump from buffer aspiration. The use of
model MP86 vacuum pump (included in
the Dot Blot 96 System) is recommended
as this pump offers controlled and
adjustable vacuum to prevent damage
of the transfer membrane.
E lectrophoresis Blotting
Dot Blot 96
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Dot Blot 96 System, 230 V, complete system consisting of transfer unit, 1 sealing sheet,
membrane vacuum pump MP86 with manometer, adjustable vacuum gauge and tubing
053 - 400
dto., 115 V
053 - 490
dto., 100 V
053 - 491
Dot Blot 96 without pump, transfer unit, 1 sealing sheet and tubing
053 - 401
Accessories
Silicone sealing sheet
053 - 402
Whatman 3MM Chr, 580 mm x 680 mm, 0.34 mm thick, 100/pkg
B3030931
See also chapter: Blotting Membranes and Whatman Paper
Membrane pump
Membrane vacuum pump MP86, 230 V (50 Hz)
with adjustable vacuum gauge and manometer, end vacuum 100 mbar, max. delivery 6 l/min
049 - 000
dto., 115 V (60 Hz)
049 - 090
dto., 100 V (50/60 Hz)
049 - 091
Accessories
Vacuum tubing for MP86 (2 x 1 m)
049 - 002
Innovation · Advancement · Development
113
www.biometra.com
Hybri • Slot TM 24
Designed to Immobilise Nucleic Acids or Proteins onto a Membrane
•
•
•
•
24 slots with 0.5 mm x 4.0 mm
Small footprint
Easy to assemble: no O-rings or
gaskets required
Designed to concentrate samples
for the detection of picogram
quantities of nucleic acids and
nanogram quantities of proteins
Hybri•Slot 24 extends the portfolio of
apparatus for immobilising and
concentrating of nucleic acids and
proteins. The apparatus has been
designed to immobilise samples in
0.5 mm x 4 mm slots. Compared to dot
blotting the oblongness of the signals
is more easy for densitometric analysis
and detection of hybridisation artifacts.
Typical applications are DNA and RNA
filter-blot hybridisation, immunological
screening and detection methods, as
well as every type of semi-quantitative
detection methods involving the
immobilisation of samples onto
membranes.
Example of radioactive
detection of a DNA sequence
filtered onto nitrocellulose
using the HYBRI•SLOT
Manifold.
Example of immunological
detection of a protein filtered
onto nitrocellulose using the
HYBRI•SLOT Manifold.
Hybri • Slot 24
Apparatus dimensions (W x D x H):
6.25 cm x 14.0 cm x 6.75 cm
Well volume:
5 – 850 μl
Slot dimension:
0.5 mm x 4.0 mm (2 mm2)
Slot spacing (center to center)
9.0 mm (multichannel pipet compatible)
Item
Order No.
Hybri·Slot 24, complete filtration manifold with vacuum (bottom) block, middle block,
engraved top block and 4 tri-wing bolts
21052014
Accessories
Whatman 3MM Chr, 580 mm x 680 mm, 0.34 mm thick, 100/pkg
B3030931
See also chapter: Blotting Membranes and Whatman Paper
Membrane Pump
Membrane vacuum pump MP86, 230 V (50 Hz),
with adjustable vacuum gauge and manometer, end vacuum 100 mbar, max. delivery 6 l/min
049 - 000
dto., (115 V, 60 Hz)
049 - 090
dto., (100 V, 50/60 Hz)
049 - 091
Accessories
114
Vacuum tubing for MP86 (2 x 1 m)
049 - 002
Separator (Woulff‘s bottle) for connecting to MP26 und MP86
049 - 201
Innovation · Advancement · Development
E lectrophoresis Blotting
Innovation · Advancement · Development
115
www.biometra.com
116
G el D ocumentation
UVsolo TS................................................................................................................................... 120
BioDocAnalyze Systems ....................................................................................................... 122
BDAdigital ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BDA live ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BioDocAnalyze Analysis Software ......................................................................................................................................................................
BioDocAnalyze Darkhood: BDA Box ..................................................................................................................................................................
Bandpass Filters for BioDocAnalyze Systems .................................................................................................................................................
BioDocAnalyze Order Information .....................................................................................................................................................................
122
124
126
128
131
133
Transilluminators .................................................................................................................... 136
UVstar Transilluminators for UV Fluorescent Stains ...................................................................................................................................... 136
Blue Light LED BLstar Transilluminators for Fluorescent Stains ................................................................................................................ 138
Documentation of Visible Coloured Samples ..................................................................................................................................................139
G el D ocumentation
Innovation · Advancement · Development
117
www.biometra.com
Introduction
A Choice of Systems for Different Needs
The whole range of Biometra gel
imaging systems is suited for the
documentation of agarose and
polyacrylamide gels with fluorescent
and visible coloured stains.
The most typcial stains for these
applications are
Ethidium bromide, SYBR® Green,
SYBR® Gold, SYBR® Safe, GelStar®,
SYPRO® Orange, SYPRO® Ruby,
OrioleTM, SYPRO® Red, WesternDotTM
625 with Qdot®-nano crystals, and
silver and Coomassie Blue.
For all of these stains the adequate
bandpass filters and transilluminators
are available.
Visible stains on membranes and also
radiographs can be documented,
additionally.
Laboratories with a very limited bench
space will enjoy the system “UVsolo TS“.
This extraordinary compact system is
designed for fast saving and printing of
gels. No separate computer is necessary.
System
Type of camera
BDAdigital
Digital single lens reflex camera
for colour and black & white images
UVsolo TS, BDA live
Monochrome, scientific grade CCD camera
for black & white images
Decision guidance – which is the most appropriate system?
Requirement
Especial recommended system
Primarily saving and printing of images
UVsolo TS
Limited bench space
UVsolo TS, BDAdigital compact,
BDA live compact
Coloured images
BDAdigital
Especial light-sensitive system
BDA live, UVsolo TS
Documentation of small gels with maximum zoom
UVsolo TS, BDA live
Documentation and analysis of large gels
BDAdigital
Quantification of samples
BDA live
Gel images taken with Biometra gel documentation systems
The computer driven systems of the
BioDocAnalyze (BDA) line offer an
advanced comfort and include a
versatile software for analysing gel
and blot images as standard delivery.
Two different versions are available.
They mainly differ in the type of camera
included.
A detailed description of each system
is given on the following pages.
118
Silver stained polyacrylamide gel
(white light, black & white photo)
Ethidium bromide stained agarose gel
(UV light, black & white photo)
Silver stained polyacryamide gel
(white light, colour photo)
Ethidium bromide stained agarose gel
(UV light, black & white photo)
Innovation · Advancement · Development
G el D ocumentation
Technical Specifications
BioDocAnalyze Systems
UVsolo TS
BDAdigital
BDA live
Stand-alone
Computer-controlled
Computer-controlled
1.3 MP
12.2 MP *
1.4 MP
System
Type
Camera
Resolution
Sensor
monochrome
colour
monochrome
Sensor size
½´´
22.2 mm x 14.7 mm
½´´
Data depth
8 bit
(16 bit file)
8 bit (grey scales)
24 bit (colour)
12 bit
++
+
++
Filter drawer
4-position filter wheel **
4-position filter wheel **
Light-sensitivity
Darkhood
Filter changer
Illumination
+
with BDA Box
with BDA Box
UV transilluminator
White light from above
fixed
separate or pull-out **
separate or pull-out **
UV light from above
-
BDA Box 3
BDA Box 3
Software
Image acquisition software
+
+
+
Gel analysis
optional
+
+ (2 x)
Similarity analysis
optional
optional
optional
* Please check homepage for current resolution
** Please find details in section “BioDocAnalyze Darkhood“
SYBR® Green stained agarose gel
(UV light, colour photo)
Coomassie Blue stained polyacryamide gel
(white light, colour photo)
Ethidium bromide stained agarose gel
(UV light, colour photo)
Innovation · Advancement · Development
119
www.biometra.com
UVsolo TS
Stand-Alone Gel Documentation System
UVsolo TS is an extra compact system
for gel documentation without the need
for a personal computer. The system
is designed to acquire gel images very
easily and without any need for training.
•
•
•
•
Self-explanatory stand-alone system
Light-sensitive 1.3 MP CCD camera
Touch screen for simple handling
Ideal for multi-user laboratories
The system
The UVsolo TS system comes with a
light-sensitive black & white CCD camera
with a high resolution of 1.3 megapixels.
An also light-sensitive zoom lens provides
for images of high contrast.
The system is controlled by a touch
screen with an intuitive to use image
acquisition software.
With live view all changes of the camera´s
integration time, the lens aperture
setting or of the zoom area are displayed
in real-time on the 8 inch screen.
Saturation monitoring allows the easy
capture of fully quantifiable images.
The gel images are saved in the universal
file formats tif, jpg, or gif on USB storage
device, the internal computer memory
or via network connection on a network
computer.
For prints a printer with USB interface
can be connected to the UVsolo TS.
With a software print button printing is
directly started. Recommended printer
is a high-resolution thermal printer
which creates brilliant prints on highglossy paper.
intensity to avoid a damage of
the samples. This can be done with
switch settings “Medium” and “Low”.
The transilluminator
Two different sizes are available:
20 cm x 20 cm UV filter size for
small to middle sized gels or
21 cm x 26 cm filter size for
larger gels.
It is possible to control the UV
intensity in 3 levels: Image
acquisition should always be
done with maximum UV intensity
with switch setting “High”. For
cutting samples out of gels it is
recommended to reduce the UV
120
Innovation · Advancement · Development
UV protection
Users of the UVsolo TS are savely
protected against UV radiation: Opening
the front door automatically switches off
the UV light. A direct and safe view to the
fluorescent gel under UV illumination
is possible through the gel viewing
window in the front door. For cutting gels
under UV illumination two side-access
doors are included.
When somebody prefers to cut out of
the fluorescent gel with open front door
this can also be done: The UV override
switch allows to turn on UV light with
open door. At the end it is only possible
to close the door when the override
switch is deactivated. This ensures a
save operation for subsequent users.
G el D ocumentation
UVsolo TS
Order Information
Documentation of coloured gels
The image acquisition of non-fluorescent
gels, e.g. silver or Coomassie Blue
stained polyacrylamide gels can be done
with the optional available converter
plate. This plate is directly placed on
top of the UV transilluminator. The plate
converts the UV light to visible light,
similar to the light of a white light table.
Analysis of gel images
Main application of the UVsolo TS
typically is saving and printing of gel
images. But it is also possible to analyse
gels with the optional gel analysis
software BioDocAnalyze (BDA).
It is the same analysis software that is
included as a standard in the Biometra
computer-controlled systems “BDA”.
Users of the UVsolo TS install the optional
BDA software on a separate personal
computer. Gel images in tif or jpg file
format can be imported into the
BioDocAnalyze analysis software.
The calculation of fragment sizes or
a quantification of sample material is
easily done in a few steps.
For details please see section
„BioDocAnalyze Analysis Software“.
Features
Benefit
Touch Screen with
image acquisition software
Easy to use, simple to clean
Saving of images on USB stick,
computer or by network
High flexibility, perfect for groups
with many users
Filter drawer for bandpass filters
Easy change of filter for use
of different fluorescent staining dyes
Self-explanatory operation and maximum
UV protection for users
Well-suited for laboratories with
varying users and for practical courses
Compact system with footprint size
of a transilluminator
Requires minimum of bench space
Item
Order No.
UVsolo TS: Monochrome, digital ½ ´´ CCD camera, resolution 1280 (H) x 1024 (V), manual zoom lens 8 – 48 mm,
bandpass filter for e.g. EtBr, darkhood with 8 ´´ LCD touch screen with tilt capability, USB port for USB stick, network
connectivity, safety interlocking door, UV override switch, gel viewing window, side access doors for gel cutting,
UV transilluminator (312 nm, 20 cm x 20 cm filter size, UV intensity switch), overhead LED white light, USB 2.0 ports
for connecting e.g. a printer. Dimensions with camera: 78.0 x 36.1 x 33.8 (H x W x D, cm), 230 V 50/60 Hz
033 - 000
UVsolo TS2: see UVsolo TS, but transilluminator with filter size 21 cm x 26 cm 033 - 001
Accessories
Bandpass filter for SYBR® Green stains, for UVsolo TS filter drawer
033 - 012
Bandpass filter for SYBR® Gold stains, for UVsolo TS filter drawer
033 - 013
Digital thermal printer Mitsubishi P95DE,
high resolution (325 dpi), USB 2.0 port, dimensions: 8.5 x 15.4 x 23.9 (H x B x T, cm)
031 - 921
Thermal paper KP65HM, matt, high-contrast, 4 rolls à 20 m
031 - 985
Thermal paper K95HG, high-glossy, high-contrast, 5 rolls à 18 m
031 - 987
Converter plate:
For application on a transilluminator for documentation of coloured gels, dimensions 0.8 x 30 x 24 (H x B x T, cm)
057 - 005
UV transparent acrylic tray for preparative tasks on a transilluminator, 31 cm x 36 cm
057 - 012
UV transparent gel scoop, scoop size 14 cm x 15 cm
057 - 013
UV bulb 8 W, 312 nm, for UV table
057 - 002
UV light face protection shield
055 - 001
Software
BioDocAnalyze (BDA) software: analysis software for gel images in tif, jpg, bmp or Biometra-specific BD1 format
035 - 004
Similarity Analysis module: Software module for cluster and RFLP analysis as upgrade for BDA software 035-004
035-114
Innovation · Advancement · Development
121
www.biometra.com
BioDocAnalyze Systems
Computer-Controlled Imaging Systems
BioDocAnalyze (BDA) imaging systems
are computer based systems and are
designed to provide high functionality
with easy-to-use operating interfaces.
The quality systems are available as
complete “plug-and-play” systems, but
can also be ordered as core set plus
additional hardware components
assorted to individual needs.
Depending on the camera type a specific
image acquisition software is included
to attain optimal results and user
comfort. The BioDocAnalyze system
with digital single lens reflex camera is
referred to as „BDAdigital“, the system with monochrome CCD camera is
named „BDA live“.
The BDA gel analysis software is
included in all BDA systems. It is an upto-date software for fast and versatile
analysis of gels and blots.
BDAdigital
BioDocAnalyze with Digital Single Lens Reflex Colour Camera
BDAdigital provides state-of-the-art
digital photography. Heart of the system
is a digital single lens reflex camera with
amazing high resolution and autofocus.
•
•
•
•
High-class digital camera with
12.2 megapixels*
Specifically developed software
for „one-click“ image acquisition
Powerful BioDocAnalyze gel
analysis software
Choice of small darkhood or
advanced hood version BDA Box
The camera is widely software-controlled
and provides versatile functions for fast
and easy image acquisition. A selection
of pre-defined camera settings is available
for different gel types and stainings. In
addition, individual user profiles can be
defined. The gel files can be reliably
analysed by self-explanatory BDA
software routines (For details please
see section “BioDocAnalyze Analysis
Software“). The high resolution images
are particularly useful for the detection
of close banded gels and for band
quantification.
The combination of zoom lens with
high resolution of the sensor makes
the system ideal for acquisition of extra
large gels.
Image acquisition software
for control of
• Acquisition mode (auto, manual)
• Exposure time
• Lens aperture
• Automatic and manual focus
• User definable profiles for camera settings
• Colour and grey scales
• Brightness
• Contrast
* Please refer to the Biometra homepage for latest camera resolution.
122
Innovation · Advancement · Development
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Gamma correction
Gel rotation
Live preview
Inverting
Saturation monitoring
Creation of image sections
Loading and saving files
(tif, jpg, Biometra specific BD1)
Printing
G el D ocumentation
Darkhoods
The modular design offers the choice
between the cost-effective BDAdigital
compact with small darkhood or
BDAdigital systems with the advanced
darkhood BDA Box.
The small darkhood of BDAdigital
compact is placed on top of a
UV transilluminator. Together with a UV
converter plate BDAdigital is ready for
documentation and analysis of
fluorescent and coloured gels and blots.
Transilluminators
BDAdigital systems are equipped with a
UV transilluminator out of the wide
range of the UVstar line. It is recommend
that BDAdigital compact is equipped
with a transilluminator version with
UV protection lid. Instead of that
BDAdigital systems with BDA Box don´t
need a UV protection lid mounted at
the UV transilluminator as the BDA Box
comes its own UV protection shield.
For details please see section
“Transilluminators“.
Effective anti-theft protection of the camera
Application of the BDA Box is the
perfect choice for all users looking for
a bright overhead white light and for
a pullout transilluminator. For details
of BDA Box please refer to section
“BioDocAnalyze Darkhood“.
BDAdigital system
BDAdigital compact and UVstar transilluminator
Features
Benefit
High-resolution images in colour or
in grey scales
High versatility
Real-time image preview
Exact gel positioning prior to UV exposure
Individual profiles with camera settings
Only one click for an image
Manual focussing possible
Even samples with diffuse bands can be
photographed perfectly
Ingenious camera anti-theft mounting
No risk of camera theft
Independent use of camera possible
Camera can also be used for other laboratory
tasks and microscopy photography
Small darkhood available
High-quality gel documentation with
cost-effective and space-saving “compact“-set
Ordering Information
see page 133 – 135
Innovation · Advancement · Development
123
www.biometra.com
BDA live
BioDocAnalyze with Digital Monochrome CCD Camera
• Light-sensitive scientific-grade
CCD camera
• High resolution camera of 1.4 MP and high-quality zoom lens
• Extended dynamic range of 12 bit for 4096 grey levels
• Powerful BioDocAnalyze analysis soft ware (second licence included for free)
BDA live is the system of choice for
professional gel documentation.
A digital CCD camera with light-sensitive
lens provides for brilliant gel images.
The camera comes with 1.4 megapixel
resolution and a data depth of 12 bit
making it ideal for precise band detection
and accurate sample quantification.
The intuitive image acquisition software
allows the creation of high-contrast
images in a few steps.
Image acquisition software
for control of
• Exposure time
• Brightness
• Contrast
• Gamma correction
• Signal enhancement
• Gel rotation
• Live view, freeze view
BDA live system
124
Innovation · Advancement · Development
•
•
•
•
Inverting
Saturation monitoring
Creation of image sections
Loading and saving files (16 bit tif, 8 bit tif, jpg, bmp, Biometra specific
BD1)
• Printing
BDA live is available as complete
system including darkhood BDA Box,
transilluminator, thermal printer,
installed up to date computer and
G el D ocumentation
converter plate or it can be composed
of BDA live core set including camera
and software plus further required
components.
For users who are applying several
different fluorescent dyes and want to
use only one bandpass filter the “BDA
live Plus“ systems are the right choice.
These systems include a bandpass filter
with wider transmission pass than the
more specific filtering bandpass filters
of the “BDA live“ systems.
Recommended transilluminators for
the “BDA live Plus“ set are UV tables
with strong filter effect: the “UVstar Plus“
tables.
detection with subsequent size and
mass calibration on the basis of custom
markers.
BDA live sets and systems include two
full licences of the analysis software.
Additional licences are available.
For details of software features please
see next page.
An especial space and budget-saving
version of BDA live is the “BDA live
compact“ set. The set consists of the
core set with camera, bandpass filter,
image acquisition and analysis software
(2 licences) plus small darkhood “BDA
Hood“. This hood is directly placed on
top of the transilluminator. A small
sliding door allows an easy aligning of
the gel on the UV table.
The images can be directly transferred to
the BDA analysis module. The analysis
software offers the convenience of an
automatic or semi-automatic band
BDA live compact and
UVstar transilluminator
Features
Benefit
Advanced camera specifications
Perfect performance for documentation,
quantification and publication
Live image
Exact gel positioning before exposure to UV
Image acquisition software with
optimisation tools like signal enhancement
Clear documentation of faint fluorescent
samples for maximum results
Robust and easy to use
Perfect for practical courses and routine
applications
Different darkhoods with similar mounting
of camera
Upgrade from simple hood to advanced
darkhood possible
For details of BDA Box and the
bandpass filters please refer to section
“BioDocAnalyze Darkhood“.
Details of the transilluminators are found
in section “Transilluminators“.
Ordering Information
see page 133 – 135
Innovation · Advancement · Development
125
www.biometra.com
BioDocAnalyze Analysis Software
Gel Analysis in a Few Steps
• Basic revision of the popular
BDA gel analysis software
• Optimized software interface for
analyses in a few steps
• Helpful additional functions
• Intuitive to handle gel analysis
with accurate results
• Included in BDAdigital and BDA live
• Optional component for UVsolo TS
The BioDocAnalyze (BDA) software is a
powerful package of imaging and analysis
software supporting different camera
models. The software provides sample
analysis of electrophoresis gels and
blots with best results in a minimum
amount of time.
The software can be used for fluorescent,
colorimetric and chemiluminescent
applications and accepts typical file
formats like JPG, TIF, and BMP.
Gel images can be directly transferred
from the image acqusition window of
BDAdigital or BDA live to the analysis
software window. Also files generated
with other acquisition sources can be
imported.
The user-friendly interface provides for
efficient analysis and generates precise
band size calculations. All important
functions are addressed with dedicated
icons. Sample quantifications are done
with one mouse-click.
Features
• Automatic lane and band recognition
• Add, delete and separate lanes
and bands
• Optimisation of detection parameters
• Different choices for background adjustment
• Automatic calculation for size/MW,
mass, RF
• Result sheet
• Compensation of gel smiling and
distortions
• Zoom, invert and pseudocolour
functions
• Add annotations and arrows to lanes,
bands and gel image
• Overlay and merging of gel images
• Simultaneous display of intensity
profiles for several lanes
The analysis software convinces with its
self-explanatory design and can be
easily used without extensive training.
Clear icons with displayed short
instructions support every analysis step.
The automatic search for lanes and
bands is directly started after defining
the area of interest on the gel image.
When necessary the sensitivity for lane
and band detection can be optimised
by moving the parameter sliders. The
new detection results are immediately
displayed on the gel image. Detected
bands are not only marked with a bar
but are clearly visible surrounded in
their edges. This unique BDA software
feature provides a fast visible confirmation
for correct detection. Alternatively to
the automatic band detection individual
manual band detection is possible.
Band sizes or masses are automatically
calculated when marker values are
entered. All results can be displayed
both on the gel image and in a table.
126
Innovation · Advancement · Development
G el D ocumentation
The table can be saved in Excel format.
For illustration purposes comments and
arrows can be added to the gel image.
The legend list provides the choice of
parameters to be displayed or printed.
The analysed gel images are saved in
the Biometra file format *.BD1 ensuring
that the applied detection parameters
are saved together with the gel image.
For export of the gel image to other
software it can be directly transferred by
clipboard or can be saved as TIF, JPG or
BMP file.
The „merging“ function is particular
helpful for the analysis of imported
chemiluminescence blots: Different
images or also frames and images can
be overlayed, moved and merged. This
allows for example the introduction of
a marker taken with white light from
above with the image of a chemiluminescence blot.
Similarity Analysis – upgrade module
The BioDocAnalyze software can be
upgraded with the Similarity Analysis
Module for comparison of fragment
patterns. This module provides a striking
and fast insight into the similarity of lanes.
It can be used for cluster and RFLP
analysis. The effect of coefficients,
distinction sensitivity and the impact of
individual lanes or bands to the similarity
ranking can be monitored by one
mouse-click.
Features
• Similarity Analysis according to RF
or molecular weight of bands
• Cluster analysis (UPGMA, Neighbour
Joining)
• Similarity and distance matrix
• 0/1 matrix
• Reference lanes, lane list
• Correlation coefficients Pearson,
Dice, Jaccard, Cosine, Overlap
• Export and printing of tables and dendrograms
Innovation · Advancement · Development
127
www.biometra.com
BioDocAnalyze Darkhood
BDA Box – The Ultimate Darkhood
•
•
•
•
Dedicated to imaging of fluorescent and coloured gels and blots
Premium user convenience
Integrated UV protection
4 different configurations
The BDA Box is designed for daily use in
the laboratory. The robust construction
provides high functionality and excellent
ergonomics over years.
Design
128
Features
Benefit
Compact size and small footprint
• Saves valuable bench space
Smooth surfaces and inside coated with
black protective varnish
• Easy to clean
• Long-term resistent against ionic buffers and UV light
• Reflexion free
Comfort sliding door
• Light-tight cabinet
• Free access to the imaging area with one fingertip
• Space-saving opening proper for narrow laboratory corridors
• Gels can be placed directly in front of the hood for easy gel
transfer to the UV table
Integrated UV protection shield
• Protects the user from UV exposure also during sliding out the
UV table
• Freely adjustable according to individual needs
• Applicable for cutting gels without the need for additional
protection equipment
Bright overhead white light
• Supports sample positioning and is suitable for acquisition of
coloured blots
Panel with liquid protected switches for UV
and white-light
• Clearly arranged and designed for intensive use
Easy access to lamps and filters and other
replacement parts
• Absolute service friendly
Innovation · Advancement · Development
G el D ocumentation
Selection of darkhood configurations
Tailored to different budgets and
application requirements four different
darkhood versions are available:
Darkhood version
BDA Box 1
Cost-saving version
BDA Box 2
Standard version
BDA Box 3
Advanced version
BDA Box 2BL
for blue light LED table BLstar
Epi-white light
+
+
+
+
UV protection shield
+
+
+
-*
Directly screwed
to camera lens
4-position filter wheel
4-position filter wheel
4-position filter wheel
Fixed
-
-
Pull-out, with adapter for BLstar
-
-
+
-
Feature
Mounting of UV bandpass filter
Transilluminator
Epi-UV light
* Shield should be upgraded when a UV table is used in parallel to the blue light table.
The BDA Box comes with an ingenious
“all-in-one” camera mounting to be
compatible with all supplied BioDocAnalyze systems. Using an individual
adapter, all different cameras can be
mounted. This provides the possibility
for users to adapt their existing hood to
other camera types when application
requirements are changing.
Transilluminators
UV transilluminators
The BDA Box can be equipped with
one of the different UV table versions
of UVstar. Important characteristics of
UVstar are the excellent illumination
uniformity and the very low background
signal.
For documentation of gels with
colourimetric dyes or radiographs
a UV converter plate is supplied.
The plate is directly placed on top of
the UV table and thus extends the
application range from documentation
of fluorescent samples to all visible
signals.
A more detailed description
of transilluminators and the
converter plate is given in section
“Transilluminators“.
There is the choice between:
Filter size:
20 cm x 20 cm
23 cm x 30 cm
UV wavelength:
254 nm
312 nm
365 nm
254/312 nm
312/365 nm
Mode of intensity
setting:
50 or 100 % dual switch
10 to 100 % with 10% increment regulator
Filter glass specification:
High-grade filter
Super Brilliant high-grade filter
Innovation · Advancement · Development
129
www.biometra.com
Blue light LED transilluminators
Alternatively to a UV transilluminator a
blue light table with LED illumination
can be used. Blue light illumination is
applicable for fluorescent stains with
an excitation range around 470 nm.
This is true for e.g. SYBR® Green,
GelGreenTM, SYBR® Safe, SYBR® Gold
or SYPRO® Ruby.
Filter size:
BLstar 9: 9 cm x 12.5 cm
BLstar 16: 16 cm x 20 cm
LED wavelength:
470 nm
Intensity setting:
BLstar 9: no intensity switch, only 100 %
BLstar 16: 50 % or 100 % dual switch
Filter:
Lid with amber filter for visualisation of fluorescent signals
For details of the blue light transilluminators please see section „Transilluminators“.
Overhead UV illumination
Some applications require a UV excitation
from above: membrane blots with
UV fluorescent stains. Even for gels
showing a high background signal it
can be advisable to excite the sample
fluorescence from above. This will
enhance the sample signal against the
gel background noise.
BDA Box 3 is available with epi-UV of
254 nm and 365 nm. Alternative 312 nm
UV is supplied on request.
Overhead white light in BDA Box1 and BDA Box 2
Overhead white light and overhead UV light
in BDA Box 3
Filter wheel for bandpass filters
The acquisition of UV fluorescent
images requires a specific bandpass
filter in front of the camera lens.
There are different possibilities to place the filter in front of the camera lens:
Filter mounting
Application
BDA Box
Filter is directly screwed to the camera lens
• Cost-saving version for laboratories who mainly apply a certain stain, different
stains with similar emission wavelengths
or the bandpass filter with wide bandpass
BDA Box 1
With 4-position filter wheel
• High flexibility for use of staining dyes
with different filter requirements
• Accepts all filters with 58 mm diameter
standard screw socket
BDA Box 2, BDA Box 2BL*, BDA Box 3
* There is no need for a bandpass filter
when using a blue light table. Nevertheless
BDA Box 2BL comes with filter wheel to
make a parallel use of a UV table easy.
Filter wheel
130
Innovation · Advancement · Development
Slider for easy inserting of new filters
G el D ocumentation
Bandpass Filters for BioDocAnalyze Systems
High-Grade Filters for Different Dyes
For the documentation of UV fluorescent
images a bandpass filter has to be
attached in front of the camera lens.
The filter has to be choosen in respect
to the applied sample staining. The
most commonly used filter has a
transmission maximum of 590 nm and
fits e.g. to ethidium bromide, OrioleTM,
SYPRO® Orange and SYPRO® Ruby
staining. This filter is supplied as standard
in BDA systems.
An alternative filter is available for
fluorescent dyes with emission
wavelengths between 500 and
580 nm, e.g. for SYBR® Green,
SYBR® Gold, SYBR® Safe and GelStar®.
Optimal results with every dye are
always achieved with the respective
dedicated filter. Nevertheless it is possible
to apply a bandpass filter with a wider
bandpass which covers several dyes
with different emission maxima. This
might be helpful when a stand or a
darkhood without filter wheel is used.
Biometra offers such a bandpass filter
with wide bandpass: filter BP590 / 200.
It can be used together with a Biometra
standard transilluminator UVstar as this
comes with a high-grade filter for low
background signal. To achieve an even
more high-contrast image with the wide
bandpass filter it is recommended
to choose the Super Brilliant version
of UVstar, one of the “UVstar Plus“
transilluminators.
Chart of performance for the most commonly used fluorescent dye
ethidium bromide
Bandpass filter
UV transilluminator
Performance
(low background, bright sample signal)
UVstar Plus
+++
UVstar
++
UVstar Plus
++
UVstar
+
BP590
Filter
Order No.
034 - 011
BP590 / 200
034 - 015
resp. 034 - 016 *
Standard delivery in BDA systems: bandpass filter BP590 and transilluminator UVstar.
* For details please see “BioDocAnalyze Systems, Order Information“.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
131
www.biometra.com
UV fluorescent dye examples and compatible bandpass filters
Filter
Transmission range
Compatible dye
BP590, 565 – 615 nm
Included in BDA systems
For nucleic acids:
Emission maximum
Filter
Order No.
034 - 011
Ethidium bromide
595 nm
GelRedTM
605 nm
For proteins:
OrioleTM
604 nm
SYPRO Orange
570 nm
SYPRO® Ruby
610 nm
®
BP540 / 80, 500 – 580 nm
Order separately
For nucleic acids:
525 nm
GelStar®
527 nm (RNA: 532 nm)
SYBR Gold
537 nm
SYBR® Green I
521 nm
®
SYBR Green II (for RNA)
521 nm
SYBR® Safe
530 nm
®
BP590 / 200, 490 – 690 nm
Included in BDA live Plus systems
or order separately
034 - 012
GelGreenTM
034 - 015 resp.
034 - 016 *
For nucleic acids and proteins:
All dyes compatible with filter 034 - 011 and
034 - 012, see above, and additionally:
For proteins:
SYPRO® Red
630 nm
For proteins, on Western Blots:
WesternDotTM 625 with Qdot® nanocrystals
625 nm
* Application of bandpass filter BP590 / 200:
132
With BDA Box 2 / 3, in filter wheel:
Insert 034 - 016 (= filter 034 - 015 + adapter ring + sealing ring) directly in the filter wheel.
With BDA Box 1, small hood BDA Hood
or with stand
With BDA live: Screw filter 034 - 015 directly to the camera zoom lens.
With BDAdigital: Screw filter 034 - 015 with adapter ring 034 - 019 (58 – 55 mm) to the lens.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
G el D ocumentation
BioDocAnalyze Systems
Order Information
Item
Order No.
BDAdigital
a
BDAdigital core set: Digital SLR camera with USB2.0 interface, camera power supply, bandpass filter with
transmission max. of 590 nm for e.g. ethidium bromide stains, BDA software for image acquisition and gel analysis
034 - 000
BDAdigital compact: BDAdigital core set, small darkhood BDA Hood
034 - 050
BDAdigital system 20: BDAdigital core set, BDA Box 2, transilluminator UVstar 20 (20 cm x 20 cm filter size),
PC, TFT, thermal printer, UV converter plate
034 - 302
034 - 312 b
BDAdigital system 30: dto., but with transilluminator UVstar 30 (23 cm x 30 cm filter size)
034 - 303
034 - 313 b
BDA live
BDA live core set: Digital monochrome ½´´ CCD camera with FireWire interface, resolution 1384 x 1032 pixels,
manual zoom lens 8 – 48 mm (F1.0 – F1.2), FireWire PCI express card, bandpass filter with transmission max. of 590 nm
for e.g. ethidium bromide, BioDocAnalyze software for image acquisition and gel analysis (2 licenses)e
032 - 001
BDA live compact: BDA live core set, small darkhood BDA Hood
032 - 050
BDA live system 20: BDA live core set, BDA Box 2, transilluminator UVstar 20 (20 cm x 20 cm filter size),
PC, TFT, thermal printer, UV converter plate
032 - 302
032 - 312 b
BDA live system 30: dto., but with transilluminator UVstar 30 (23 cm x 30 cm filter size)
032 - 303
032 - 313 b
BDA live Plus core set: Digital monochrome ½´´ CCD camera with FireWire interface, resolution 1384 x 1032 pixels,
manual zoom lens 8 – 48 mm (F1 – F1.2), FireWire PCI express card, bandpass filter BP 590 / 200 with wide bandpass,
BioDocAnalyze software for image acquisition and gel analysis (2 licenses)
032 - 002
BDA live Plus system 20: BDA live Plus core set, BDA Box 2, transilluminator UVstar 20 Plus
(20 cm x 20 cm filter size), PC, TFT, thermal printer, UV converter plate
032 - 304
032 - 314 b
BDA live Plus system 30: dto., but with transilluminator UVstar 30 Plus (23 cm x 30 cm filter size)
032 - 305
032 - 315 b
Stand and darkhoods (transilluminator not included)
Stand: Height adjustable
031 - 908
BDA Box 1: Darkhood (52 cm x 54 cm x 51 cm, H x W x D), overhead white light, UV protection shield, for integration
of a transilluminator with max. footprint of 42.5 cm x 43.0 cm (W x D), e.g. UVstar
034 - 801 c
032 - 801 d
BDA Box 2: Darkhood (52 cm x 54 cm x 51 cm, H x W x D), overhead white light, 4-position filter wheel,
UV protection shield, drawer for transilluminator (for one of UVstar models below)
034 - 802 c
032 - 802 d
BDA Box 3: dto., plus overhead UV light (245 nm, 365 nm)
034 - 803 c
032 - 803 d
BDA Box 2BL: Darkhood (52 cm x 54 cm x 51 cm, H x W x D), overhead white light, 4-position filter wheel,
drawer with adapter for blue light transilluminator BLstar
034 - 805 c
032 - 805 d
c
d
a
b
e
Please check our homepage www.biometra.com for the current camera resolution.
PC with operating system in English language (system without annotation: PC with operating system in German language)
including anti-theft adapter for BDAdigital camera
including adapter for BDA live camera
Without BDA Box 2/3 please order adapter ring 035-027 additionally for mounting the bandpass filter directly at the camera lens.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
133
www.biometra.com
BioDocAnalyze Systems
Order Information
Item
Order No.
UV-Transilluminators for BDA Box
For separate transilluminators (with UV protection shield) and further information please refer to
the order information in chapter “Transilluminators”.
UVstar 20: filter size 20 cm x 20 cm, 8 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm), 50 or 100 % intensity switch
057 - 503
UVstar 20i: dto., but with 10 – 100 % intensity setting
057 - 513
UVstar 30: filter size 23 cm x 30 cm, 12 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm), 50 or 100 % intensity switch
057 - 603
UVstar 30i: dto., but with 10 – 100 % intensity setting
057 - 613
UV-Transilluminators for BDA Box, with Super Brilliant filter
UVstar 20 Plus: filter size 20 cm x 20 cm, 8 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm), 50 or 100 % intensity switch
057 - 523
UVstar 20i Plus: dto., but with 10 – 100 % intensity setting
057 - 533
UVstar 30 Plus: filter size 23 cm x 30 cm, 12 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm), 50 or 100 % intensity switch
057 - 623
UVstar 30i Plus: dto., but with 10 – 100 % intensity setting
057 - 633
UV-Transilluminators with 2 wavelengths, for BDA Box
UVstar 20HM: filter size 20 cm x 20 cm, 4 x 8 W UV bulbs (254 nm) and 4 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm),
50 or 100 % intensity switch
057 - 543
UVstar 30HM: filter size 23 cm x 30 cm, 6 x 8 W UV bulbs (254 nm) and 6 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm),
50 or 100 % intensity switch
057 - 643
UVstar 20ML: filter size 20 cm x 20 cm, 4 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm) and 4 x 8 W UV bulbs (365 nm),
50 or 100 % intensity switch
057 - 553
UVstar 30ML: filter size 23 cm x 30 cm, 6 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm) and 6 x 8 W UV bulbs (365 nm),
50 or 100 % intensity switch
057 - 653
Blue light transilluminators, for BDA Box 2BL
BLstar 9: viewing area 9 cm x 12.5 cm, 2 arrays of 470 nm LEDs, lid with amber filter, power supply
057 - 370
BLstar 16: viewing area 16 cm x 20 cm, 2 arrays of 470 nm LEDs, 50 or 100 % intensity switch, lid with amber filter,
power supply
057 - 570
Accessories
134
Thermal printer Mitsubishi P95DE, high resolution (325 dpi), USB2.0 interface,
dimensions 8.5 x 15.4 x 23.9 (H x W x D, cm)
031 - 921
Thermal printer paper KP65HM, high contrast, 4 rolls à 20 m
031 - 985
Thermal printer paper KP91HG, high glossy, 4 rolls à 18 m
031 - 986
Thermal printer paper K95HG, high glossy, high contrast, 5 rolls à 18 m, only compatible with printer P95DE!
031 - 987
UV converter plate, for application on a transilluminator for documentation of colour stains (0.8 x 30 x 24, H x W x D, cm)
057 - 005
UV transparent acrylic tray for preparative tasks on a transilluminator, 31 cm x 36 cm
057 - 012
UV transparent gel scoop, scoop area 14 cm x 15 cm
057 - 013
Innovation · Advancement · Development
G el D ocumentation
Item
Order No.
BP590, bandpass filter for ethidium bromide stains (already included in all BDA systems), 58 mm Ø
034 - 011
BP540/ 80 bandpass filter with transmission range of 500 to 580 nm, e.g. for SYBR® Green stains, 58 mm Ø
034 - 012
BP590/200 bandpass filter with wide bandpass, transmission range of 490 – 690 nm for different dyes,
e.g. ethidium bromide and SYBR® Green, 55 mm Ø
034 - 015
dto., but plus adapter ring for filter wheel of BDA Box 2/3
034 - 016
Adapter ring 55 – 58 mm for bandpass filter BP590 / 200 (034 - 015) mounting to lens adapter of BDAdigital
(without use of BDA Box 2 / 3)
035 - 027
Adapter ring 55 – 58 mm for bandpass filter 034 - 011 and 034 - 012 mounting to BDAvideo and BDA live camera lens
(without use of BDA Box 2 / 3)
034 - 019
Computer
Personal computer for BDAdigital, Windows 7 Professional, completely installed
034 - 916
034 - 917 b
Personal computer for BDA live, Windows 7 Professional, completely installed
032 - 916
032 - 917 b
19 inch TFT screen
035 - 923
b
PC with operating system in English language (without annotation: PC with operating system in German language)
Software
BioDocAnalyze (BDA) software (already included in BDAdigital, BDA live): Analysis software for gel images
in tif, jpg, bmp or Biometra specific BD1 format
035 - 004
Additional license for BioDocAnalyze gel analysis software 035 - 004
035 - 905
Additional license for BioDocAnalyze gel analysis software 035 - 004, minimum order quantity 3 pieces
035 - 907
Similarity Analysis module: Software module for cluster and RFLP analysis as upgrade for BDA software 035 - 004
035 - 114
Innovation · Advancement · Development
135
www.biometra.com
Transilluminators
UVstar Transilluminators for UV Fluorescent Stains
• Filter sizes from 15 cm x 15 cm
up to 23 cm x 30 cm
• Exceeding uniform illumination
• High-grade filter glass for low
background
• Super Brilliant version for superior
contrast available
Biometra UV transilluminators feature a
uniform and bright illumination based
on modern control electronics.
The exclusive application of high-grade
filter glass provides for excellent
documentation results with lowest
background signal. The great illumination
uniformity allows the reliable
quantification of electrophoretically
separated fluorescent samples.
Design
Features
Benefit
Compact size with small footprint
Saves bench space and is compatible
with Biometra BDA gel documentation
darkhoods
Stainless steel filter frame
Robust and easy to clean for daily routine
Freely adjustable UV protection shield
User UV protection during handling the gel
Lamp control with electronic high-frequency
operating system
Flicker-free illumination and extended lamp
durability
Quiet, temperature controlled ventilation
Samples are protected from heating.
Application
136
Features
Benefit
Optimised number of UV bulbs per
filter size
The high excitation intensity provides high
sensitivity for the detection of even faint
signals.
Built-in sophisticated diffuser and reflector
The homogenous illumination allows for
critical quantitative analysis of protein and
DNA gels.
Dual intensity switch (50 or 100 %) or
regulator for intensity setting in
10 % increments from 10 % up to 100 %
Sample excitation can be individually
adapted to the applications like
documentation or preparative tasks as
well to sample specific traits.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
G el D ocumentation Transilluminators
UV wavelength selection
The UV tables offer the choice between
three different UV wavelengths. The
most commonly used wavelength for
sample documentation is the midrange
UV of 312 nm. It provides a sensitive
signal detection with many fluorophores
as ethidium bromide, SYBR® Gold,
GelStar® or SYPRO® Orange and
minimizes DNA photonicking compared
to shorter wavelengths.
The short wave 254 nm is preferred
to achieve even higher sensitivity, e.g.
when using SYBR® Green I dye. The long
wave 365 nm is useful for excitation of
e.g. Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP)
and especially for preparative purposes.
UVstar with 2 wavelengths
For an optimal excitation and illumination
the use of only one UV wavelength is
recommended as otherwise the UV
bulbs with different UV wavelengths
are mounted alternating in the table.
But sometimes it might be desired
to use a dual wavelength transilluminator however. For these purposes the
models “UVstar HM“ and “UVstarML“
are offered. These UV tables are coming
with the medium UV wavelength of 312
nm and additionally with a shorter UV
(254 nm) or a longer UV light (365 nm).
“Super Brilliant” UVstar: UVstar Plus
The precise detection of very faint
signals can be further optimised by the
application of a newly developed filter
glass. This unique background
uniformity filter remarkably enhances
the contrast and improves the
illumination uniformity even more.
UVstar plus works with excitation
wavelengths 312 nm and 365 nm.
The Super Brilliant version of the UVstar
should especially be the choice when
the camera filter is not the standard
filter with narrow bandpass (for e.g.
ethidium bromide stain) but the bandpass filter with wide bandpass. This
bandpass filter BP 590 / 200 features a
wide bandpass for emission signals
between 490 to 690 nm. This wide
range enables the image acquisition of
fluorescences of different stains with
one bandpass filter only. For an improved
contrast it is advisable to use a Super
Brilliant UVstar, a UVstar Plus, which
reduces the background signal at its
best.
For further information please
see also section “Bandpass Filter for
BioDocAnalyze Systems“.
UV transilluminators
Filter type and
intensity setting
High-grade filter
50 or 100 %
dual switch
10 – 100 %
10 % increment regulator
Super Brilliant
high-grade filter
50 or 100 %
dual switch
10 – 100 %
10 % increment regulator
Filter size (cm x cm)
15 x 15
20 x 20
23 x 30
20 x 20
+ 20 x 20 White light
UVstar 15
UVstar 20
UVstar 20HM
UVstar 20ML
UVstar 30
UVstar 30HM
UVstar 30ML
UVstar WL
UVstar 15i
UVstar 20i
UVstar 30i
UVstar WLi
-
UVstar 20 Plus
UVstar 30 Plus
-
-
UVstar 20i Plus
UVstar 30i Plus
-
Innovation · Advancement · Development
137
www.biometra.com
Transilluminators
Blue Light LED BLstar Transilluminators for Fluorescent Stains
• Blue light LED illumination for e.g.
green fluorescent stains
• Compact tables with 12.5 cm x 9 cm
or 16 cm x 20 cm field of view
• Safe solution: No damage of DNA,
no risk of UV exposure for users
BLstar 9
Blue light transilluminators are a quite
interesting alternative to UV transilluminators as there is no risk of sample
damage during illumination. This is
important when samples shall be
processed furthermore after gel
documentation. Users also benefit from
it as there is no risk of UV exposure.
Blue light excitation is applicable for
fluorescent dyes for nucleic acid or
protein stains with excitation wavelengths around 470 nm. Examples for
BLstar 16
compatible stains are: SYBR® Green,
GelGreenTM, SYBR® Safe, SYBR® Gold or
SYPRO® Ruby.
Two different instruments are available
within the BLstar line: BLstar 9, the
small and handy solution for mini
gels up 12.5 cm x 9 cm and BLstar 16
for documentation of gels up to
16 cm x 20 cm.
Arrays of high-performance blue light
LEDs are located at two sides below
the illumination area. They provide for
a great illumination uniformity and high
signal intensity.
Both BLstar versions come with an
installed lid with amber filter. The lid
can be freely adjusted in different
angles and allows an easy access to
the gel during cutting out of the gel.
There is no need to wear amber glasses
as the amber lid serves as filter to see
the fluorescent samples. This filter lid is
also used for gel documentation with a
camera. An additional bandpass filter
in front of the camera lens is not
necessary.
BLstar is compatible with BDAdigital
and BDA live gel documentation
systems. The small “BDA Hood” of
“BDAdigital compact” or “BDA live
compact” is directly placed over
(BLstar 9) or on (BLstar 16) the blue
light table.
For use of BLstar together with the
advanced darkhood “BDA Box” please
choose model “BDA Box 2BL”. This
darkhood with drawer for a transilluminator comes with a specific adapter for
the BLstar tables.
Technical data:
Filter size:
BLstar 9: 12.5 cm x 9 cm
BLstar 16: 16 cm x 20 cm
LED wavelength:
470 nm
Intensity setting
BLstar 9: no intensity switch, only 100 %
BLstar 16: 50 % or 100 % dual switch
Filter:
Lid with amber filter for visualisation of fluorescent signals
Dimensions
(W x D x H, cm):
BLstar 9: 21 x 21 x 4
BLstar 16: 34 x 25.5 x 8
Weight (kg):
BLstar 9: 2.3
BLstar 16: 4.6
Power:
Input 100 - 240 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz,1.0 A, output 24 V DC, 1.25 A
BDAdigital compact and BLstar 16 transilluminator
138
Innovation · Advancement · Development
G el D ocumentation Transilluminators
Transilluminators
Documentation of Visible Coloured Samples
UVstar with white light: UVstar WL
The UVstar transilluminator is also
available as dual use version: UV table
and white light table. UVstar WL features
a 20 cm x 20 cm filter size for UV
fluorescent samples and additional a
20 cm x 20 cm filter size for white light
transillumination.
The white light table can be used for the
documentation of all visible coloured
samples like silver or Coomassie Blue
stained gels as well as for radiographs.
The UVstar WL can not be integrated
into a Biometra darkhood due to its
geometry.
UV to white light converter plate
Alternatively to the use of a white light
table a converter plate can be applied
at the top of a UV transilluminator. The
converter plate converts the UV light
to visible light and thus economically
extents the application scope of all
UV table models to the visualisation
of coloured dyes.
Converter plate on top
of a UVstar transilluminator
White light table WLstar
For documentation of only visible
coloured samples without the need for
any UV light the white light transilluminator WLstar is the table of choice. It
comes with 20 cm x 20 cm or 23 cm x
30 cm filter size. The exceeding uniform
illumination provides for bright sample
images.
Filter type and
intensity setting
White filter
50 % / 100 %
dual switch for
intensity setting
Filter size (cm x cm)
20 x 20
23 x 30
WLstar 20
WLstar 30
Innovation · Advancement · Development
139
www.biometra.com
Transilluminators
Order Information
The order numbers below refer to 230 V versions.
Order numbers of 115 V versions are supplied on request.
UVstar
Item
Order No.
UV Transilluminators with 50 or 100 % intensity switch
UVstar 15 transilluminator, filter size 15 cm x 15 cm, 6 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm), 50 or 100 % intensity switch,
UV protection shield
057 - 400
dto., but wavelength 254 nm
057 - 401
dto., but wavelength 365 nm
057 - 402
UVstar 20 transilluminator, filter size 20 cm x 20 cm, 8 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm), 50 or 100 % intensity switch,
UV protection shield
057 - 500
dto., but wavelength 254 nm
057 - 501
dto., but wavelength 365 nm
057 - 502
UVstar 30 transilluminator, filter size 23 cm x 30 cm, 12 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm), 50 or 100 % intensity switch,
UV protection shield
057 - 600
dto., but wavelength 254 nm
057 - 601
dto., but wavelength 365 nm
057 - 602
UVstar WL transilluminator, filter size 20 cm x 20 cm, 6 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm) + white light filter size
20 cm x 20 cm, 6 x 8 W white light bulbs, 50 or 100 % UV intensity switch, UV protection shield
057 - 700
dto., but UV wavelength 254 nm
057 - 701
dto., but UV wavelength 365 nm
057 - 702
UV Transilluminators with 10 – 100 % intensity control
140
UVstar 15i transilluminator, filter size 15 cm x 15 cm, 6 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm), 10 – 100 % intensity setting,
UV protection shield
057 - 410
dto., but wavelength 254 nm
057 - 411
dto., but wavelength 365 nm
057 - 412
UVstar 20i transilluminator, filter size 20 cm x 20 cm, 8 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm), 10 – 100 % intensity setting,
UV protection shield
057 - 510
dto., but wavelength 254 nm
057 - 511
dto., but wavelength 365 nm
057 - 512
UVstar 30i transilluminator, filter size 23 cm x 30 cm, 12 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm), 10 – 100 % intensity setting,
UV protection shield
057 - 610
dto., but wavelength 254 nm
057 - 611
dto., but wavelength 365 nm
057 - 612
UVstar WLi transilluminator, filter size 20 cm x 20 cm, 6 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm) + white light filter size
20 cm x 20 cm, 6 x 8 W white light bulbs, 10 – 100 % UV intensity setting, UV protection shield
057 - 710
dto., but UV wavelength 254 nm
057 - 711
dto., but UV wavelength 365 nm
057 - 712
Innovation · Advancement · Development
G el D ocumentation Transilluminators
UVstar Plus
Item
Order No.
UV Transilluminators with Super Brilliant filter and 50 or 100 % intensity switch
UVstar 20 Plus transilluminator, filter size 20 cm x 20 cm, 8 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm), 50 or 100 % intensity switch,
UV protection shield
057 - 520
dto., but wavelength 365 nm
057 - 522
UVstar 30 Plus transilluminator, filter size 23 cm x 30 cm, 12 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm), 50 or 100 % intensity switch,
UV protection shield
057 - 620
dto., but wavelength 365 nm
057 - 622
UV Transilluminators with Super Brilliant filter and 10 – 100 % intensity control
UVstar 20i Plus transilluminator, filter size 20 cm x 20 cm, 8 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm), 10 – 100 % intensity control,
UV protection shield
057 - 530
dto., but wavelength 365 nm
057 - 532
UVstar 30i Plus transilluminator, filter size 23 cm x 30 cm, 12 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm), 10 – 100 % intensity setting,
UV protection shield
057 - 630
dto., but wavelength 365 nm
057 - 632
UVstar with 2 wavelengths
UV Transilluminator with 50 or 100 % intensity switch
UVstar 20HM transilluminator, filter size 20 cm x 20 cm, 4 x 8 W UV bulbs (254 nm) and 4 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm),
50 or 100 % intensity switch, UV protection shield
057 - 540
UVstar 30HM transilluminator, filter size 23 cm x 30 cm, 6 x 8 W UV bulbs (254 nm) and 6 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm),
50 or 100 % intensity switch, UV protection shield
057 - 640
UVstar 20ML transilluminator, filter size 20 cm x 20 cm, 4 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm) and 4 x 8 W UV bulbs (365 nm),
50 or 100 % intensity switch, UV protection shield
057 - 550
UVstar 30ML transilluminator, filter size 23 cm x 30 cm, 6 x 8 W UV bulbs (312 nm) and 6 x 8 W UV bulbs (365 nm),
50 or 100 % intensity switch, UV protection shield
057 - 650
BLstar
Blue light transilluminators, for BDA Box 2BL
BLstar 9: viewing area 9 cm x 12.5 cm, 2 arrays of 470 nm LEDs, lid with amber filter, power supply
057 - 370
BLstar 16: viewing area 16 cm x 20 cm, 2 arrays of 470 nm LEDs, 50 or 100 % intensity switch, lid with amber filter,
power supply
057 - 570
WLstar
White light Transilluminator with 50 or 100 % intensity switch
WLstar 20 transilluminator, white light filter size 20 cm x 20 cm, 8 x 8 W white light bulbs, 50 or 100 % intensity switch
057 - 504
WLstar 30 transilluminator, white light filter size 23 cm x 30 cm, 12 x 8 W white light bulbs, 50 or 100 % intensity switch
057 - 604
Table dimensions (W x D x H):
UVstar, UVstar plus and WLstar: 32.5 cm x 32.2 cm x 12.5 cm
UVstar WL:
47.8 cm x 32.2 cm x 15.5 cm
BLstar 9:
21.0 cm x 21.0 cm x 4.0 cm
BLstar 16:
34.0 cm x 25.5 cm x 8.0 cm
Innovation · Advancement · Development
141
www.biometra.com
Transilluminators
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Accessories
Converter plate: For application on an UV transilluminator for documentation of colour stains
(0.8 x 30 x 24, H x W x D, cm)
057 - 005
UV light face protection shield
055 - 001
UV light protecting glasses
055 - 002
UV transparent acrylic tray for preparative tasks on a transilluminator, 31 cm x 36 cm
057 - 012
UV transparent gel scoop, scoop area 14 cm x 15 cm
057 - 013
Spare parts
UV protection shield for UV transilluminators “UVstar”
057 - 010
UV protection shield for UV/white light transilluminator “UVstar WL”
057 - 011
UV bulb 8 W, 254 nm
057 - 007
UV bulb 8 W, 312 nm
057 - 002
UV bulb 8 W, 365 nm
057 - 009
White light bulb, 8 W
9 - 720 - 007
For order numbers of UV tables without UV protection shield please refer to section “BioDocAnalyze Systems“.
UV transparent gel scoop
142
Innovation · Advancement · Development
G el D ocumentation Transilluminators
Innovation · Advancement · Development
143
www.biometra.com
144
GEN ER AL L ABOR ATORY EQU I P M ENT
Hybridisation Ovens .............................................................................................................. 146
BioLink DNA Crosslinker ...................................................................................................... 148
Rocking Platforms .................................................................................................................. 149
Thermomixer and Thermoblock ........................................................................................ 150
BioShaker .................................................................................................................................. 154
TS1 ThermoShaker ................................................................................................................. 156
TSC ThermoShaker ................................................................................................................. 157
TB2 Thermoblock ................................................................................................................... 158
Geldryers ................................................................................................................................... 160
Membrane Pumps ................................................................................................................. 161
Thermostat KH-6...................................................................................................................... 163
Disposable Electroporation Chambers ............................................................................ 164
Nitrocellulose Membranes .................................................................................................. 165
Whatman CHR Paper ............................................................................................................ 167
General Laboratory Equipment
Innovation · Advancement · Development
145
www.biometra.com
Hybridisation Ovens
The Optimal Solution for Temperature Incubation of
Samples for the Full Range of Hybridisation Methods
•
•
•
•
Broad range of hybridisation ovens
Horizontal shaking platform
(OV3, OV5)
Two independent incubation
chambers (OV5)
All system include 4 hybridisation bottles and 5 hybridisation meshes
Economical
The Biometra hybridisation ovens OV 1,
OV 2, OV 3 and OV 5 utilize a heavy duty
rotisserie for a variety of different glass
bottles. Employing so-called “bottleangling” a continuous flow of buffer
across the complete surface of
the hybridisation membranes is
generated and the volume necessary
for hybridisation can be decreased
significantly.
Ease of handling
The large diameter of the bottle necks
allows membranes to be easily inserted
and removed. Bubble trapping or leaking
using conventional hybridisation bags
is avoided. Nylon meshes allow each
hybridisation bottle to accomodate
several membranes simultaneously
or to incubate very large, overlapping
membranes separated from each other.
Therefore using the nylon meshes
optimal utilisation of the system is given
and which helps to avoid unnecessary
delays.
Safety
Metal-framed, double glass vacuum
doors (OV 2, 3 and 5) protect the user
from low energy radiation like
ß - emission. The stainless steel drip tray
safely collects spills that may occur and
is easy to clean.
Shaking platform
For all users performing hybridisation or
other temperature-controlled incubations
on a plane surface, the ovens OV 3 and
OV 5 are equipped with a shaking
platform. The rotation speed can be
adjusted according to the different
incubation protocols and needs.
146
Two ovens in one
The Duo-Therm Oven OV 5 combines a
classic rotisserie oven with a rotisserie/
shaking oven. Both ovens work as
separate, independent units. This
unique workstation format lends itself
to a wide variety of applications, for
example:
•
•
•
High throughput: using both rotisseries,
two different sets of hybridisations
(at different temperatures) can be
performed simultaneously.
While using the upper chamber for
a hybridisation experiment, the lower
chamber can be used for temperature
incubation of hybridisation buffers.
In situ hybridisations can be carried
out in the upper oven as gels are
being destained in a tray on the lower
shaking platform.
The OV 5 accomplishes all this in a
compact format and a small footprint.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
GEN ER AL L ABOR ATORY EQU I P M ENT Hybridisation
OV 1
OV 2
OV 3
OV 5
052- 000 (230 V)
052 - 090 (115 V)
052 - 100 (230 V)
052 - 190 (115 V)
052 - 200 (230 V)
052 - 290 (115 V)
052 - 300 (230 V)
052 - 390 (115 V)
1
1
1
2
independent temperatures
Single glass
Double glass, vacuum
Double glass, vacuum
Double glass, vacuum
Minimum temperature
10 °C above RT
10 °C above RT
10 °C above RT
10 °C above RT
Maximum temperature
85 °C
85 °C
85 °C
85 °C
Platinum sensor
Platinum sensor
Platinum sensor
Platinum sensor
± 0.1 °C
± 0.1 °C
± 0.1 °C
± 0.1 °C
1 – 7 rpm
1 – 7 rpm
1 – 7 rpm
1 – 7 rpm
Bottles (30 cm)
6
6
6
2x6
Bottles (15 cm)
12
12
12
2 x 12
Bottles (10 cm)
12
12
12
2 x 12
Shaker platform
-
-
Yes
Yes, lower chamber
Shaker dimensions
(W x D)
-
-
22 cm x 23.5 cm
22 cm x 23.5 cm
Order No.
Number of Hybridisation
chambers
Door
Temperature Sensor
Control accuracy
Rotor speed
Capacity
Shaker speed
Footprint (W x D)
Height
-
-
6 – 60 rpm
6 – 60 rpm
44 cm x 37 cm
44 cm x 37 cm
44 cm x 37 cm
44 cm x 37 cm
42 cm
42 cm
60 cm
71 cm
Weight
20 kg
20 kg
25 kg
38 kg
Content
4 large bottles, 5 meshes
4 large bottles, 5 meshes
4 large bottles, 5 meshes
4 large bottles, 5 meshes
Accessories
Order No.
Large hybridisation bottle (30 cm, diameter 3.5 cm)
052 - 001
Medium hybridisation bottle (15 cm, diameter 3.5 cm)
052 - 002
Small hybridisation bottle (10 cm, diameter 3.5 cm)
052 - 003
Cap for hybridisation bottle incl. O-ring seal, 2 pcs. each
052 - 022
Nylon meshes 23 cm x 23 cm, 5 pieces
052 - 006
Nylon meshes 15 cm x 10 cm, 5 pieces
052 - 007
Rack for 6 hybridisation bottles
052 - 008
Rotor for OV 1, 2, 3, 5
052 - 009
Spring clamps for 3.5 cm bottles, 2 pcs.
052 - 018
Spring clamps for 50 ml Falcon tubes, 2 pcs.
052 - 017
Innovation · Advancement · Development
147
www.biometra.com
BioLink DNA Crosslinker
Immobilisation of Nucleic Acids to Membranes
The BioLink DNA crosslinker is a microprocessor controlled UV irradiation
system dedicated to nucleic acid linking
to membranes for Southern, Northern,
Dot and Slot Blot applications. It can
also be used for UV sterilisation and
for elimination of PCR contaminations.
• Crosslinking of DNA and RNA to nylon or nitrocellulose membranes
• Microprocessor control provides
precise UV dosis control
• Irradiation can be defined as Energy
(Joules/cm²) or Time (seconds)
• Preset programs for nucleic acid
immobilisation at 120 mJoule/cm2
• Safety interlock door with
UV protection glass
Microprocessor control provides
reproducibility
The programmable microprocessor
constantly monitors the UV light
emission. The irradiation stops exactly
when the programmed energy is
achieved. Thus the effect of decreasing
UV intensity due to bulb aging is
compensated.
148
Durability
The BioLink DNA Crosslinker combines
the latest UV technology with high
quality manufacturing: UV exposure
chamber in stainless steel, protective
quartz disk on the UV sensor cell and a
highly resistant keypad.
Ease of use
The large display providing a series
of predefined methods makes the
BioLink an easy to use but yet powerful
instrument for immobilisation of nucleic
acids to membranes. The programmed
data are shown on the LED display.
Feature
Technical data
UV light
5 x 8 W 254 nm
UV irradiation energy
0 up to 99.99 J/cm2
Maximum time of exposure
999.9 min
Instrument dimensions (H x W x D, cm)
30.5 x 36 x 35
Chamber (inside) dimensions (H x W x D, cm)
14.5 x 26 x 33
Item
Order No.
BioLink Crosslinker, 245 nm UV, 230 V,
054 - 100
BioLink Crosslinker, 254 nm UV, 115 V,
054 - 190
UV tube, 8 Watt, 254 nm, 29 cm long
057 - 007
Innovation · Advancement · Development
GEN ER AL L ABOR ATORY EQU I P M ENT
Rocking Platforms
For Gel Staining and Destaining, Membrane Incubation
and Other Applications
• 2 different sizes available
• Quiet operation
• High safety standard
Biometra’s Rocking Platforms feature
rocksolid construction. The instruments
are ideal for applications in which a
gentle flow of solution is required.
With shaking angles of 5° or 10° and
variable shaking frequency they can be
used in a multitude of applications.
Both models can support a generous
weight load and are designed for years
of reliable service under the most
demanding conditions.
The Tumbling Tables are ideal for
applications requiring mixing or agitation
of solutions, e.g. staining and destaining.
In contrast to the Rocking Platforms
WT15 and WT16, which move back
and forth, the Tumbling Tables WT12
and WT17 move three-dimensionally.
Tumbling Table WT12
Mini Tumbling Table WT17
Mini Rocking Platform WT16
Item
Order No.
Standard Rocking Platform WT15
complete with rubber mat, 230 V
042 - 400
dto., 115 V
042 - 490
Mini Rocking Platform WT16
complete with rubber mat, 230 V
042 - 500
dto., 115 V
042 - 590
Tumbling Table WT12
complete with rubber mat, 230 V
042 -100
dto., 115 V 042 -190
Mini Tumbling Table WT17
complete with rubber mat, 230 V
042 - 600
dto., 115 V 042 - 690
Standard Rocking Platform WT15
Standard Rocking
Platform WT15
Mini Rocking
Platform WT16
Tumbling
Table WT12
Mini Tumbling
Table WT17
Platform surface
dimensions (cm)
35 x 40
26 x 29
35 x 40
26 x 29
Shaking frequency
(cycles/min)
4 to 40
2 to 50
2.5 to 50
2 to 50
Shaking angle
5 ° (optional 10 °)
+
+
-
-
Tumbling angle
5 ° (optional 10 °)
-
-
+
+
10 kg
5 kg
10 kg
5 kg
Maximum load
Innovation · Advancement · Development
149
www.biometra.com
Thermomixer and Thermoblock
Introduction
Thermomixers are the basic equipment
of each laboratory. But thermomixers
might be very different. Therefore, we
offer a wide portfolio making it easy to
find the appropriate mixer for different
applications. Aside high-end instruments
of the BioShake series, which are specially
suited for mixing small volumes in
microtiter plates, there are also systems
for daily routine. All of our thermomixers
have a choice of several different blocks,
so every requirement can be met.
The choice of the optimal mixing
frequency for a microtiter plate or a
reaction tube should be done on the
basis of the well size and the filling
volume. This way, optimal results can be
achieved in shortest time, reproducible
without any loss of sample.
BioShake Series
Ultra rapid mixer and thermomixer
for small and smallest volumes in
microtiter plates and reaction tubes
The BioShake series puts the traditional
way of thinking upside down and
defines completely new the requirements
of a laboratory mixer – a category
which, in the light of downsizing of
reaction volumes and upsizing of the
well numbers in microtiter plates, is
faced permanent increasing demands.
The BioShake series meets exactly these
new requirements: These instruments
are mixing also smallest volumes in
shortest time, offer a simple handling,
outstanding comfort and a maximum
of safety, advantages unknown by then.
In contrast to that the required space is
minimum.
150
Recommended mixing frequencies for reaction tubes
Recommended mixing frequencies [rpm] for tubes
against filling volume [%] for aqueous substances
Filling volume
0.2 ml tube
0.5 ml tube
1.5 ml tube
2.0 ml tube
10 % – 50 %
1,400 – 1,800
1,200 – 1,600
1,000 – 1,300
1,000 – 1,300
50 % – 75 %
1,200 – 1,500
1,100 – 1,300
1,000 – 1,200
900 – 1,200
75 % – 100 %
1,000 – 1,300
1,000 – 1,200
900 – 1,100
900 – 1,100
Recommended mixing frequencies for microtiter plates
Recommended mixing frequencies [rpm] for microtiter plates
against filling volume [%] for aqueous substances
Filling volume
96 well
(Standard)
384 well
(Standard)
384 well
(Small volume)
1536 well
(Standard)
10 %
1,800 – 2,200
2,200 – 2,600
2,800 – 3,000
2,800 – 3,000
25 %
1,600 – 2,000
2,000 – 2,400
2,400 – 3,000
2,600 – 3,000
50 %
1,400 – 1,800
1,800 – 2,200
2,200 – 2,600
2,400 – 2,600
75 %
1,200 – 1,600
1,600 – 2,000
2,000 – 2,400
2,200 – 2,600
Integrated 3D-Shake-Control and antivibration technology enable high-precise
and effective shaking on even smallest
benches.
Time consuming centrifugation steps
after mixing can be cut down. Annoying
vibration and noise are things of the past.
3D-Shake-Control
Rapid and gentle mixing in orbits up to
3,000 rpm for optimal results of even
sensitive samples and liquids.
BioShake iQ
Anti-Spill-Technology
Controlled planar mixing avoids wetting
of lids, sample spillage and sample
contamination with close-by samples.
Anti-Vibration-Technology
Outstanding smooth running conditions
without any vibration and any noise.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
BioShake XP
GEN ER AL L ABOR ATORY EQU I P M ENT
ThermoShaker TS1 and TSC
Standard thermoshaker for reaction
tubes up to 2 ml
Established product line for standard
applications in research as well as in
routine laboratories.
Perfect for applications with volumes of
more than 100 μl. For smaller volumes
the use of the BioShake series is
recommended. ThermoShaker TSC
offers both heating and active cooling
function.
ThermoShaker TS1
These instruments have a slightly larger
footprint than the BioShake series,
but are still smaller, less heavy and
more compact than the majority of
instruments on the market.
ThermoShaker TSC
Thermoblock TB2
Dry block thermostat for all routine
applications in a laboratory
Reliable thermostat for tempering
samples in small and larger tubes.
The temperature range is up to 130 °C.
The Thermoblock TB2 accepts 2 single
or 1 combi block. By combination of
different single blocks different tubes,
i. e. 50 ml Falcon tubes and 0.2 ml
tubes, can incubated at the same time
and same temperature.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
151
www.biometra.com
Thermomixer and Thermoblock
Overview
BioShake
Heating
XP
iQ
-
+
Cooling
-
-
Mixing
+
+
Temperature range
-
RT to 99 °C
Temperature settings
-
0 °C to 99 °C
Block capacity
1 Adapter plate
Number of removable blocks / modules
16 + customized
Maximal vessel size
4 ml
Mixing frequency
200 to 3,000 rpm
Mixing orbit
2 mm
Block types (vessel types and sizes)
0.2 ml
+
+
0.5 ml
+
+
1.5 ml
+
+
2.0 ml
+
+
Lysis tubes 0.5 ml – 2.0 ml
+
+
Test tubes (Ø = 13 mm)
-
-
2.0 ml glass bottles (Ø = 12 mm)
+
+
4.0 ml glass bottles (Ø = 15 mm)
+
+
15 ml (Falcon tubes)
-
-
50 ml (Falcon tubes)
-
-
Microtiter plates (MTP)
Flat bottom
+
+
(+ / + / + / +)
((+) / + /(+) / +)
384 well
+
+
1536 well
+
(+)
Microscope slide
-
-
96 well (deep well / v well / square well / u well)
152
Innovation · Advancement · Development
GEN ER AL L ABOR ATORY EQU I P M ENT
TB2 Thermoblock
TS1 ThermoShaker
TSC ThermoShaker
Heating
+
+
+
Cooling
-
-
+
Mixing
-
+
+
RT + 5 °C to 130 °C
RT + 5 °C to 100 °C
RT - 15 °C to 100 °C
15 °C to 130 °C
25 °C to 100 °C
4 °C to 100 °C
Temperature range
Temperature settings
Block capacity
Number of removable blocks / modules
Maximal vessel size
2 Single or 1 Combi Block
1 Block Module
10
5
50 ml
2 ml
5
2 ml
Mixing frequency
-
250 to 1,800 rpm
Mixing orbit
-
2 mm
Block types (vessel types and sizes)
0.2 ml
+
+
+
0.5 ml
+
+
+
1.5 ml
+
+
+
2.0 ml
+
+
+
Lysis tubes 0.5 ml – 2.0 ml
-
-
-
Test tubes (Ø = 13 mm)
+
-
-
2.0 ml glass bottles (Ø = 12 mm)
-
-
-
4.0 ml glass bottles (Ø = 15 mm)
-
-
-
15 ml (Falcon tubes)
+
-
-
50 ml (Falcon tubes)
+
-
-
Microtiter plates (MTP)
+
+
+
Flat bottom
+
-
-
(- / + / - / -)
(- / + / - / -)
(- / + / - / -)
384 well
-
-
-
1536 well
-
-
-
Microscope slide
+
-
-
96 well (deep well / v well / square well / u well)
Innovation · Advancement · Development
153
www.biometra.com
BioShaker
Ultra Rapid Mixer and Thermomixer for Small and Smallest Volumes
in Microtiter Plates and Reaction Tubes
• 3D-Shake-Control: rapid and
gentle mixing in orbits for sensitive
samples
• Anti-Spill-Technology:
controlled planar mixing
• Anti-Vibration-Technology
• Outstanding smooth running conditions without vibration and noise
• Vortex and Short-mix function
• For microtiter plates, PCR plates,
deep well plates, tubes and
glass vials
• Sample preparation for Next
Generation sequencing
(e.g. bead-technology)
• Compact lightweight aluminum design
The BioShake XP allows for the first
time high precise and efficient mixing in
the microlitre scale for a wide range of
applications. Assays in microtiterplates
or reaction vessels can be realised fast
and safe with using adjustable speed of
200 up to 3.000 rpm.
The BioShake mixing-technology is
obviously more robust, vibration free and
needs less maintenance compared to
classical mixers. Programming the
BioShake XP works via direct touch
buttons.
In addition two buttons for start and
storage of time and mixing modes
enable the instrument to run complex
applications. This opens new points of
view on the daily laboratory work and
optimises routine application enormously.
The short mix button allows short and
fast mixing in between. The two line
LCD display guarantees simultaneous
and safe reading of all programmed
and measured parameters as time and
mixing frequency.
The BioShake iQ is the high end
Thermoshaker of the BioShake series.
In addition to the technical specification
of the model BioShake XP, the BioShake
iQ comes with a new very accurate
heating technology. This allows highly
reproducable results. The temperature
range from RT to 99 °C is adjustable in
0.1 °C steps. The temperature accuracy
154
is ± 0.1 °C, the temperature uniformity
through all samples is about ± 1 °C.
The BioShake series comes with a
variety of standardised and specific
adaptor plates and and exchangeable
blocks. The adaptors allow an optimal
fit for standard tubes, microtiter plates,
glass vials and other sample vessels.
An excellent temperature uniformity and
homogeneity is guaranteed.
Item
Order No.
BioShake XP (100 – 240V, EU plug); without adapter plate
848-1808-0505
BioShake XP (100 – 240V, US plug); without adapter plate
848-1808-0555
BioShake XP (100 – 240V, Japan plug); without adapter plate
848-1808-0565
BioShake iQ (100 – 240V, EU plug); without adapter plate
848-1808-0506
BioShake iQ (100 – 240V, US plug); without adapter plate
848-1808-0556
BioShake iQ (100 – 240V, Japan plug); without adapter plate
848-1808-0566
Accessories
Adapter for microtiter plates – flat bottom
848-1808-1021
Adapter for microplates – flat bottom, high base
848-1808-1022
Adapter for microtiter plates – 96 well round bottom, universal
848-1808-1031
Adapter for microtiter plates – 96 well standard PCR plate
848-1808-1041
Adapter for microtiter plates – 384 well standard PCR plate
848-1808-1051
Adapter for deep well microtiter plates – 96 well, 1,000 µl (Eppendorf)
848-1808-1121
Adapter for deep well microtiter plates – 96 well, 500 µl (Eppendorf)
848-1808-1131
Adapter – 24 x 2.0 ml tubes and 15 x 0.5 ml tubes
848-1808-1061
Adapter – 24 x 1.5 ml tubes and 15 x 0.5 ml tubes
848-1808-1062
Adapter – 40 x 0.5 ml tubes and 28 x 0.2 ml tubes
848-1808-1063
Adapter – 96 x 0.2 ml tubes
848-1808-1064
Adapter – 35 x 2.0 ml tubes and 24 x 0.5 ml tubes
848-1808-1065
Adapter – 35 x 1.5 ml tubes and 24 x 0.5 ml tubes
848-1808-1066
Adapter – 35 x lysis tubes 0.5 – 2.0 ml
848-1808-1067
Adapter – 30 x 2.0 ml glass vials (Ø = 12 mm)
848-1808-1071
Adapter – 20 x 4.0 ml glass vials (Ø = 15 mm)
848-1808-1072
Customized adapters – for specifically shaped microplates,
tubes or vials (on request)
848-1808-1000
Innovation · Advancement · Development
GEN ER AL L ABOR ATORY EQU I P M ENT
Technical specifications
BioShake XP
BioShake iQ
Removable blocks
Microtiter plates
96-, 384- and 1536-well microtiter-,
deep well- and PCR plates
Tubes
0.2 – 2.0 ml Standard and lysis tubes
Glass vials
2.0 and 4.0 ml glass vials
Others
Upon request
Temperature control
Temperature range
-
Ambient to 99 °C
Temperature settings
-
In steps of 0.1 °C adjustable
from 0 °C to 99 °C
Temperature accuracy
-
± 0.1 °C
Temperature uniformity
-
± 0.5 °C to 45 °C
± 0.7 °C to 75 °C
± 1.0 °C to 95 °C
Heating rate
-
Approx. 7 °C / min
Approx. 10 min from ambient to 95 °C
Mixing function
Mixing frequency for microtiter plates
200 – 3,000 rpm
Mixing frequency for tubes
200 – 1,800 rpm
Mixing orbit
2 mm
Mixing frequency settings
50 rpm steps
Mixing frequency accuracy
± 25 rpm
Short-Mix-Function
Yes
Time functions
Timer
Timer settings
Display
Continous operation
Acoustical alarm
1 min to 99 h; automatical Stand-By
1 min steps
Minutes, seconds
Yes
Yes, at the end of program
Program functions
Program memory
2
User defined program buttons
P1, P2
Program capacity
3 Steps
Display
Display
Display set / actual values
LCD, double spaced
Time, mixing frequency
Electrical properties
Controller
Main switch
Micro controller
Yes
Current supply
24 V DC, 100 Watt
Power supply
100 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz, 24 V DC (output)
Characteristics
Housing
Environmental operating range
Dimensions (W x D x H)
Weight
Aluminium (anodised)
+5 °C to 45 °C (80 % max. relative humidity)
142 mm x 170 mm x 80 mm
2.7 kg
Innovation · Advancement · Development
155
www.biometra.com
TS1 ThermoShaker
Compact Benchtop Thermomixer for all Applications Requiring Heating
and /or Shaking in Microtubes up to 2.0 ml
• Interchangeable block modules for
microtubes up to 2.0 ml
• Three instruments in one:
thermomixer, mixer, incubator
• Temperature range:
RT + 5 °C to 100 °C
The ThermoShaker TS1 is a variable
speed and variable temperature
microtube shaking incubator. Combining
the incubation phase with mixing has
multiple benefits: reduction of reaction
process times, reduction of operator‘s
workload and increasing efficiency of
many procedures (e.g. transformation
of bacterial cells).
Five interchangeable block modules are
available to meet the needs of most
laboratory procedures for 0.2 ml, 0.5 ml,
1.5 ml and 2.0 ml microtubes as well as
96-well microtiter plates (PCR-plates).
Technical specifications
Temperature control
Temperature range
Ambient + 5 °C up to 100 °C
Temperature settings
+ 25 °C to 100 °C
Temperature accuracy
± 0.5 °C (at 37 °C)
Uniformity within the block
± 0.1 °C (temperature range + 25 °C to + 40 °C)
± 1.0 °C (temperature range + 40 °C to + 80 °C)
± 2.0 °C (temperature range + 80 °C to + 100 °C)
Heating rate
Approx. 4 °C / min (7 min from ambient to 37 °C)
Mixing function
Choosing the temperature calibration
function allows the user to calibrate
the unit over a range of approx.
± 6 % of the selected temperature to
compensate differences in the thermal
behavior of tubes or MTP‘s from
different manufacturers.
The variable shaking speed from 250
to 1,800 rpm combined with the 2 mm
shaking orbit and the soft start function
allows gentle to vigorous mixing.
The high quality quiet motor ensures
regulated and reproducible rotation
throughout the speed range. Shaking
can be configured for continuous
or timed operation with buzzer and
automatic switch-off.
Mixing frequency
250 rpm to 1,800 rpm
Mixing orbit
2 mm
Adjustment of mixing frequency
10 rpm steps
Main switch
Yes
The ThermoShaker TS1 is designed
for easy operation. Temperature, speed
and time are indicated on the two-line
display for both set and actual values.
The apparatus is very compact, with
a low profile and small footprint.
Additionally the low voltage power
supply enables safe cold room or
incubator operation.
Electric power supply
100 – 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, output DC 12 V, 3.5 A
Display
Display
LCD, double spaced
Display set/actual values
Temperature, mixing frequency, time
Display resolution
0.1 °C
Removable blocks
Reaction tubes
0.2 ml, 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml, 2.0 ml
Microtiter plates
96-well microtiter plates
Capacity
1 Block module
Program functions
Timer
Yes (Count-Down, 1 min to 96 h)
Electrical properties
Characteristics
Environmental operating range
+ 5 °C to 40 °C
(80 % max. relative humidity to 31 °C, linear
decreasing to 50 % relative humidity at 40 °C)
Dimensions (W x D x H)
205 mm x 230 mm x 130 mm
Weight
Approx. 4 kg
Ordering Information
see page 159
156
Innovation · Advancement · Development
GEN ER AL L ABOR ATORY EQU I P M ENT
TSC ThermoShaker
Compact Benchtop Thermomixer with Cooling Feature
Thermomixer for all applications
which need heating, cooling and/
or mixing in microtubes up to 2 ml
• Removable block modules for
microtubes up to 2 ml
• Three instruments in one: thermomixer, mixer, incubator
• Temperature range: RT -15 °C to 100 °C
The ThermoShaker TSC is a thermomixer with heating and cooling function,
as well with a variable mixing speed
from 250 rpm to 1,800 rpm. Active
cooling with Peltier technology allows a
temperature adjustment from + 4 °C to
+ 100 °C. Hereby, the application range
is significantly enhanced compared to
the ThermoShaker TS1.
Five removable block modules for 0.2 ml,
0.5 ml, 1.5 ml, 2.0 ml and 96-well microtiter plates (PCR-plates) meet the requirements of most laboratory applications.
Technical specifications
Temperature control
Temperature range
Ambient - 15 °C to 100 °C
Temperature settings
+ 4 °C to 100 °C
Temperature accuracy
± 0.5 °C (temperature range < 85 °C)
± 2.0 °C (temperature range > 85 °C)
Uniformity within the block
± 0.1 °C (temperature range + 25 °C to + 40 °C)
± 1.0 °C (temperature range + 40 °C to + 80 °C)
± 2.0 °C (temperature range + 80 °C to + 100 °C)
Heating rate
Approx. 5 °C / min (from + 25 °C to 100 °C in 15 min
Cooling rate
Approx. 5 °C / min (temperature range 100 °C to RT)
Approx 1.8 °C / min (temperature range RT to 15 °C under RT)
Mixing function
Choosing the temperature calibration
function allows the user to calibrate the
unit over a range of approx. ± 6 % of
the selected temperature to compensate
differences in the thermal behavior
of tubes or MTP‘s from different
manufacturers.
The variable shaking speed from 250
rpm to 1,800 rpm combined with the
2 mm shaking orbit and the “Soft-Start“
function allows gentle to vigorous
shaking. The high-quality and extremely
quiet motor guarantees controlled and
reproducible shaking throughout the
shaking range. A special counter weight
technology serves for a stable stand (same
with TS1). Shaking can be configured
for continuous or timed operation with
buzzer and automatic switch-off.
The ThermoShaker TSC has been
designed for easy and optimal operation.
Temperature, speed and time are
indicated on the two-line display for set
and actual values both. The TSC, as the
TS1, is very compact, with low profile
and small footprint. Additionally the low
voltage power supply enables safe cold
room or incubator operation.
Mixing frequency
250 rpm to 1,800 rpm
Mixing orbit
2 mm
Adjustment of mixing frequency
10 rpm steps
Display
Display
LCD, double spaced
Display set/actual values
Temperature, mixing frequency, time
Display resolution
0.1 °C
Removable blocks
Reaction tubes
0.2 ml, 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml, 2.0 ml
Microtiter plates
96-well microtiter plates
Capacity
1 Block module
Program functions
Timer
Yes (Count-Down, 1 min to 96 h)
Electrical properties
Main switch on instrument
Yes
Electric power supply
100 – 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, output DC 12 V, 4.5 A
Characteristics
Environmental operating range
+ 5 °C to 40 °C
(80 % max. relative humidity to 31 °C, linear decreasing
to 50 % relative humidity at 40 °C)
Dimensions (W x D x H)
205 mm x 230 mm x 130 mm
Weight
Approx. 4 kg
Ordering Information
see page 159
Innovation · Advancement · Development
157
www.biometra.com
TB2 Thermoblock
Dry Block Heater for Incubation in Tubes up to 50 ml and up to 130 °C
•
•
•
•
Dual block system
Removable heating blocks
10 heating blocks for various
reaction tubes
Temperature range:
RT + 5 °C to 130 °C
Precise temperature control
The Thermoblock TB2 has been
developed for incubation of reaction
tubes at fixed temperatures. Temperature
control is achieved by means of a
Pt1000 microsensor in order to obtain
outstanding block uniformity (± 0.1 °C
at 37 °C).
Technical specifications
Temperature control
Dual block design
Incubation of a variety of samples
contained in different reaction tubes
causes no problems for the Thermoblock.
The TB2 has a capacity for two blocks,
i. e. either two single blocks or one
combi block can be heated.
Combinations of different single blocks
allow simultaneous incubation of e.g.
15 ml Falcon tubes in one block and
1.5 ml reaction tubes in the other block.
Temperature range
Ambient +5 °C to 130 °C
Temperature settings
+ 15 °C to 130 °C
Temperature control accuracy
± 0.1 °C at 37 °C
Uniformity within the block
± 0.1 °C at 37 °C
Heating Rate
15 min from 25 °C to 100 °C
Reaction tubes
0.2 ml, 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml, 2.0 ml
Multi Function Control
The ergonomic waterproof front panel
facilitates data entry and temperature
readings. It features a central multifunctional control knob for:
• Starting the block
• Selecting temperatures up to 130 °C
• Choosing the optional external
temperature sensor
• Start the count down timer
• Activate the temperature deviation
alarm
• Use the delay function for start or
stop of the TB2
• Different calibration options
Other vessels
15 ml, 20 ml, test tubes, microscopic slides
Microtiter plates
96 well 0.2 ml, MTP with flat bottom
Single Block dimensions
100 mm x 70 mm x 62.5 mm
Combi Block dimensions
140 mm x 100 mm x 49 mm
Capacity
2 Single Blocks or 1 Combi Block
Display
Display
Digital, LED
Display resolution
0.1 °C
Removable blocks
Program functions
Timer
Yes
Temperature deviation alarm
Yes (± 0.5 °C to ± 10 °C)
Offset
Yes (± 2 °C for single point calibration)
External temperature sensor
Yes (optional)
Delay start and stop
Yes
Calibration
Yes (± 3 °C of the original reading)
Reset
Yes
Electrical properties
Main switch on instrument
Yes
Electric power supply
220 – 240 V, 50 – 60 Hz, 300 W
Characteristics
158
Environmental operating range
10 °C to 35 °C (80 % max. relative humidity)
Ordering Information
Dimensions (W x D x H)
200 mm x 280 mm x 100 mm
see page 159
Weight (incl. blocks)
5.8 kg
Innovation · Advancement · Development
GEN ER AL L ABOR ATORY EQU I P M ENT
TB2 Thermoblock, TS1 and TSC ThermoShaker
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Thermoblock TB2, 230 V; constant temperature incubation system with positions for
two single blocks or one combi block; without blocks
051- 300
dto., 115 V
051- 390
TB2 Blocks
Note: Blocks for TB2 are not compatible with predecessor model TB1
Single block
30 x 0.5 ml
tubes
conical wells
incl. tube cover plate and block lifter
051- 310
Single block
70 x 0.2 ml
tubes
conical wells
incl. tube cover plate and block lifter
051- 311
Single block
24 x 1.5 ml
tubes
conical wells
incl. tube cover plate and block lifter
051- 312
Single block
24 x 2.0 ml
tubes
cylindrical wells
incl. tube cover plate and block lifter
051- 313
Single block
20 x 1.3 cm
deep wells
cylindrical wells
incl. block lifter
051- 315
Single block
8 x 15 ml
vessels
(Falcon tubes)
conical wells
incl. block lifter
051- 316
Single block
5 x 50 ml
vessels
(Falcon tubes)
conical wells
incl. block lifter
051- 317
Single block
without wells
incl. block lifter
051- 319
Combi block
(full size)
96-well microtiter plate or
96 x 0.2 ml tubes
incl. block lifter
051- 320
Combi block
(full size)
microscopic slides or microtiter
plates with flat bottom
incl. block lifter
051- 321
Accessories
Block lifter for TB1 and TB2
051- 230
Tube cover plate for TB2
051- 331
External temperature sensor for TB2 (for tubes > 0.5 ml volume)
051- 350
TB1 Blocks
Note: Blocks for TB1 are not compatible with TB2.
TB1 blocks and accessories are still available. For details have a look to our actual price list or Biometra homepage.
TS1 ThermoShaker, 115/230V; without block module
051- 500
dto., 115/230V (Flat blade attachment plug)
051- 590
Interchangeable block modules for TS1
Block module for 20 x 0.2 ml + 12 x 1.5 ml tubes
051- 512
Block module for 20 x 0.5 ml + 12 x 1.5 ml tubes
051- 513
Block module for TS1, 96 well microtiter plates or 96 x 0.2 ml tubes
051- 514
Block module for 24 x 1.5 ml tubes 051- 515
Block module for 24 x 2.0 ml tubes
051- 516
TSC ThermoShaker, 115/230 V, without block modules
051- 600
dto., 115/230 V, with flat blade attachment plug, without block modules
051- 690
Interchangeable block modules for TSC
Block module for TSC, 20 x 0.2 ml + 12 x 1.5 ml tubes
051- 612
Block module for TSC, 20 x 0.5 ml + 12 x 1.5 ml tubes
051- 613
Block module for TSC, 96 well microtiter plates or 96 x 0.2 ml tubes
051- 614
Block module for TSC, 24 x 1.5 ml tubes
051- 615
Block module for TSC, 24 x 2.0 ml tubes
051- 616
Innovation · Advancement · Development
159
www.biometra.com
Geldryers
Two Sizes for Drying of Minigels up to Sequencing Gels
•
•
•
Reliable rubber mask sealing
Precise temperature regulation
between RT + 5 °C and 90 °C
Timer with LCD display
Biometra’s geldryers are designed for
drying vertical slab gels and provide
optimal drying for all types of gels.
Both sizes of dryers (Minidry and
Mididry) feature temperature regulation
between ambient temperature + 5 °C
and 90 °C to optimise drying conditions
and to prevent gel cracking. The
geldryers are highly appreciated for
their durability, very quiet operation
and reliability. The gels are heated from
below and the vacuum removes the
moisture from below to dry the gel
homogeneously. When applying the
vacuum, a groove that frames the drying
area provides optimum sealing.
All geldryers are equipped with a timer,
which also shows the remaining drying
time.
Minidry (D61), with a drying area of
18 cm x 18 cm, is for laboratories with
low throughput.
Mididry (D62) is the geldryer of choice
for drying multiple gels in parallel.
The drying area is 30 cm x 40 cm.
This standard size allows drying of up
to 8 Minigels or 2 Multigel-Long or
2 Maxigel resp. Model V15 •17 gels at
the same time.
Recommended vacuum pumps are
listed on the Membrane Pumps page.
Item
Order No.
Minidry (D61), 18 cm x 18 cm drying area, 230 V 041 - 000
dto., 115 V
041 - 090
Mididry (D62), 30 cm x 40 cm drying area, 230 V
041 -100
dto., 115 V 041 -190
Accessories
Filter paper, 25 sheets
041 - 003
Cellophane, 0.3 m x 50 m 041 - 004
Frit for Minidry (D61)
041 - 001
Frit for Mididry (D62)
041 -101
Frit for Maxidry (D64, 40 x 60 cm)
041 - 301
Silicone mask for Minidry (D61)
041 - 013
Silicone mask for Mididry (D62)
041 - 103
Silicone mask for Maxidry (D64, 40 cm x 60 cm)
041 - 303
Recommended membrane vacuum pumps and pump systems are shown on page 161.
The use of special filter paper and
cellophane results in perfect flat and
transparent gels for documentation
and analysis (e.g. with the Biometra gel
documentation system).
160
Innovation · Advancement · Development
GEN ER AL L ABOR ATORY EQU I P M ENT
Membrane Pumps
Vacuum Pumps for the Laboratory
• Evacuation and transfer of air and aggressive gases
• High vapor and condensate tolerance
Typical applications of the membrane
vacuum pumps are evacuation and
transfer of air, gases and vapors.
We recommend to use the pumps with
our following products: Geldryers,
Vacu-Blot, Dot Blot 96, Hybri • Dot 96,
Hybri • Slot 24, The Convertible.
In addition the pumps are suitable for
rotary evaporation, vacuum filtration or
vacuum distillation of solvents with high
boiling point.
MP86
MP26
Membrane pump system II
with MP20
For use with geldryers we recommend
the pump systems. The systems are
delivered with a separator (Woulff’s
bottle) connected to the pump inlet
to prevent contamination of the pump
with liquids.
All pumps are gas-tight, 100 % oil-free,
maintenance-free, quiet and provided
with an adjustable vacuum gauge and
manometer.
Pump type
Max.
delivery
End
vacuum
Recommended for use with
at atm.
pressure
(mbar abs.)
Minidry
Mididry
Maxidry
Vacu-Blot,
Dot Blot,
Hybri•Dot 96,
Hybri•Slot 24,
The Convertible
(l / min)
Membrane pump system III
with MP40
Comments
MP86
6
100
-
-
-
+
Highly condensate resistant
MP26
19
35
+
(+)
-
-
Functional design
Low-price alternative to MP20
MP20
20
8
+
+
-
-
Superior condensate resistance
and better end vacuum
compared to MP26
MP40
34
8
+
+
+
-
Highest condensate resistance
and best end vacuum
Innovation · Advancement · Development
161
www.biometra.com
Membrane Pumps
Order Information
Item
Order No.
Membrane vacuum pump MP86, 230 V, 50 Hz with adjustable vacuum gauge and manometer,
end vacuum 100 mbar, max. delivery 6 l/min
049 - 000
dto., 115 V, 60 Hz 049 - 090
Membrane vacuum pump MP26, 230 V, 50 Hz with adjustable vacuum gauge and manometer,
end vacuum 35 mbar, max. delivery 19 l/min, incl. 1 m vacuum tubing
049 - 100
dto., 115 V, 50/60 Hz
049 - 190
Membrane pump system I, same as 049 -100, but includes separator (Woulff´s bottle), and 1 m vacuum tubing
049 - 200
dto., but based on 049 -190
049 - 290
Membrane vacuum pump MP20, 230 V, 50 Hz, with adjustable vacuum gauge and manometer,
end vacuum 8 mbar, max. delivery 20 l/min, incl. 1 m vacuum tubing
049 - 300
dto., 115 V, 60 Hz
049 - 390
Membrane pump system II, same as 049 - 300, but includes separator, baseplate and holder for separator,
and 1 m vacuum tubing
049 - 400
dto., but based on 049 - 390
049 - 490
Membrane vacuum pump MP40, 230 V, 50 Hz, with adjustable vacuum gauge and manometer,
end vacuum 8 mbar, max. delivery 34 l/min, incl. 1 m vacuum tubing
049 - 500
dto., 115 V, 60 Hz
049 - 590
Membrane pump system III, same as 049 - 500, but includes separator, baseplate and holder for separator,
and 1 m vacuum tubing
049 - 600
dto., but based on 049 - 590
049 - 690
Accessories
162
Vacuum tubing for MP86 (2 x 1 m)
049 - 002
Vacuum tubing for MP26, MP 20 and MP40 (2 x 1 m)
049 -102
Separator bottle (Woulff’s bottle) for MP26
049 - 201
Separator bottle and holder for MP20 and MP40 baseplate
049 - 402
Baseplate for MP20
049 - 401
Baseplate for MP40
049 - 601
Adjustable vacuum gauge with manometer (for connection to the pump inlet)
049 - 501
Innovation · Advancement · Development
GEN ER AL L ABOR ATORY EQU I P M ENT
Thermostat KH-6 / For a Broad Range of Applications
Cooling Thermostat for Precise Temperature Control
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
2
– 10
162
153
144
135
126
117
108
99
90
81
72
63
54
45
36
27
18
– 20
9
The KH-6 offers an intuitively operable,
digital multifunctional display.
The compact design is a result of
modern SMD technology. The Real
Temperature Adjustment (RTA) system
allows corrections between the actual
temperature displayed and the
temperature in an external system
by a correction value.
The powerful pump (max flow rate
7.5 l/min or 15 l / min) ensures an
excellent temperature uniformity and
an efficient heat exchange with
external objects. Thus, a high degree of
temperature accuracy is attainable.
90
0
Precise and constant temperatures are
often essential for a broad range of
applications in laboratory, e.g. Pulse
Field Gel Electrophoresis, native
polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis
(PAGE, slab gels), agarose gel
electrophoresis (Compact and Horizon
family), isoelectric focussing (IEF, 2-D
gel electrophoresis) or DNA-sequencing
(Sequencing gels).
In the front panel integrated fill and
drain ports, as well as the level
indicator, ensure easy accessibility
and trouble-free operation. The small
internal reservoir eliminates evaporation
and provides quick tempering.
Temperatur (°C)
• Space saving design
• Real Temperature Adjustment (RTA)
• 5 selectable fixed temperatures
•CFC-free
Zeit (min)
Technical specifications
Working temperature range
- 10 °C to + 80 °C
Fixed temperatures
5 (free selection)
Temperature accuracy
± 0.1 K
Display
Multifunction, digital
Heating capacity
2,000 W
Cooling capacity at 20 °C
250 W
Pump flow rate
7.5 l/min or 15 l / min
Max. pressure
300 mbar
Bath volume (internal)
2.8 l
Overall dimensions (W x L x D)
232 mm x 487 mm x 620 mm
Weight
30 kg
Item
Order No.
Refrigerated Circulator KH-6, 220 V,
variable working range from -10 °C to + 80 °C
043 - 500
Refrigerated Circulator KH-6, 110 V,
variable working range from -10 °C to + 80 °C
043 - 590
Innovation · Advancement · Development
163
www.biometra.com
Disposable Electroporation Chambers
• Disposable chambers save time and
eliminate the possibility of carryover
contamination.
• Each chamber is individually
wrapped and radiation sterilised.
• Leak-proof, snap seal cap allows cells in the chamber to be
resuspended by inverting.
• Electrical fields up to 1 kV/cm can
be generated with the 0.4 cm gap
chambers when using the
Cell-Porator® System.
• Electrical fields up to 2.66 kV/cm
can be generated with the 0.15 cm
gap chambers with the Cell-Porator®
System and up to 16.6 kV/cm when
used in conjunction with the
Voltage Booster.
Biometra offers the original consumables
for use with the Cell-Porator System and
E. coli Pulser formerly supplied by Life
Technologies Inc. (LTI).
Standard Electroporation Chamber
Micro Electroporation Chamber
The electroporation chambers are
available in two different electrode
gap sizes: 0.4 cm interelectrode gap
(standard electroporation chambers)
for use in electroporating plant or
mammalian cells and a 0.15 cm
interelectrode gap version (microelectroporation chambers) for use in electroporating yeast or bacterial cells.
Item
164
Gap size
Maximum field
strength
Working volume
Order No.
Standard Electroporation Chambers (50 pcs./pkg.)
0.4 cm
1 kV/cm
0.25 – 1.0 ml
11601028
Micro Electroporation Chambers (50 pcs./pkg.)
0.15 cm
16.6 kV/cm
0.25 ml
11608031
Innovation · Advancement · Development
GEN ER AL L ABOR ATORY EQU I P M ENT
Protran® and Optitran® Blotting Membranes
Nitrocellulose Membranes for a Wide Range of Applications
•
•
• Superior mechanical strength
• Compatible with a variety of assays and detection methods
Standard membranes for protein
and nucleic acid blotting
Excellent sensitivity, resolution and
low background
Protran®
•
•
•
Best and easiest blocking of
unspecific binding compared to
all blotting membranes
Superior for chemiluminescence
detection using horseradish
peroxidase based systems
Unsupported, 100 % pure
nitrocellulose membrane
Protran nitrocellulose membranes are
the most frequently specified transfer
media in the world for Western, Southern and Northern blotting.
Additional the membrane is excellent
for carbohydrate studies (Glycomics).
Protran membranes are manufactured
using 100 % pure nitrocellulose to
ensure the highest binding capacity
possible. Other membranes referred to
as “nitrocellulose“ may actually
contain large amounts of cellulose
acetate which will lower the protein
binding capacity.
Protran membranes have the best
handling strength of all pure
nitrocellulose membranes.
They are compatible with a variety of
detection methods, including isotopic,
chemiluminescent (peroxidase/
luminol-based), colorimetric and
fluorescent. Unlike PVDF membranes,
Protran nitrocellulose requires no
methanol pre-wetting step. This makes
it the membrane of choice for proteins
which prefer aqueous environments.
Prior to transfer, the membrane is
simply wet in water, and then in the
transfer buffer. No other pre-treatment
steps are necessary.
High binding capacity
The 0.20 µm pore size of the Protran
(BA83) nitrocellulose membrane
ensures high binding capacity of small
samples below 20 kD by reducing
“blow-through“. The 0.45 µm pore size
membrane (BA85) is ideal for larger
molecular weight samples.
Optitran®
•
•
•
Reinforced nitrocellulose membranes
Allows multiple reprobings without
loss of membrane integrity
Excellent signal-to-noise ratio
The Optitran membrane consists of
pure 100 % nitrocellulose cast onto
both sides of an inert polyester support
material. The support in no way affects
transfer conditions or results and gives
the membrane exceptional handling
characteristics, allowing it to be reprobed
repeatedly.
The Optitran nitrocellulose membrane
provides high sensitivity with very low
non-specific binding without stringent
washing and blocking conditions using
standard nitrocellulose protocols.
The combination of flexibility, strength
and excellent signal-to-noise ratios
makes the Optitran membrane ideal,
especially when procedures involve
repeated stripping and reprobing.
Optitran supported nitrocellulose
membranes combine sensitivity,
strength and savings.
Low background
In addition to the high binding capacity,
Protran nitrocellulose membranes
inherently have very low background.
The superior surface properties of the
membrane guarantee superior signalto-noise ratios, without the need for
stringent washing conditions.
Protein stability for years
A particular benefit of the proprietary
Protran nitrocellulose formula is the
proven excellent shelf life of proteins.
Empirical evidence shows that proteins
maintain molecular recognition activity
for five years on Protran, which makes
it the standard for protein blotting.
Innovation · Advancement · Development
165
www.biometra.com
Protran® and Optitran® Blotting Membranes
Blotting Membrane Selection Guide and Order Information
Protran
Optitran
Membrane type
Nitrocellulose,
100 % pure
Nitrocellulose,
reinforced
Binding capacity
80 – 90 µg / cm2
Approx. 75 µg / cm2
0.45 µm
0.20 µm
0.45 µm
• Semi-dry blotting
++
++
• Tank blotting
++
++
• Vacuum blotting
++
++
• Capillary blotting
++
++
Proteins
Proteins
• UV-crosslinking
DNA and RNA
DNA and RNA
• Baking (80 °C)
DNA and RNA
DNA and RNA
Pore sizes
Transfer methods
Immobilisation techniques
• Drying
Detection methods
• Colorimetric
++
++
• Chemiluminescent *
++
++
• Isotopic
• Fluorescent
Reprobing
++
++
Proteins
-
+
++
++ = recommended
+ = limited use
- = not recommended
* Use of horseradish peroxidise based systems is recommended.
166
Item
Pore size
Dimensions
Quantity/Pack
Order No.
Protran-BA83
0.20 µm
30 cm x 3 m
1 roll
B10 401 396
Protran-BA85
0.45 µm
30 cm x 3 m
1 roll
B10 401 196
Protran-BA85
0.45 µm
30 cm x 60 cm
5 sheets/pack
B10 401 180
Protran-BA85
0.45 µm
33 cm x 56 cm
5 sheets/pack
B10 402 580
Optitran-BA-S 85
0.45 µm
30 cm x 3 m
1 roll
B10 439 196
Innovation · Advancement · Development
GEN ER AL L ABOR ATORY EQU I P M ENT
Whatman® CHR Paper
Wide Range of High Quality Papers for Chromatography and Blotting
Universal use for the following
applications:
• Semi-dry blotting
• Tank blotting
• Capillary blotting
• Gel drying
• Gel wicking
•Chromatography
3MM Chr
The world’s most widely used blotting
paper is a medium thickness paper
(0.34 mm) with a flow rate (water) of
130 mm/30 min.
Specifically produced and tested for
chromatographic techniques to ensure
the wicking capability and uniformity of
capillary action that is important for
reproducible high-quality of blotting
results. Pure cellulose produced entirely
from the highest quality cotton linters
with no additives of any kind to ensure
that no contamination will occur during
the transfer steps.
This paper is available in convenient
sizes as sheets precisely cut or as rolls
for cutting individual length.
17 Chr
Thick (0.92 mm) and highly absorbent
paper with a very high flow rate (water)
of 190 mm/30 min. Suitable for the
heaviest loadings and ideal for preparative paper chromatography and electrophoresis applications like gel wicking
and blotting.
Item
GB005
An extra-thick (1.2 mm), highly absorbent
paper recommended for applications
where fewer layers of blotting paper
must still ensure a high capacity. Fewer
layers of blotting paper reduce the risk
of trapping air bubbles. Recommended
for semi-dry blotting of proteins.
Order No.
3MM Chr (0.34 mm thick)
200 mm x 200 mm, 100 sheets/pack
B3030861
315 mm x 355 mm, 100 sheets/pack
B3030335
350 mm x 450 mm, 100 sheets/pack
B3030392
460 mm x 570 mm, 100 sheets/pack B3030917
580 mm x 680 mm, 100 sheets/pack B3030931
20 mm x 100 m, 1 roll
B3030614
100 mm x 100 m, 1 roll
B3030672
150 mm x 100 m, 1 roll B3030681
190 mm x 100 m, 1 roll
B3030690
1 roll
B3030700
1 roll
B3030704
230 mm x 100 m, 270 mm x 100 m,
GB005 (1.2 mm thick)
200 mm x 200 mm, 25 sheets/pack
B10 426 981
580 mm x 580 mm, 25 sheets/pack
B10 426 994
25 sheets/pack
B3017915
17 Chr (0.92 mm thick)
460 mm x 570 mm, Innovation · Advancement · Development
167
www.biometra.com
Alphabetical Index
Item
Pages
Adjustable vacuum gauge with manometer
162
Pages
BioShake, adapter – 40 x 0.5 ml tubes and 28 x 0.2 ml tubes
154
Agagel Maxi comb depth and levelling gauge
78
BioShake, adapter – 96 x 0.2 ml tubes
154
Agagel Maxi comb, 10/2 wells, 1 mm
78
BioShake, adapter – 35 x 2.0 ml tubes and 24 x 0.5 ml tubes
154
Agagel Maxi comb, 44/22 wells, 2 mm, MTP compat.
78
BioShake, adapter – 35 x 1.5 ml tubes and 24 x 0.5 ml tubes
154
BioShake, adapter – 35 x lysis tubes 0.5 – 2.0 ml
154
Agagel Maxi gel tray, UV transp., 20 cm x 20 cm
68, 78
Agagel Maxi Rubber end blocks, 2/pck
78
BioShake, adapter – 24 x 2.0 ml glass vials
154
Agagel Mini comb depth and levelling gauge
78
BioShake, adapter – 20 x 4.0 ml glass vials
154
Agagel Mini comb, 4/1 wells, 1 mm
78
BioShake iQ
154
Agagel standard casting gates, 2/pkg
78
BioShake XP
Agagel Standard comb, 3 wells, 1 mm
78
Blotting
Agagel Standard comb, 12 wells, 1 mm
78
Blotting Membrane, Optitran-BA-S 85, 30 cm x 3 m
166
Agagel Standard comb, 18 wells, 1 mm
78
Blotting Membrane, Protran-BA83, 30 cm x 3 m
166
Agagel Standard comb, 12 wells, 2 mm
78
Blotting Membrane, Protran-BA85, 30 cm x 3 m
166
41, 66, 74, 78, 79, 93, 98
Blotting Membrane, Protran-BA85, 30 cm x 60 cm
166
Bandpass filter Adapterring
135
Blotting Membrane, Protran-BA85, 33 cm x 56 cm
166
Bandpass filter Adapterring, 55 – 58 mm
135
Bottle clamp for 35 mm Ø Falcon tubes
147
Bandpass filter BP590, 55 – 58 mm
135
Blotting Membranes
Bandpass filter BP540/80
135
Blotting Paper
Bandpass filter BP590/200
135
BLstar
Bandpass filter for ethidium bromide stains
135
Casting/Levelling tray, 20 x 30 cm
Bandpass filter for SYBR® Green stains
121
Cellophane, 0.3 x 25 m
Bandpass filter for SYBR® Green stains, for UVsolo TS filter drawer
121
Comb, Sunrise 24•24/192, 52 well, 1.5 mm
Bandpass filter for SYBR Gold stains, for UVsolo TS filter drawer
121
Compact L
Baseplate for MP20
162
Compact L System, inkl. Gel casting system
Baseplate for MP40
162
Compact L, Gel tray, 23.9 cm x 20.0 cm gel size, UV transparent
Agarose Gel Electrophoresis
®
154
45 - 49, 51, 52, 58, 93 - 97, 102 -104, 106 -111, 166
165
109, 167
9, 129, 130, 133, 134, 138, 141
73, 75
160
79
67, 68, 70, 72
70, 72
72
BioDocAnalyze analysis software
117, 121, 122, 126
Compact L/XL, comb, 1.0 mm, 22 wells
72
BioDocAnalyze Box 1
129, 130, 132, 133
Compact L/XL, comb, 1.0 mm, 26 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
72
BioDocAnalyze Box 2
129, 130, 132, 133, 134, 135, 141
Compact L/XL, comb, 1.0 mm, 36 wells
72
BioDocAnalyze Box 3
119, 129, 130, 132, 133
Compact L/XL, comb, 1.0 mm, 42 wells
72
BioDocAnalyze Box 2BL
129, 130, 133, 134, 141
Compact L/XL, comb, 1.0 mm, 52 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
72
Compact L/XL, comb, 1.5 mm, Preparative comb: 1 well plus 2 marker wells
72
Compact L/XL, comb, 1.5 mm, 22 wells
72
BioDocAnalyze core set
133
BioDocAnalyze digital compact
118, 133
133
Compact L/XL, comb, 1.5 mm, 26 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
72
133
Compact L/XL, comb, 1.5 mm, 36 wells
72
BioDocAnalyze digital system 30 (with transilluminator UVstar 30)
133
Compact L/XL, comb, 1.5 mm, 42 wells
72
BioDocAnalyze live core set
133
Compact L/XL, comb, 1.5 mm, 52 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
72
BioDocAnalyze live system 20 (with Transilluminator UVstar 20)
133
Compact L/XL, comb, 1.5 mm, preperative, 1 well
72
BioDocAnalyze live system 30 (with Transilluminator UVstar 30)
133
Compact L/XL, Gel casting System L/XL
72
BioDocAnalyze live plus system 20 (with Transilluminator UVstar 20 plus)
133
Compact L/XL, Loading stripes for gel tray L and XL
BioDocAnalyze live plus system 30 (with Transilluminator UVstar 30 plus)
133
Compact M
BioDocAnalyze digital core set
BioDocAnalyze digital system 20 (with transilluminator UVStar 20)
168
Item
72
67, 68, 70, 71
BioDocAnalyze Similarity Analysis Module
121, 135
Compact M, comb, 1.0 mm, 11 wells
71
BioDocAnalyze, Stand (height adjustable)
133
Compact M, comb, 1.0 mm, 13 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
71
BioLink DNA Crosslinker 115 V
148
Compact M, comb, 1.0 mm, 18 wells
71
BioLink DNA Crosslinker 230 V
148
Compact M, comb, 1.0 mm, 21 wells
71
BioLink DNA Crosslinker, UV tube
148
Compact M, comb, 1.0 mm, 25 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
71
BioShake, adapter for microtiter plates – flat bottom
154
Compact M, comb, 1.5 mm, preparative comb: 1 well plus 2 marker wells
72
BioShake, adapter for microtiter plates – 96 well round bottom, universal
154
Compact M, comb, 1.5 mm, 11 wells
72
BioShake, adapter for microtiter plates – 96 well standard PCR plate
154
Compact M, comb, 1.5 mm, 13 wells
72
72
BioShake, adapter for microtiter plates – 384 well standard PCR plate
154
Compact M, comb, 1.5 mm, 18 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
BioShake, adapter – 24 x 2.0 ml tubes and 15 x 0.5 ml tubes
154
Compact M, comb, 1.5 mm, 21 wells
72
BioShake, adapter – 24 x 1.5 ml tubes and 15 x 0.5 ml tubes
154
Compact M, comb, 1.5 mm, 25 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
72
Item
Pages
Item
Pages
Compact M, Gel casting system
71
Divider-Plate
Compact M System, inkl. Gel casting system
71
Divider-Plate Set, inkl. 2 combs
Compact M, gel tray, 12.4 cm x 14.5 cm gel size, UV transparent
71
Dot Blot 96 System 230 V
113
Compact M, loading stripes for gel tray M
72
Dot Blot 96 System, 100 V
113
Compact M, preperative comb, 1 well
72
Dot Blot 96 System, 115 V
113
67, 68, 70, 71
Dot Blot 96 without pump
113
Compact S
7, 42, 46, 50
50
Compact S, Gel casting system
71
Dot Blot 96, Silicone sealing sheet
Compact S System, inkl. Gel casting system
71
Eco-Maxi EB
44, 45, 49, 52
71
Eco-Maxi EBC
44, 45, 49, 52
Eco-Maxi System EB
44, 45, 49, 52
72
Eco-Maxi System EBC
44, 45, 49, 52
72
Eco-Maxi and Tankblot Eco-Maxi, Bigfoot Safety Lid,
with cables and safety plugs
Compact S, gel tray, 8.2 cm x 10.5 cm gel size, UV transparent
Compact XL
67, 68, 70, 72
Compact XL, gel tray, 23.9 cm x 25.0 cm gel size, UV transparent
Compact XL System, inkl. Gel casting system
Compact XS
67, 68, 70, 71
113
45, 49, 52, 108
Eco-Maxi, Buffer chamber EB (without cooling base),
without Bigfoot Safety Lid
Compact XS, Gel casting system
71
Compact XS System, inkl. Gel casting system
71
Compact XS, gel tray, 8.2 cm x 7.1 cm gel size, UV transparent
71
without Bigfoot Safety Lid
71
Eco-Maxi, comb, 0.75 mm, 12 wells
52
71
Eco-Maxi, comb, 0.75 mm, 19 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
52
Compact XS/S, comb, 1.0 mm, 13 wells
71
Eco-Maxi, comb, 0.75 mm, 25 wells
52
Compact XS/S, comb, 1.0 mm,16 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
71
Eco-Maxi, comb, 0.75 mm, 30 wells
52
Compact XS/S, comb, 1.5 mm, 8 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
71
Eco-Maxi, comb, 0.75 mm, preparative, with 2 marker lanes
52
Compact XS/S, comb, 1.5 mm, 11 wells
71
Eco-Maxi, comb, 1.0 mm, 12 wells
52
Compact XS/S, comb, 1.5 mm, 13 wells
71
Eco-Maxi, comb, 1.0 mm, 19 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
52
Compact XS/S, comb, 1.5 mm, 16 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
71
Eco-Maxi, comb, 1.0 mm, 25 wells
52
Compact XS/S, Loading stripes for gel tray XS and S
71
Eco-Maxi, comb, 1.0 mm, 30 wells
52
Compact XS/S, comb, preperative, 1 well
71
Eco-Maxi, comb, 1.0 mm, preparative, with 2 marker lanes
52
Eco-Maxi, comb, 1.5 mm, 12 wells
52
Compact XS/S, comb, 1.0 mm, 8 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
Compact XS/S, comb, 1.0 mm, 11 wells
Compact Multi-Wide
8, 67, 69, 70, 73
49, 52, 108
Eco-Maxi, Buffer chamber EBC (with integrated cooling base),
49, 52, 108
Compact Multi-Wide System
70
Eco-Maxi, comb, 1.5 mm, 19 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
52
Compact Multi-Wide, comb, 1.0 mm, 14 wells
73
Eco-Maxi, comb, 1.5 mm, 25 wells
52
Compact Multi-Wide, comb, 1.0 mm, 16 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
73
Eco-Maxi, comb, 1.5 mm, 30 wells
52
Compact Multi-Wide, comb, 1.0 mm, 22 wells
73
Eco-Maxi, comb, 1.5 mm, preparative, with 2 marker lanes
52
Compact Multi-Wide, comb, 1.0 mm, 26 wells
73
Eco-Maxi, dummy plate for running single gels
52
Compact Multi-Wide, comb, 1.0 mm, 32 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
73
Eco-Maxi, Electrophoresis Module
52
Compac Multi-Wide, comb, 1.0 mm, preparative comb: 1 well plus 2 marker wells
73
Eco-Maxi, glass plate with fixed spacers, 0.75 mm
52
Compact Multi-Wide, comb, 1.0 mm, preparative comb: 2 well plus 2 marker wells
73
Eco-Maxi, glass plate with fixed spacers, 1.0 mm
52
Compact Multi-Wide, comb, 1.0 mm, preparative comb: 4 well plus 2 marker wells
73
Eco-Maxi, glass plate with fixed spacers, 1.5 mm
52
Compact Multi-Wide, comb, 1.5 mm, 14 wells
73
Eco-Maxi, notched glass plate
52
Compaxt Multi-Wide, comb, 1.5 mm, 16 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
73
Eco-Maxi, safety lid
52
Compact Multi-Wide, comb, 1.5 mm, 22 wells
73
Eco-Mini, Buffer chamber E (without cooling base), without Bigfoot Safety Lid
51
Compact Multi-Wide, comb, 1.5 mm, 26 wells
73
Eco-Mini, Buffer chamber EB (without cooling base), without Bigfoot Safety Lid
51
Compact Multi-Wide, comb, 1.5 mm, 32 wells, multichannel pipet compatible
73
Eco-Mini, Buffer chamber EBC (with integrated cooling base), without Bigfoot Safety Lid 51
Compact Multi-Wide, comb, 1.5 mm, preparative comb: 1 well plus 2 marker wells
73
Eco-Mini and Tankblot Eco-Mini, Bigfoot Safety Lid, with cables and safety plugs
Compact Multi-Wide, comb, 1.5 mm, preparative comb: 2 well plus 2 marker wells
73
Eco-Mini E
44, 45, 47, 50
Compact Multi-Wide, comb, 1.5 mm, preparative comb: 4 well plus 2 marker wells
73
Eco-Mini EB
44, 45, 47, 50
Compact Multi-Wide, gel tray, 15 x 7 cm, UV transparent
73
Eco-Mini EBC
44, 45, 47, 50
Compact Multi-Wide, gel tray, 15 x 10 cm, UV transparent
73
Eco-Mini System E
44, 45, 47, 50
Compact Multi-Wide, gel tray, 15 x 15 cm, UV transparent
73
Eco-Mini System EB
44, 45, 47, 50
Compact Multi-Wide, gel tray, 15 x 18 cm, UV transparent
73
Eco-Mini System EBC
44, 45, 47, 50
Compact Multi-Wide, Gel casting system
73
Eco-Mini, Casting Stand (two place)
50
Compact Multi-Wide, Movable casting dam set
73
Eco-Mini, comb, 0.75 mm, 9 wells
50
100
Eco-Mini, comb, 0.75 mm, 10 wells
50
Connector for Bio-Rad power supplies
51
169
www.biometra.com
Item
Item
Pages
50
H4/H20•25 comb, 30 well, 2 mm
77
Eco-Mini, comb, 0.75 mm, 15 wells
50
H4/H20•25 comb, 42 well, 2 mm, multichannel pipet compatible
77
Eco-Mini, comb, 0.75 mm, preperative, with 2 marker lanes
50
H4/H20•25 comb, 30 well, 3 mm
77
Eco-Mini, comb, 1.0 mm, 9 wells
51
H4/H20•25 comb, prep, 3 mm
77
Eco-Mini, comb, 1.0 mm, 10 wells
51
H5/H11•14 comb, 10 well, 1 mm
76
Eco-Mini, comb, 1.0 mm, 12 wells
51
H5/H11•14 comb, 12 well, 1 mm, multichannel pipet compatible
76
Eco-Mini, comb, 1.0 mm, 15 wells
51
H5/H11•14 comb, 14 well, 1 mm
76
Eco-Mini, comb, 1.0 mm, preperative, with 2 marker lanes
51
H5/H11•14 comb, 20 well, 1 mm
76
Eco-Mini, comb, 1.5 mm, 9 wells
51
H5/H11•14 comb, 10 well, 2 mm
76
Eco-Mini, comb, 1.5 mm, 10 wells
51
H5/H11•14 comb, 14 well, 2 mm
76
Eco-Mini, comb, 1.5 mm, 12 wells
51
H5/H11•14 comb, 20 well, 2 mm
76
Eco-Mini, comb, 1.5 mm, 15 wells
51
H5/H11•14 comb, 24 well, 2 mm
76
Eco-Mini, comb, 1.5 mm, preperative, with 2 marker lanes
51
Horizon 11•14
76
Eco-Mini, dummy Plate for running single gels
50
Horizon 11•14, Gel Casting System
76
Eco-Mini, Electrophoresis Module
51
Horizon 11•14 Aluminium dams
76
Eco-Mini, glass plate with fixed spacers, 0.75 mm
50
Horizon 11•14 lid
76
Eco-Mini, glass plate with fixed spacers, 1.0 mm
50
Horizon 20•25
77
Eco-Mini, glass plate with fixed spacers, 1.5 mm
50
Horizon 20•25 lid
77
Eco-Mini, notched glass plate
50
Horizon 20•25, Aluminium dams
77
Eco-Mini, safety lid
51
Horizon 58 Hing pin repl.
75
Electrode, Horizon 58
75
Horizon 58 lid replacement
75
Electrode, Horizon 11•14
76
Horizon 58 acrylic dam
75
Electrode, Horizon H20•25
77
Horizon 58 Aluminium dams
75
Electrode, repl., Sunrise
79
Horizon 58 buffer tray
75
Electroporation cuvettes (0.15 cm gap)
164
Horizon 58 comb, 8 well, 0.8 mm
75
Electroporation cuvettes (0.4 cm gap)
164
Horizon 58 comb, 14 well, 0.8 mm
75
Fastblot B33, 16 cm x 20 cm, w/ cooling
105
Horizon 58 comb, 5 well, 1.5 mm
75
Fastblot B34, 16 cm x 20 cm, w/o cooling
105
Horizon 58 comb, 8 well, 1.5 mm
75
Fastblot B43, metal, 16 cm x 20 cm, w/ cooling
105
Horizon 58 comb, 12 well, 1.5 mm, multichannel pipet compatible
75
Fastblot B44, metal, 16 cm x 20 cm, w/o cooling
105
Horizon 58 comb, 14 well, 1.5 mm
75
Fastblot B64, 235 mm x 385 mm, with passive cooling
105
Horizon 58 comb, prep, 1.5 mm
75
Filter paper, 25/pkg
160
Horizon 58 dams gasket
75
Foam spacer blocks, SA/S2
61
Horizon 58 gel tray
75
Gasket & spacer block, V15•17
62
Horizon 58
75
Geldryers
Gel Casting Stand Minigel-Twin
Glass plate with fixed spacers, 0.6 mm
Glass plate with fixed spacers, 0.75 mm
Glass plate with fixed spacers, 1 mm
Glass plate with fixed spacers, 1.5 mm
170
Pages
Eco-Mini, comb, 0.75 mm, 12 wells
160
53, 56
55
50, 52
50, 52, 55
50, 52
Horizon 58, Gel Casting System
75
Horizon fitting quick connect
76, 77
Horizon quick connection port
76, 77
Horizon reed switch, replacement
75
Hybridisation bottle clamp for 50 ml bottles
147
Hybridisation bottle stand
147
Glass plate with fixed spacers, 2 mm
57
Hybridisation meshes, 15 cm x10 cm, 5/pck
147
Glass plates, MODEL S2, 1 PAIR
92
Hybridisation meshes, 23 cm x 23 cm, 5/pck
147
Glass, V15•17, V16 & V16•2
61, 93
Hybridisation Ovens
146
H11•14/H5 Hardware elect
76
Hybridisation rotisserie for overhead shaking
147
H4/H20•25 comb, 12 well, 1 mm
77
Hybridisation wide necked glass bottle, large
147
H4/H20•25 comb, 15 well, 1 mm
77
Hybridisation wide necked glass bottle, medium
147
H4/H20•25 comb, 20 well, 1 mm
77
Hybridisation wide necked glass bottle, small
147
H4/H20•25 comb, 21 well, 1 mm, multichannel pipet compatible
77
Hybri•Slot 24
114
H4/H20•25 comb, 30 well, 1 mm
77
Hybri•Slot Blot
H4/H20•25 comb 42 well, 1 mm, multichannel pipet compatible
77
Levelling foot replacement
H4/H20•25 comb, 20 well, 2 mm
77
Lid replacement Sunrise 24.24/192
114
76, 77
79
Item
Pages
Maxi-clips, 4/pck
57
Item
Mini V banana plug REP KIT
Maxidry frit
160
Mini V15•17 gel Casting Clamp
Maxidry, transparent silicone mask
160
Minidry
Maxigel
61
160, 161
Minidry frit
160
57
Minidry silicone mask
160
Maxigel chamber, Grey seal short, 4/pkg
57
Minidry, 115 V
160
Maxigel comb, 1 well, preparative, 1.0 mm
57
Minigel (-Twin) chamber grey seal
55
Maxigel comb, 1 well, preparative, 2.0 mm
57
Minigel (-Twin) comb 1 well, 1.0 mm
55
Maxigel comb, 12 wells, 1.0 mm
57
Minigel clips, 6/pck
55
Maxigel comb, 18 wells, 1.0 mm
57
Minigel comb, 1 well, preparative, 0.6 mm
55
Maxigel comb, 24 wells, 1.0 mm
57
Minigel comb 2 wells, preparative, 0.6 mm
55
Maxigel comb, 45 wells, 1.0 mm
57
Minigel comb, 5 wells, 0.6 mm
55
Maxigel comb, 12 wells, 2.0 mm
57
Minigel comb, 10 wells, 0.6 mm
55
Maxigel comb, 18 wells, 2.0 mm
57
Minigel comb, 10 wells, 0.6 mm, for big volumes
55
Maxigel comb, 24 wells, 2.0 mm
57
Minigel comb, 16 wells, 0.6 mm
55
Maxigel comb, 45 wells, 2.0 mm
57
Minigel comb, 20 wells, 0.6 mm
55
Maxigel System
57
Minigel glass plate with fixed spacers, 0.6 mm
55
Maxigel without accessories
57
Minigel comb, 1 well, preparative, 1.0 mm
55
Maxigel, 18 cm x 17 cm, with 2 mm spacers
57
Minigel comb, 2 wells, preparative, 1.0 mm
55
Maxigel, silicone rubber seal, 1,0 mm
57
Minigel comb, 5 wells, 1.0 mm
55
Maxigel, silicone rubber seal, 2.0 mm
57
Minigel comb, 10 wells, 1.0 mm
55
162
Minigel comb, 10 wells, 1.0 mm, for big volumes
55
Membrane pump system I
162
Minigel comb, 16 wells, 1.0 mm
55
Membrane pump system I (based on 049 - 190)
162
Minigel comb, 20 wells, 1.0 mm
55
Membrane pump system II
162
Minigel comb, 28 wells, 1.0 mm
55
Membrane pump system II (based on 049 - 390)
162
Minigel glass plate with fixed spacers, 1.0 mm
55
Membrane pump system III
162
Minigel notched glass plate with inclined edge
55
Membrane pump system III (based on 049 - 590)
162
Minigel notched glass plate with straight edge
55
Membrane pump system MP20, 115 V
162
Minigel silicone rubber seal, 0.6 mm
55
Membrane vacuum pump MP20, 230 V
162
Minigel silicone rubber seal, 1.0 mm
55
Membrane vaccum pump MP26, 115 V
162
Minigel stand for glass plates storage
56
Membrane vacuum pump MP26, 230 V
162
Minigel stand, to pour and store gels
56
Membrane vacuum pump MP40, 115 V
162
Minigel-Twin without accessories
56
Membrane vacuum pump MP40, 230 V
162
Minigel-Twin, comb preparative, with 1 marke lane, 0.6 mm
55
Membrane vacuum pump MP86, 115 V
162
Minigel-Twin
55
Membrane vacuum pump MP86, 230 V
162
Minigel-Twin complete System
55
36
Mini-V8•10 Blot Module
58
Microplate 384 well Polypropylene
36
Mini-V8•10 Gel Casting System
58
Microplate 96 well HSQ
36
Mini-V8•10 System
58
Microplate 96 well Polypropylene
36
Mini-V spacer set, 0.75 mm
60
Microplate 96 well, Polypropylene, skirtless
36
Mini-V comb 6 well, 0.75 mm
60
Microplate 96 well, Polypropylene, white, for real-time PCR 32
36
Mini-V comb 10 well, 0.75 mm
60
Microplate sealing, Adhesive sealing film
36
Mini-V comb 6 well, 1.5 mm
60
Microplate sealing, Optical adhesive sealing film 32
36
Mini-V comb 10 well, 1.5 mm
60
Microplates 48 well
36
Mini-V comb prep, 1.5 mm
60
Microplate 384 well HSQ
42, 54, 57, 106
60
Maxigel chamber, Grey seal long, 4/pkg
Membranes
Pages
Mididry
160
Mini-V lower electrode
60
Mididry frit
160
Mini-V spacer set, 1.5 mm
60
Mididry silicone mask
160
Mini-V template 4/pkg
60
Mididry, 115 V
160
Mini-V transfer pressure pad 6/pkg
60
Mini Rocking Platform WT16, 115 V
149
Mini-V Upper electrode
60
Mini Tumbling Table WT17, 115 V
149
Model S2 Gel Casting Clamp
89
171
www.biometra.com
Item
Pages
Pages
91
Power Supplies
Model S2 Sequencing System, Europe
89
Power Supply Mini, PS 300, 100 – 240 V
99
Model Sequencing System SA-32, Europe
90
Power Supply Model PS 304, 115 V
99
Model V 15•17
59
Power Supply Model PS 304, 230 V
99
Modul 384 well TProfessional
35
Power Supply Model PS 305 T, 115 V
99
Modul 60 well TProfessional
35
Power Supply Model PS 305 T, 230 V
99
Modul 60 well TProfessional Gradient
35
Power Supply Model PS 3003, 115 V
99
Modul 96 well TProfessional
35
Power Supply Model PS 3003, 230 V
99
Modul 96 well TProfessional Gradient
35
Power Supply Model PS 9009, 115 V
99
111, 113, 114, 162
Power Supply Model PS 9009, 230 V
99
MP 86 Vacuum tubing, 1 m
93 – 100
Multigel/-Long chamber, grey seal 2/pkg
56
Power Supply Standard P25, 115 V
99
Multigel/-Long comb, 24 wells, 0.6 mm
56
Power Supply Standard P25, 230 V
99
Multigel/-Long comb, preparative, 3 wells, 1.0 mm
56
Power Supply Standard P25 T, 115 V
99
Multigel/-Long comb, 11 wells, 1.0 mm
56
Power Supply Standard P25 T, 230 V
99
Multigel/-Long comb, 12 wells, 1.0 mm
56
Pulsed Field Gel Electrophoresis
80
Multigel/-Long comb, 24 wells, 1.0 mm
56
Reed Switch HDWR, H58, PK
75
Multigel complete System, 0.6 mm spacers
56
Refrigerating Circulator KH-6, 110V
81, 163
Multigel complete System, 1.0 mm spacers
56
Refrigerating Circulator KH-6, 220 V
81, 163
Multigel glass plate with fixed 0.6 mm spacers
56
Rocking Platform, WT 15
149
Multigel glass plate with fixed 1.0 mm spacers
56
Rocking Platform, WT 16
149
Multigel, silicone rubber seal, 0.6 mm
56
Rotaphor 6.0, Pulsed Field System
81
Multigel, silicone rubber seal, 1.0 mm
56
Rotaphor comb, 12 wells, for 13 cm gels
81
Multigel, without accessories
56
Rotaphor comb, 18 wells, reduced thickness
81
Multigel/-Long, Long grey seal
56
Rotaphor comb, 20 wells, for 13 cm gels
81
Multigel-Long
56
Rotaphor comb, 25 wells, for 20 cm wide gels
81
Multigel-Long System
56
Rotaphor comb, 40 wells, for 20 cm wide gels
81
Multigel-Long, without accessories, 11 cm x 12 cm
56
Rotaphor comb, 5 wells, for 13 cm gels
81
Multigel-Long, short grey seal (2pcs)
56
Rotaphor comb, 50 wells, for 20 cm wide gels
81
Multigel-Long, silicone rubber seal, 0.6 mm
56
Rotaphor Gel tray (18 cm x 13 cm) and Combs
81
Multigel-Long, silicone rubber seal, 1.0 mm
56
Rotaphor gel tray, 20 cm x 20 cm
81
Multigel glass plate with fixed 1.0 mm spacers
56
Rotaphor System 6.0, (multi language operating System)
81
Multigel notched glass plate with straight edge
56
Rotaphor System 6.0, Comb for 20 cm x 20 cm gels, 18-wells
81
Nitrocellulose Membranes
148, 165
Rotary Table for twin-chambers
Nop mat 384 wells
36
Rubber end blocks, 2/pkg
Nop mat 96 wells
36
Safety adaptor set
51, 53, 56, 57
78
100
Notched glass plate with straight edge
55, 56, 57
Sensor for 0.5 ml well (PTMD), Type 500
36
Notched glass plate with inclined edge
55
Sensor for 0.2 ml well (PTMD), Type 500
36
Sensor for 384 well (PTMD), Type 500
36
165,166
Sensor for 0.5 ml well (PTMD), Type 600
36
OV 1 Mini hybridisation oven, 110 V
147
Sensor for 0.2 ml well (PTMD), Type 600
36
OV 1 Mini hybridisation oven, 230 V
147
Sensor for 384 well (PTMD), Type 600
Oligonucleotides (Primer)
37, 38
Optitran
36
OV 2 Mini hybridisation oven, 110 V
147
Sequencing
OV 2 Mini hybridisation oven, 230 V
147
Silicone Gel Casting Clamps for Sunrise
OV 3 Mini shaking oven, 110 V
147
Silicone mat for microplate sealing
OV 3 Mini shaking oven, 230 V
147
Spring clips
OV 5 DUO -therm hybridisation oven, 110 V
147
Standard Power Pack P25
93, 94, 97, 99
147
Standard Power Pack P25 with Timer
93, 94, 97, 99
OV 5 DUO -therm hybridisation oven, 230 V
Protran
Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
Power cords, pair, Europe
Power Packs
172
Item
Model S2 Sequencing Apparatus
165, 166
42, 44 - 46, 48, 53, 54, 63, 64, 65, 93, 96, 97, 98, 163
62, 75, 76, 77, 79
93, 94, 96, 97, 99, 104
82, 89 – 93, 95, 98, 160
79
36
60, 61
Standard Rocking Platform WT15, 115 V
149
Standard safety adaptor set
100
Strips with 8 tubes and 8 caps (0.2 ml)
36
Sunrise 12•16 UVT tray
79
Item
Pages
Item
Pages
Sunrise 12•16/96 Repl.Lid
79
TGGE Maxi, Glass plate parallel, spacer (1 mm) and 32 slots
Sunrise 24•24 UVT tray
79
TGGE Maxi, self adhesive slotforming units for parallel gels
Sunrise 24•24/192, 26 well, 1.5 mm, 9 mm
79
TGGE Polybond film, 8.8 cm x 8.8 cm, 100/pkg
87, 88
Sunrise 58 gel tray
79
TGGE Polybond film, 8.8 cm x 8.8 cm, 25/pkg
87, 88
Sunrise 96 UVT tray
79
TGGE slotformers (10 x multi-well, 9 x long)
87, 88
Sunrise comb, 12 tooth, 1.5 mm, 9 mm Sunrise
79
TGGE Starter Kit for 25 gels
87, 88
Sunrise comb, 12/26 tooth, 1.5 mm Sunrise
79
TGGE System
87, 88
Sunrise comb, 26 tooth 1.5 mm, 4.5 mm
79
TGGE Testkit
87
Sunrise comb, 15 tooth
79
TGGE, buffer wicks, 7 cm x 7 cm
87
Sunrise UVT tray gel CLAST clamp, 2/pkg
79
TGGE, casting stand for 5 gels
Sunrise 24•24/192 comb, 24 well, 1 mm
79
Thermal printer Mitsubishi P95DE
121, 134
79
Sunrise 24•24/192 comb, 24 well, 2 mm
88
88
87
Thermal printer paper K95HG
121, 134
Tankblot fiber pads, 4/pkg
108
Thermal printer paper KP65HM
121, 134
Tankblot fixation rings for gel cassette, 4/pkg
108
Thermal printer paper KP91HG
134
Tankblot Gel cassette for 10 cm x 10 cm gels
108
Thermoblock TB2 (115 V)
159
Tankblot
106 – 109
Thermoblock TB2 (230 V)
159
Tankblot Eco-Maxi C, incl. Blot Module Eco-Maxi for up to 2 Blotting Cassettes
108
Thermoblock TB2, Combi Block, Flat Bottom
159
Tankblot Eco-Maxi, Blotting Cassette
108
Thermoblock TB2, Combi Block, MTP
159
Tankblot Eco-Maxi, Blot Module
108
Thermoblock TB2, external temperature sensor
159
Tankblot Eco-Maxi, complete instrument
108
Thermoblock TB2, Lid
159
Tankblot Eco-Maxi, Foam pads
108
Thermoblock TB2, Single Block, 5 x 50 ml tubes
159
108
Thermoblock TB2, Single Block, 8 x 15 ml tubes
159
Tankblot Eco-Mini, Blotting Cassette
108
Thermoblock TB2, Single Block, 20 x 1.3 cm deep wells
159
Tankblot Eco-Mini, Blot Module
108
Thermoblock TB2, Single Block, 24 x 1.5 ml tubes
159
Tankblot Eco-Mini, complete instrument
108
Thermoblock TB2, Single Block, 24 x 2.0 ml tubes
159
Tankblot Eco-Mini, Foam pads
108
Thermoblock TB2, Single Block, 30 x 0.5 ml tubes
159
TB1 Block lifter
159
Thermoblock TB2, Single Block, 70 x 0.2 ml tubes
159
TB2 Block lifter
159
Thermoblock TB2, Single Block, without wells
Tankblot Eco-Mini C, incl. Blot Module Eco-Mini for up to 4 Blotting Cassettes
159
Temperature Gradient Gel Electrophoresis
83
Thermocycler
16 – 36
TGGE bonding plate, without spacers
87
ThermoShaker TS1
159
TGGE cover films, 7 cm x 6 cm, 25/pkg
87
ThermoShaker TS1, Block Modules
159
TGGE cover plate + 10 cover films
87
ThermoShaker TSC
159
TGGE glass plate, 1 diagonal slot
87
ThermoShaker TSC, Block Modules
TGGE glass plate, 1 slot, 40 mm x 3 mm x 0.4 mm
87
TOptical 96 Thermocycler
TGGE glass plate, 12 slots, 3 mm x 2 mm x 0.4 mm
87
TOptical filter module 1
20
TGGE glass plate, 18 slots, 2mm x 2 mm x 0.4 mm
87
TOptical filter module 2
20
TGGE glass plate, 8 slots, 4 mm x 3 mm x 0.4 mm
87
TOptical filter module 3
20
TGGE glass plate, with spacer, no slots
87
TOptical filter module 4
20
TGGE hydrophobic cover films, 100/pkg
87
TOptical filter module 5
20
TGGE MAXI gel cover film, 25/pkg
88
TOptical filter module 6
20
TGGE MAXI glass plate 23.5 cm x 23.5 cm
88
TOptical FRET filter module 1
20
TGGE MAXI glass plate perpendicular
88
TOptical FRET filter module 2
20
TGGE MAXI glass plate with spacer
88
TOptical FRET filter module 3
20
TGGE MAXI Polybond film, 100/pkg
88
TOptical FRET filter module 4
20
TGGE MAXI Polybond film, 25/pkg
88
TOptical Gradient module
TGGE MAXI silicone sealing for gel cast
88
TOptical Gradient 96 Thermocycler
TGGE MAXI Starter Kit for 25 gels
88
TOptical module
TGGE MAXI System with Starter Kit (024-204)
88
TPersonal 20 Thermocycler
30, 34, 35
TGGE MAXI System with Starter Kit (024-294)
88
TPersonal 48 Thermocycler
30, 34, 35
TGGE Maxi, Applicator strip, silicone
88
TPersonal Combi Thermocycler
30, 34, 35
TGGE Maxi, buffer wicks re-usable
88
TProfessional 384 Thermocycler
24, 34, 35
159
20, 34, 35
20
20, 34, 35
20
173
www.biometra.com
Item
Item
Pages
24, 34, 35
Transilluminator UVstar 20ML (312 / 365 nm)
TProfessional 96 Thermocycler
24, 34, 35
Transilluminator UVstar 30ML (312 / 365 nm)
141
TProfessional Basic 96 Thermocycler
26, 34, 35
Transilluminator UVstar WL (254 nm)
140
TProfessional Basic XL 96 Thermocycler
26, 34, 35
Transilluminator UVstar WL (312 nm)
140
TProfessional Basic Gradient 96 Thermocycler
26, 34, 35
Transilluminator UVstar WL (365 nm)
140
TProfessional Basic Gradient XL 96 Thermocycler
26, 34, 35
Transilluminator UVstar WLi (254 nm)
140
TProfessional Gradient 60 Thermocycler
24, 34, 35
Transilluminator UVstar WLi (312 nm)
140
TProfessional Gradient 96 Thermocycler
24, 34, 35
Transilluminator UVstar WLi (365 nm)
140
29, 35
Transilluminator WLstar 20
141
TProfessional Standard 384 Thermocycler
25
Transilluminator WLstar 30
141
TProfessional Standard 60 Thermocycler
25
Transilluminator with Super Brilliant filter, UVstar 20 plus
141
25, 34, 35
Transilluminator with Super Brilliant filter, UVstar 20i plus
141
TProfessional Manager Software
TProfessional Standard 96 Gradient Thermocycler
TProfessional Standard Gradient SL 96 Thermocycler
TProfessional Standard 96 Thermocycler
TProfessional Standard SL 96 Thermocycler
174
Pages
TProfessional 60 Thermocycler
141
25
Transilluminator with Super Brilliant filter, UVstar 30 plus (312 nm)
25, 34, 35
Transilluminator with Super Brilliant filter, Uvstar 30i plus (312 nm)
141
141
25
Transilluminator with Super Brilliant filter, UVstar 30 plus (365 nm)
141
TProfessional TRIO 30
28, 34, 35
Transilluminator with Super Brilliant filter, UVstar 30i plus (365 nm)
141
TProfessional TRIO 48
28, 34, 35
TRobot 384 Thermocycler
31, 34, 35
TProfessional TRIO combi
28, 34, 35
TRobot 96 Thermocycler
31, 34, 35
Transilluminator for BDA Box, UVstar 20 (312 nm)
134
TS1 Thermoshaker (115/230 V, flat blade attachment plug),
Transilluminator for BDA Box, UVstar 20i (312 nm)
134
without block module
Transilluminator for BDA Box, UVstar 30 (312 nm)
134
TS1 Thermoshaker (115/230 V), without block module
159
Transilluminator for BDA Box, UVstar 30i (312 nm)
134
TS1 Thermoshaker, Block module, 20 x 0,2 ml + 12 ml x 1.5 ml tubes
159
Transilluminator UVstar 15 (254 nm)
140
TS1 Thermoshaker, Block module, 20 x 0,5 ml + 12 ml x 1.5 ml tubes
Transilluminator UVstar 15 (312 nm)
140
TS1 Thermoshaker, Block module, 24 x 1.5 ml tubes
Transilluminator UVstar 15 (365 nm)
140
TS1 Thermoshaker, Block module, 24 x 2.0 ml tubes
Transilluminator UVstar 15i (254 nm)
140
TS1 Thermoshaker, Block module, 96 well microtiter plates or 96 x 0.2 ml tubes
Transilluminator UVstar 15i (312 nm)
140
TSC Thermoshaker (115/230 V, flat blade attachment plug),
Transilluminator UVstar 15i (365 nm)
140
without block module
Transilluminator UVstar 20 (254 nm)
140
TSC Thermoshaker, 115/230 V, without block module
159
Transilluminator UVstar 20 (312 nm)
140
TSC Thermoshaker, Block module, 20 x 0.2 ml + 12 x 1.5 ml tubes
159
Transilluminator UVstar 20 (365 nm)
140
TSC Thermoshaker, Block module, 20 x 0.5 ml + 12 x 1.5 ml tubes
159
Transilluminator UVstar 20 plus (312 nm)
141
TSC Thermoshaker, Block module, 24 x 1.5 ml tubes
159
Transilluminator UVstar 20 plus (365 nm)
141
TSC Thermoshaker, Block module, 24 x 2.0 ml tubes
159
Transilluminator UVstar 20i (254 nm)
140
TSC Thermoshaker, Block module, 96 well microtiter plates or 96 x 0.2 ml tubes
159
Transilluminator UVstar 20i (312 nm)
140
Tubes 0.2 ml
Transilluminator UVstar 20i (365 nm)
140
Tubes 0.5 ml
Transilluminator UVstar 20i plus (312 nm)
141
Tumbling Table WT12
149
Transilluminator UVstar 20i plus (365 nm)
141
Tumbling Table WT17
149
Transilluminator UVstar 30 (254 nm)
140
UV bulb, 8 W, 254 nm
142
Transilluminator UVstar 30 (312 nm)
140
UV bulb 8 W, 312 nm
142
Transilluminator UVstar 30 (365 nm)
140
UV bulb, 8 W, 365 nm
Transilluminator UVstar 30i (254 nm)
140
UV converter plate (0.8 cm x 30 cm x 24 cm)
Transilluminator UVstar 30i (312 nm)
140
UV-face protection shield
142
Transilluminator UVstar 30i (365 nm)
140
UV-light protecting glasses
142
Transilluminator, UVstar 30 plus (312 nm)
141
UVsolo TS
121
Transilluminator, UVstar 30 plus (365 nm)
141
UVsolo TS2
121
Transilluminator UVstar 30i plus
141
UVT tray, 11 cm x 14 cm
Transilluminator UVstar 30i plus (312 nm)
141
UVT tray, 20 cm x 25 cm
Transilluminator UVstar 30i plus (365 nm)
141
UV-transparent gel tray
Transilluminator UVstar 20HM (254 / 312 nm)
141
UV-transparent gel tray with ruler and 20 cm x 20 cm
78
Transilluminator UVstar 30HM (254 / 312 nm)
141
UV-transparent gel tray without ruler
78
159
159
159
159
159
159
34
34
142
121, 134
76
77
76 – 79
Item
Pages
V15•17 banana plug replacement kit
62
V15•17 Gel clamp replacement kit
62
V15•17 lid replacement kit
62
V15•17 lower platinum wire
62
V15•17 upper platimun wire
62
V15•17 comb, 10 well, 0.8 mm
61
V15•17 comb, 12 well, 0.8 mm
61
V15•17 comb, 14 well, 0.8 mm
61
V15•17 comb, 20 well, 0.8 mm
61
V15•17 comb, 10 well, 1.5 mm
61
V15•17 comb, 12 well, 1.5 mm
61
V15•17 comb, 14 well, 1.5 mm
61
V15•17 comb, 20 well, 1.5 mm
61
V15•17 comb, 10 well, 3.0 mm
62
V15•17 comb, 12 well, 3.0 mm
61
V15•17 comb, 14 well, 3.0 mm
62
V15•17 comb, 20 well, 3.0 mm
62
V15•17 comb, prep, 0.8 mm
61
V15•17 comb, prep, 1.5 mm
61
V15•17 comb, prep, 3.0 mm
62
V15•17 gel casting clamp
61
V15•17 spacer blocks
62
V15•17 spacer set, 0.8 mm
61
V15•17 spacer set, 1.5 mm
61
V15•17 spacer set, 3.0 mm
61
Mini V8•10 Acryl Casting Stand
60
Vacu-Blot
110, 111
Vacu-Blot porous filter plate
111
Vacu-Blot rubber sheets, 3/pkg
111
Vacu-Blot System, 110 V
111
Vacu-Blot System, 115 V
111
Vacu-Blot System, 230 V
111
Vacuum Pumps
161, 162
Vacuum tubing for MP26, MP20 and MP40
162
Whatman® CHR Paper, 17 Chr (0.92 mm thick) 460 mm x 570 mm
167
Whatman® CHR Paper, 3MM Chr (0.34 mm thick) 100 mm x 100 mm
167
Whatman® CHR Paper, 3MM Chr (0.34 mm thick) 150 mm x 100 mm
167
Whatman CHR Paper, 3MM Chr (0.34 mm thick) 190 mm x 100 mm
167
Whatman® CHR Paper, 3MM Chr (0.34 mm thick) 20 mm x 100 mm
167
®
Whatman® CHR Paper, 3MM Chr (0.34 mm thick) 200 mm x 200 mm
167
Whatman® CHR Paper, 3MM Chr (0.34 mm thick) 230 mm x 100 mm
167
Whatman® CHR Paper, 3MM Chr (0.34 mm thick) 270 mm x 100 mm
167
Whatman® CHR Paper, 3MM Chr (0.34 mm thick) 315 mm x 355 mm
167
Whatman CHR Paper, 3MM Chr (0.34 mm thick) 350 mm x 450 mm
167
Whatman® CHR Paper, 3MM Chr (0.34 mm thick) 460 mm x 570 mm
167
®
Whatman® CHR Paper, 3MM Chr (0.34 mm thick) 580 mm x 680 mm
114, 167
Whatman® CHR Paper, GB005 (1.2 mm thick), 200 mm x 200 mm
167
Whatman® CHR Paper, GB005 (1.2 mm thick), 580 mm x 580 mm
167
Woulff‘s bottle for MP26 and MP86
114
175
www.biometra.com
Numerical Index
176
Order No.
Pages
Order No.
Pages
Order No.
Pages
Order No.
Pages
10245280
79
11956109
62
21069026
77
41077025
61
10245314
79
11956117
61
21069042
77
41077033
61
10245322
79
11956125
61
21069059
77
61010021
77
10245326
79
11956133
62
21069182
79
010 - 001
55
10245439
79
11958048
60, 108
21070057
62
010 - 002
55
10553003
99
11958063
60
21070065
61
010 - 003
55
10556017
99
11958089
60
21070073
61
010 - 004
55
10801017
99
11958097
60
21076013
61
010 - 008
55
10839017
99
11958113
60
21076021
61
010 - 009
55
11032018
92
11958121
60
21076039
62
010 - 010
55
11034014
92
11958147
60
21078019
60, 108
010 - 011
55
11068020
76
11958154
60
21078027
61
010 - 012
55
11068046
76
11958162
60
21078035
60
010 - 013
55
11068053
76
11958213
62
21078043
60
010 - 014
55
11068061
76
11958261
60
21078050
60
010 - 015
55
11068152
79
11958329
62
21078076
60
010 - 016
55
11074010
61
11958345
62
21078241
60
010 - 018
56
11084019
76
11958352
62
21080023
61
010 - 019
51, 56, 57
11084043
79
11958360
62
21093034
92
010 - 020
55
11092020
92
11958378
62
21093059
92
010 - 021
55
11092087
92
11958469
60
21093067
92
010 - 022
55
11092103
92
11962026
76, 77
21093075
92
010 - 023
55
11098019
60, 61, 92
11962032
77
21093083
92
010 - 024
55
11099025
62, 75, 76, 77, 79
11962040
76
21105036
89
010 - 026
100
11601028
164
11964130
76, 77
21105051
92
010 - 027
100
11608031
164
11980059
76, 77
21105069
92
010 - 029
57
11680014
79
21035043
91
21105077
92
010 - 031
100
11940012
76, 77
21035076
91
21105317
91
010 - 032
56
11950011
75
21035084
91
21105325
92
010 - 055
55
11951019
77
21035092
91
21105341
91
010 - 056
55
11951043
77
21035100
91
21105358
92
010 - 057
55, 56, 57, 111
11951050
77
21035118
91
21105366
92
010 - 058
55
11951068
76
21035134
91
21105382
92
010 - 100
55
11951076
76
21045018
91
21107016
92
010 - 130
55
11951084
76
21045026
91
21108014
92
010 - 140
55
11951092
76
21046016
91
21960059
62
010 - 200
56
11951142
75
21052014
114
31063003
99
010 - 201
56
11951159
76
21059027
75
31067242
99
010 - 202
56
11951167
77
21065024
75
31067304
99
010 - 203
56
11951175
76
21065040
75
31081011
76
010 - 204
56
11951183
77
21065065
75
31081029
76
010 - 207
56
11951191
77
21065073
75
31096027
90
010 - 208
56
11953064
77
21065081
75
31096324
90, 92
010 - 220
56
11953072
77
21065107
75
31109010
92
010 - 221
56
11956026
61
21065115
75
31109028
92
010 - 222
57
11956034
61
21065123
75
41007014
77
010 - 230
56
11956042
61
21065131
75
41007022
77
010 - 255
56
11956059
61
21065149
75, 76, 77
41007030
77
010 - 256
56
11956067
61
21065156
75
41060039
75
010 - 258
56
11956075
61
21065164
75
41060054
75
010 - 259
56
11956083
62
21065214
75
41077017
61
010 - 300
56
Order No.
Pages
Order No.
Pages
Order No.
Pages
Order No.
Pages
010 - 301
56
017 - 131
50
017 - 472
52, 108
024 - 026
87
010 - 302
56
017 - 132
50
017 - 474
52, 108
024 - 027
87
010 - 320
56
017 - 133
50
017 - 475
49, 52
024 - 028
87
010 - 321
56
017 - 134
50
017 - 480
52
024 - 030
87
010 - 330
56
017 - 140
51
018 - 100
47, 108
024 - 031
87
010 - 355
56
017 - 141
51
018 - 101
47, 108
024 - 032
87
010 - 356
56
017 - 142
51
018 - 105
51, 108
024 - 034
87
010 - 359
56
017 - 143
51
018 - 111
108
024 - 035
87
010 - 400
57
017 - 144
51
018 - 113
108
024 - 050
87
010 - 401
57
017 - 150
51
018 - 400
49, 108
024 - 090
87
010 - 402
57
017 - 151
51
018 - 401
49, 108
024 - 093
87
010 - 403
57
017 - 152
51
018 - 405
49, 52, 108
024 - 121
87
010 - 404
57
017 - 153
51
018 - 411
108
024 - 200
88
010 - 405
57
017 - 154
51
018 - 413
108
024 - 204
88
010 - 406
57
017 - 169
51
020 - 003
78
024 - 216
88
010 - 407
57
017 - 170
51, 108
020 - 007
78
024 - 217
88
010 - 408
57
017 - 171
51, 108
020 - 201
78
024 - 221
88
010 - 409
57
017 - 172
51, 108
020 - 202
78
024 - 222
88
010 - 410
57
017 - 175
51, 108
020 - 203
78
024 - 223
88
010 - 411
57
017 - 180
50
020 - 205
78
024 - 227
88
010 - 416
57
017 - 183
50
020 - 207
78
024 - 228
88
010 - 430
57
017 - 184
50
020 - 216
78
024 - 229
88
010 - 440
57
017 - 185
50
020 - 303
78
024 - 230
88
013 - 300
108
017 - 187
50
020 - 306
78
024 - 232
88
013 - 301
108
017 - 188
50
020 - 307
78
024 - 234
88
013 - 304
108
017 - 189
50
020 - 310
78
024 - 235
88
013 - 305
108
017 - 400
49, 52
020 - 352
78
024 - 290
88
014 - 017
55
017 - 401
49, 52
021 - 001
81
024 - 294
88
014 - 018
55
017 - 402
49, 52
021 - 002
81
025 - 000
70, 71
014 - 019
55
017 - 403
49, 52
021 - 003
81
025 - 001
71
014 - 020
57
017 - 420
52
021 - 004
81
025 - 002
71
014 - 021
57
017 - 421
52
021 - 005
81
025 - 003
71
014 - 022
57
017 - 423
52
021 - 006
81
025 - 004
71
014 - 023
55
017 - 425
52
021 - 007
81
025 - 006
71
014 - 100
105
017 - 426
52
021 - 008
81
025 - 010
70, 71
014 - 200
105
017 - 430
52
021 - 009
81
025 - 011
71
015 - 100
105
017 - 431
52
021 - 010
81
025 - 012
71
015 - 200
105
017 - 432
52
021 - 011
81
025 - 013
71
015 - 600
105
017 - 433
52
021 - 100
81
025 - 014
71
017 - 100
50
017 - 434
52
021 - 190
81
025 - 015
71
017 - 101
50
017 - 440
52
021 - 200
81
025 - 020
71
017 - 102
50
017 - 441
52
022 - 007
100
025 - 021
71
017 - 103
50
017 - 442
52
022 - 018
100
025 - 099
70, 71
017 - 104
50
017 - 443
52
024 - 000
87
025 - 100
70, 71
017 - 105
50
017 - 444
52
024 - 003
87
025 - 110
70, 71
017 - 120
50
017 - 450
52
024 - 015
87
025 - 199
70, 71
017 - 121
50
017 - 451
52
024 - 021
87
025 - 200
70, 71
017 - 122
50
017 - 452
52
024 - 022
87
025 - 201
71
017 - 125
50
017 - 453
52
024 - 023
87
025 - 202
71
017 - 127
50
017 - 454
52
024 - 024
87
025 - 203
71
017 - 130
50
017 - 471
52, 108
024 - 025
87
025 - 204
71
177
www.biometra.com
Order No.
025 - 205
178
Pages
Order No.
Pages
Order No.
Pages
Order No.
Pages
71
025 - 543
73
034 - 917
135
049 - 590
162
025 - 206
72
025 - 544
73
035 - 004
121, 135
049 - 600
162
025 - 210
70, 71
025 - 545
73
035 - 027
135
049 - 601
162
025 - 211
72
025 - 547
73
035 - 114
135
049 - 690
162
025 - 212
72
025 - 548
73
035 - 905
135
050 - 213
36
025 - 213
72
025 - 549
73
035 - 907
135
050 - 214
34
025 - 214
72
025 - 550
73, 75
035 - 923
135
050 - 215
34
025 - 215
72
025 - 591
70, 73
040 - 100
99
050 - 225
34, 36
025 - 216
72
025 - 592
70, 73
040 - 190
99
050 - 231
36
025 - 221
72
025 - 593
70, 73
040 - 800
99
050 - 232
34, 36
025 - 299
70, 71
025 - 599
70, 73
040 - 850
99
050 - 237
36
025 - 300
70, 72
031 - 908
133
041 - 000
160
050 - 240
34, 36
025 - 301
72
031 - 921
121, 134
041 - 001
160
050 - 250
36
025 - 302
72
031 - 985
121, 134
041 - 003
160
050 - 251
36
025 - 303
72
031 - 986
134
041 - 004
160
050 - 252
36
025 - 304
72
031 - 987
121, 134
041 - 013
160
050 - 253
36
025 - 305
72
032 - 001
133
041 - 090
160
050 - 254
36
025 - 306
72
032 - 302
133
041 - 100
160
050 - 255
36
025 - 310
70, 72
032 - 303
133
041 - 101
160
050 - 258
36
025 - 311
72
032 - 304
133
041 - 103
160
050 - 259
36
025 - 312
72
032 - 305
133
041 - 190
160
050 - 310
34, 36
025 - 313
72
032 - 312
133
041 - 301
160
050 - 320
34, 36
025 - 314
72
032 - 313
133
041 - 303
160
050 - 411
36
025 - 315
72
032 - 314
133
042 - 100
149
050 - 412
36
025 - 316
72
032 - 315
133
042 - 190
149
050 - 413
36
025 - 320
72
032 - 801
133
042 - 400
149
050 - 416
36
025 - 321
72
032 - 802
133
042 - 490
149
050 - 417
36
025 - 399
70, 72
032 - 803
133
042 - 500
149
050 - 418
36
025 - 400
70, 72
032 - 805
133
042 - 590
149
050 - 420
36
025 - 499
70, 72
032 - 916
135
042 - 600
149
050 - 421
36
025 - 500
70, 73
032 - 917
135
042 - 690
149
050 - 422
36
025 - 501
70, 73
033 - 000
121
043 - 500
81, 163
050 - 550
30, 34, 35
025 - 502
70, 73
033 - 001
121
043 - 590
81, 163
050 - 551
30, 34, 35
025 - 503
70, 73
033 - 012
121
049 - 000
111, 113, 114, 162
050 - 552
30, 34, 35
025 - 509
70, 73
033 - 013
121
049 - 002
111, 113, 114, 162
050 - 991
31, 34, 35
025 - 510
70, 73
034 - 000
133
049 - 090
111, 113, 114, 162
050 - 992
31, 34, 35
025 - 521
73
034 - 011
131, 132, 135
049 - 091
111, 113, 114
051 - 230
159
025 - 522
73
034 - 012
132, 135
049 - 100
162
051 - 300
159
025 - 523
73
034 - 015
131, 132, 135
049 - 102
162
051 - 310
159
025 - 524
73
034 - 016
131, 132, 135
049 - 190
162
051 - 311
159
025 - 528
73
034 - 019
132, 135
049 - 200
162
051 - 312
159
025 - 531
73
034 - 050
133
049 - 201
114, 162
051 - 313
159
025 - 532
73
034 - 302
133
049 - 290
162
051 - 315
159
025 - 533
73
034 - 303
133
049 - 300
162
051 - 316
159
025 - 534
73
034 - 312
133
049 - 390
162
051 - 317
159
025 - 535
73
034 - 313
133
049 - 400
162
051 - 319
159
025 - 537
73
034 - 801
133
049 - 401
162
051 - 320
159
025 - 538
73
034 - 802
133
049 - 402
162
051 - 321
159
025 - 539
73
034 - 803
133
049 - 490
162
051 - 331
159
025 - 541
73
034 - 805
133
049 - 500
162
051 - 350
159
025 - 542
73
034 - 916
135
049 - 501
162
051 - 390
159
Order No.
Pages
051 - 500
159
Order No.
057 - 010
Pages
Order No.
Pages
Order No.
Pages
142
057 - 701
140
120 - 500
38
051 - 512
159
057 - 011
142
057 - 702
140
121 - 000
37
051 - 513
159
057 - 012
121, 134, 142
057 - 710
140
121 - 002
37
051 - 514
159
057 - 013
121, 134, 142
057 - 711
140
121 - 005
37
051 - 515
159
057 - 370
134, 141
057 - 712
140
121 - 007
37
051 - 516
159
057 - 400
140
070 - 070
29, 35
121 - 009
37
051 - 590
159
057 - 401
140
070 - 500
20, 34, 35
121 - 010
37
051 - 600
159
057 - 402
140
070 - 501
20, 34, 35
121 - 012
37
051 - 612
159
057 - 410
140
070 - 510
20, 24, 35
121 - 030
37
051 - 613
159
057 - 411
140
070 - 511
20, 24, 35
121 - 013
37
051 - 614
159
057 - 412
140
070 - 520
20
121 - 014
37
051 - 615
159
057 - 500
140
070 - 521
20
121 - 031
37
051 - 616
159
057 - 501
140
070 - 522
20
121 - 048
37
051 - 690
159
057 - 502
140
070 - 523
20
121 - 033
37
052 - 000
147
057 - 503
134
070 - 524
20
121 - 034
37
052 - 001
147
057 - 504
141
070 - 525
20
121 - 035
37
052 - 002
147
057 - 510
140
070 - 526
20
121 - 036
37
052 - 003
147
057 - 511
140
070 - 527
20
121 - 060
37
052 - 006
147
057 - 512
140
070 - 528
20
121 - 038
37
052 - 007
147
057 - 513
134
070 - 529
20
121 - 039
37
052 - 008
147
057 - 520
141
070 - 601
26, 34, 35
121 - 016
37
052 - 009
147
057 - 522
141
070 - 602
26, 34, 35
121 - 017
37
052 - 017
147
057 - 523
134
070 - 701
26, 34, 35
121 - 028
37
052 - 018
147
057 - 530
141
070 - 702
26, 34, 35
121 - 070
37
052 - 022
147
057 - 532
141
070 - 720
28, 34, 35
121 - 071
37
052 - 090
147
057 - 533
134
070 - 723
28, 34, 35
121 - 072
37
052 - 100
147
057 - 540
141
070 - 724
28, 34, 35
121 - 073
37
052 - 190
147
057 - 543
134
070 - 800
24, 34, 35
121 - 074
37
052 - 200
147
057 - 550
141
070 - 801
24, 34, 35
121 - 075
37
052 - 290
147
057 - 553
134
070 - 810
24, 35
121 - 076
37
052 - 300
147
057 - 570
141
070 - 811
24, 35
121 - 077
37
052 - 390
147
057 - 600
140
070 - 850
25, 34, 35
121 - 200
37
053 - 000
111
057 - 601
140
070 - 851
25, 34, 35
125 - 002
37
053 - 002
111
057 - 602
140
070 - 871
34, 35
125 - 005
37
053 - 004
111
057 - 603
134
070 - 900
24, 34, 35
121 - 207
37
053 - 090
111
057 - 604
141
070 - 901
24, 34, 35
125 - 009
37
053 - 091
111
057 - 610
140
070 - 902
24, 34, 35
125 - 010
37
053 - 100
111
057 - 611
140
070 - 910
24, 35
125 - 012
37
053 - 400
113
057 - 612
140
070 - 911
24, 35
125 - 030
37
053 - 401
113
057 - 613
134
070 - 912
24, 35
125 - 013
37
053 - 402
113
057 - 620
141
070 - 950
25, 34, 35
125 - 014
37
053 - 490
113
057 - 622
141
070 - 951
25, 34, 35
125 - 031
37
053 - 491
113
057 - 623
134
070 - 952
25, 34, 35
125 - 048
37
054 - 100
148
057 - 630
141
070 - 971
25, 34, 35
125 - 033
37
054 - 190
148
057 - 632
141
120 - 002
38
125 - 034
37
055 - 001
121, 142
057 - 633
134
120 - 003
38
125 - 035
37
055 - 002
142
057 - 640
141
120 - 102
38
125 - 036
37
057 - 002
121
057 - 643
134
120 - 103
38
125 - 060
37
057 - 005
121, 134, 142
057 - 650
141
120 - 202
38
125 - 038
37
057 - 007
148
057 - 653
134
120 - 203
38
125 - 039
37
057 - 009
142
057 - 700
140
120 - 400
38
125 - 016
37
179
www.biometra.com
Pages
Order No.
Pages
125 - 017
37
126 - 089
38
B3030917
167
125 - 028
37
126 - 090
38
B3030931
105, 109, 111, 113, 114, 167
125 - 070
37
126 - 091
38
125 - 071
37
127 - 070
37
125 - 072
37
127 - 071
37
125 - 073
37
127 - 072
37
125 - 074
37
127 - 073
37
125 - 075
37
127 - 074
37
125 - 076
37
127 - 075
37
125 - 077
37
127 - 076
37
126 - 000
37
127 - 077
37
126 - 002
37
848-1808-0505
126 - 005
37
848-1808-0506
154
126 - 007
37
848-1808- 0555
154
126 - 009
37
848-1808- 0556
154
126 - 010
37
848-1808-0565
154
126 - 012
37
848-1808-0566
154
126 - 013
37
848-1808-1000
154
126 - 014
37
848-1808-1021
154
126 - 016
37
848-1808- 1022
154
126 - 017
37
848-1808-1031
154
126 - 028
37
848-1808-1041
154
126 - 030
37
848-1808-1051
154
126 - 031
37
848-1808-1061
154
126 - 033
37
848-1808-1062
154
126 - 034
37
848-1808-1063
154
126 - 035
37
848-1808-1064
154
126 - 036
37
848-1808-1065
154
126 - 038
37
848-1808-1066
154
126 - 039
37
848-1808-1067
154
126 - 048
37
848-1808-1071
154
126 - 060
37
848-1808-1072
154
126 - 070
38
848-1808-1121
154
126 - 071
38
848-1808-1131
154
126 - 072
38
B10401180
166
126 - 073
38
B10401196
166
126 - 074
38
B10401396
166
126 - 075
38
B10402580
166
126 - 076
38
B10426981
105, 109, 167
126 - 077
38
B10426994
109, 167
126 - 078
38
B10439196
126 - 079
38
B3017915
105, 109, 167
126 - 080
38
B3030335
167
126 - 081
38
B3030392
167
126 - 082
38
B3030614
167
126 - 083
38
B3030672
167
126 - 084
38
B3030681
167
126 - 085
38
B3030690
167
126 - 086
38
B3030700
167
126 - 087
38
B3030704
167
126 - 088
38
B3030861
167
Order No.
180
Pages
Order No.
154
166
Trademarks and Notice
Biometra® is a registered trademark of Biometra biomedizinische Analytik GmbH
biometra® is a registered trademark of Biometra biomedizinische Analytik GmbH
Alexa Fluor® is a registered trademark of Molecular Probes, Inc.
Cell-Porator® is a registered trademark of the Whatman Group
CyTM and Cy5TM are registered trademarks of GE Healthcare
Delrin® is a registered trademark of E.I. DuPont de Nemours
ECLTM is a trademark of Amersham Biosciences
Fastblot® is a registered trademark of Biometra biomedizinische Analytik GmbH
GelGreenTM is trademark of Biotium, Inc.
GelRedTM is trademark of Biotium, Inc.
Gelstar® is a registered trademark of FMC Corporation
Horizon® is a registered trademark of the Whatman Group
Hybri.Dot® is a registered trademark of the Whatman Group
Hybri-SlotTM is a trademark of the Whatman Group
LightCycler® is a registered trademark of Roche
Optitran® is a registered trademark of the Whatman Group
Dragon Fly OrangeTM (DFO) is a trademark of Eurogentec S.A.
OrioleTM is a registered trademark of Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc.
Qdot® is a registered trademark of Invitrogen Corporation.
QuasarTM 670 is a registrated trademark of Biosearch Technologies
Protran® is a registered trademark of the Whatman Group
ROTAPHOR® is a registered trademark of Prof. Ziegler
SunriseTM is a trademark of the Whatman Group
Super Signal® is a registered trademark of Pierce
SYBR® is registered trademark of Molecular Probes, Inc.
SYPRO® is registered trademark of Molecular Probes, Inc.
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. DuPont de Nemours
TexasRed® is a registered trademark of Molecular Probes, Inc.
The Convertible® is a registered trademark of the Whatman Group
WesternDotTM is registered trademark of Molecular Probes, Inc.
Whatman® is a registered trademark of the Whatman Group
Yakima Yellow® is a registered trademark of Epoch Biosciences, Inc
FAM, VIC, HEX, JOE, NED, ROX and TAMRA are trademarks of Applera Corporation
PCR Disclaimer for Biometra Thermocycler
Purchase of this instrument conveys a limited non-transferable immunity from suit for the purchaser’s own internal research
and development and applied fields other than human in vitro diagnostics under one or more of US Patents Nos. 5,038,852,
5,656,493, 5,333,675, 5,475,610, and 6,703,236, or corresponding claims in their non-US counterparts, owned by
Applera Corporation. No right is conveyed expressly, by implication or by estoppel under any patent claim, reagents, kits,
or methods such as 5´ nuclease methods, or under any other apparatus or system claim, including but not limited to US Patent
No. 6,814,934 and its non-US counterparts, which describe and claim thermal cyclers capable of real-time detection. Further
information on purchasing licenses may be obtained by contacting the Director of Licensing, Applied Biosystems, 850 Lincoln
Centre Drive, Foster City, California 94404, USA.
Real-Time PCR Disclaimer for Biometra Thermocycler
Practice of the patented polymerase chain reaction (PCR) process requires a license. The Biometra [or appropriate trademark]
TOptical Thermal Cycler is an Authorized Thermal Cycler and may be used with PCR licenses available from Applied Biosystems.
Its use with Authorized Reagents also provides a limited PCR license in accordance with the label rights accompanying such
reagents. This is a Licensed Real-Time Thermal Cycler under Applera‘s United States Patent No. 6,814,934 and corresponding
claims in non-U.S. counterparts thereof, for use in research and for all other applied fields except human in vitro diagnostics.
No right is conveyed expressly, by implication or by estoppel under any other patent claim.
These trademarks and registered trademarks are accurate to the best
of our knowledge at the time of printing.
181
www.biometra.com
Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale for –
Business Abroad of Analytik Jena AG based in Jena
1. General
1.1 Our Terms and Conditions of Sale shall apply to all our
deliveries and services, as well as to information and
advice provided, and to repairs.
1.2 Our Terms and Conditions of Sale shall apply
exclusively; we will not recognize general terms and
conditions of the customer that conflict with or deviate
from our Terms and Conditions of Sale, unless we have
given express written consent to their effectiveness.
Our Terms and Conditions of Sale shall apply even
in the event that we perform deliveries without
reservation although we are aware of customer
conditions that conflict with or deviate from our Terms
and Conditions of Sale.
1.3 All the agreements made between us and the
customer for the performance of this contract have
been set forth in writing in this contract.
1.4 Our Terms and Conditions of Sale shall only apply to
entrepreneurs within the meaning of Section 14 of the
German Civil Code (BGB) if the Contract forms part
of the business operation, as well as to legal persons
under public law and to separate estates under public
law within the meaning of BGB Section 310 (1).
1.5 Our Terms and Conditions shall also apply to any
future business with the customer.
2. Offer, Records
2.1 Our offer shall be non-binding until the order has been
finally confirmed by us. Our silence in regard to any
customer offer sent to us on the basis of a non-binding
offer from us shall not be construed as acceptance of
the customer‘s offer.
2.2 Any information and advice provided in regard to our
products are based on the experience we have made
so far. The values furnished in this context, particularly
performance data, are experience values obtained
under specially optimized conditions.
It cannot be inferred therefrom that the observance
of operating and handling instructions, etc. may be
dispensed with.
2.3 We reserve absolute property rights and copyrights
with respect to the exploitation of cost estimates,
drawings and other records. Such records shall only
be made accessible to third parties if we have given
our prior consent. Although due care has been used
in the development of the technical data contained
therein (including weights and dimensions), such
data are subject to error. The same shall apply to
information provided in our marketing documents.
Such information shall, however, not be construed as
a warranty assurance; for any warranty assurance to be
applicable, our explicit confirmation shall be required.
2.4 The customer‘s order shall be a binding offer. We shall
be entitled to accept such offer within two weeks by
sending an order confirmation note or to ship the
ordered item to the customer within such period.
2.5 We shall only be required to check our incoming
e-mails once a workday. Any e-mail received by us
between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. shall be deemed received
at 5 p.m., unless it can be demonstrated that we
received it earlier. Any e-mail received outside of
these hours shall be deemed received at 5 p.m. on
the following workday, unless earlier receipt can be
demonstrated. The obligations under BGB Section
312 e (1) Nos. 1 to 3 shall be deemed eliminated by
agreement.
2.6 Any samples and specimens shall be non-binding
samples for inspection. Any purchase based on
samples and / or specimens shall be subject to
182
standard industry or normal production deviations.
No guarantee as to properties and durability shall be
implied as a result
of the delivery of samples and / or specimens, unless
such guarantee is expressly specified in the order
confirmation note.
2.7 Samples and specimens shall be returned in perfect
condition within four weeks at the latest. If they are
not returned within such period, we shall be entitled to
charge for the sample the purchase price specified in
our current price list. Price lists can be requested from
us at any time.
2.8 Unless otherwise expressly agreed upon, the details
published by us in catalogs, brochures and other
publications in any form whatsoever conclusively
characterize the properties of the products delivered by
us and their possible uses. Any other manufacturer‘s
information relating to products not made by us
shall not be binding. The data provided by us do not
constitute any guarantee as to quality or durability and
reflect our current state of knowledge.
2.9 Even after confirmation of order, we reserve the right to
make any change necessary to accommodate technical
progress.
3. Prices and Terms of Payment
3.1 Unless otherwise provided for in the order
confirmation note, our prices shall be ex works and
include loading in the factory, but exclude packing,
freight, conveyance, insurance, customs duty, costs that
may be incurred for any authentication, legalization of
trade documents, official permits, as well as any other
impost, fee and tax levied outside the Federal Republic
of Germany. Furthermore, prices shall be exclusive
of the value-added tax or sales tax applicable at the
time of invoicing, which the customer shall pay to us
additionally.
3.2 Unless otherwise stipulated in the order confirmation
note, the purchase price shall be payable immediately
without any deduction. For any settlement discount
to be deducted, specific written agreement shall be
required.
3.3 Unless any other term of payment has been agreed,
payment shall be deemed defaulted if no payment
has been made within 30 days of invoicing. Default
interest shall be calculated on a per annum basis at
8 percentage points above the relevant base interest
rate, as specified in BGB Section 247. This shall not
preclude the claiming of a higher legal interest rate or
of any further damage.
3.4 Payments shall be made in euros (€), free of postage
and charges.
Payments shall be made by bank transfer only;
payment by bill of exchange or by check shall not be
recognized as performance of the obligation to pay.
The timeliness of payment shall be judged on the basis
of the date on which the money is credited to our bank
account. You have fulfilled your obligation to pay if we
can use, without any restriction, the amount invoiced
and if there are no more restitution reservations.
3.5 The Parties may agree that the customer shall open
an irrevocable documentary credit through his bank or
any other bank acceptable to us. In such a particular
case, the credit shall be opened in accordance with the
General Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits,
as applicable, which currently is the 2007 Revision of
ICC Publication No. 600.
3.6 The customer shall only be entitled to offset claims
against counterclaims if his counterclaims are final and
absolute, are undisputed or have been recognized by us.
Moreover, the customer shall be entitled to exercise
a right of retention only in so far as his counterclaim
is based on the same contractual relationship. The
customer shall have no right of retention under BGB
Section 320 (2) on grounds of partial performance.
3.7 If a delivery or service qualifies for exemption from
value-added tax or sales tax, the customer shall
have the duty to provide the required proof and / or
assist in obtaining it. When it comes to intraCommunity
deliveries of goods under Section 6 a of the German
Turnover Tax Law (UStG), the customer shall
communicate his VAT ID no., prove his status as an
entrepreneur and help submit book-based and
documentbased evidence of export shipments. Should
the local tax authority refuse to grant exemption
from sales tax, the customer shall hold us harmless
from and / or indemnify us against sales tax, interest,
delayed payment surcharges and any other incidental
costs, unless we are responsible for such refusal to
grant exemption.
We shall only be obligated to lodge a legal remedy at
the customer‘s request if the latter pays an adequate
advance on the costs of the legal remedy procedure,
in addition to the indemnification provided for the
preceding paragraph.
3.8 If we learn of facts, after accepting the order, which
cast reasonable doubt on the customer‘s solvency,
we shall have the right to demand that full payment
be effected or relevant security be deposited before
delivery will be made and / or to withdraw from the
contract after a time limit set has produced no result.
In addition to an existing delay in payment, relevant
information, which is obtained with the diligence of
a prudent businessman from a bank, credit bureau
or a company transacting with the customer, shall
be deemed proof of reasonable doubt about the
customer‘s solvency.
If delivery has already been effected, the invoiced
amounts concerned shall be payable immediately,
irrespective of the terms of payment agreed, with bills
of acceptance to be returned, as appropriate.
4. Delivery Time and Delay in Delivery
4.1 Delivery periods shall start at the order confirmation
date, but not before the customer‘s obligations have
been fulfilled in a timely and proper manner, notably
not until the records, permits and releases to be
furnished by the customer have been provided and the
agreed initial payment has been received.
4.2 Delivery periods and deadlines shall be deemed met
if the delivery item has left the plant or distribution
warehouse or its readiness for delivery has been
communicated prior to their expiry. This shall not apply
if acceptance is required under the contract or if an
installation obligation has been agreed.
4.3 Whenever time limits and deadlines not expressly
designated as „invariable“ in the order confirmation
note are exceeded, the customer may accord us a
reasonable grace period for delivery / performance.
Only when this additional period of time has elapsed
can we be regarded as having fallen into arrears.
4.4 We reserve the right of correct and timely self-supply.
4.5 In the event of force majeure or other unforeseeable
extraordinary and non-culpable circumstances, such as
operational breakdowns, strike, lockout, interference by
authorities, power supply difficulties, etc., hindering us
from performing our obligation in a timely fashion, the
delivery period shall be extended by the length of such
hindrance plus a reasonable start-up time. This shall
also apply if such circumstances occur at sub-suppliers.
In important cases, we will notify the customer of the
beginning and end of such circumstances as early as
possible. If the above circumstances render delivery or
performance impossible or unacceptable, we shall be
relieved from the obligation to deliver. Specifically, the
contract shall expire if official permission is required
for the export of our deliveries and services and if a
permit requested is not granted. If the delivery period
is extended due to the circumstances referred to above
or if we are relieved from the obligation to deliver, the
customer shall not be entitled to derive any claims for
damages therefrom. In so far as we are relieved from
the obligation to deliver, we shall restitute any advance
payments or deliveries that may have been made by
the customer.
4.6 Should the performance of any delivery or service be
delayed through a fault of ours, the customer shall
be entitled to demand lump-sum damages for any
completed week of delay, provided he can prove that
he has suffered a loss from such delayed performance.
During each of the first four weeks, lump-sum
damages shall be 0.5 % and for each week following
thereafter 1 % of the value of the part of delivery
or service not performed within the time limit set.
The total amount of lump-sum damages incurred
shall be limited to 5 % of the value of the delivery
or service not performed within the time limit set.
Any further claims by the customer for damages and
for compensation of expenses on grounds of delay
in delivery shall be excluded. This shall not apply if
liability is mandatory, as in the event of willful intent
or gross negligence and / or for injury to life, body or
health.
No change of the burden of proof to the customer‘s
disadvantage shall be associated with that.
4.7 This shall not affect the customer‘s legal right of
rescission, but presupposes that we are responsible for
the delay incurred.
4.8 Once a delay has occurred, we shall be entitled
to notify the customer of a new presumed date of
delivery. In connection with such notification, we can
furthermore demand, while setting a deadline, that
the customer state whether he will withdraw from
the contract on grounds of delay and / or he will
claim damages or compensation of expenses instead
of performance or whether he will insist on delivery.
Should the customer then fail, within the time limit
set, to make a statement, an unambiguous statement
or a statement to the effect that he insists on delivery,
his rights of rescission and to claim damages and /
or compensation of expenses instead of performance
shall be excluded if we fulfill our obligation within the
new time limit notified pursuant to Sentence 1. When
making the request provided for in Sentence 2, we will
specifically point out to the customer what effect his
conduct will have pursuant to Sentence.
4.9 If dispatch is delayed at the customer‘s request, we
shall be entitled to demand payment and issue the
relevant invoice at the original delivery deadline. This
shall apply even if the original agreements of the
contract do not obligate the customer to make any
advance payment. Starting one month after notification
of readiness for dispatch, we may bill the customer,
for the storage costs incurred, 0.5 % of the order value
for each commenced week of delay. The customer
shall be allowed to provide proof to the effect that no
damage or decrease in value has been caused at all or
that such damage or decrease in value is considerably
lower than the lump sum.
After a reasonable time limit set by us has elapsed
and after we have given appropriate advance notice,
we shall also be entitled to use the delivery item
concerned in other ways and to effect delivery to the
customer within a reasonably extended period of time.
The provisions of this clause shall also apply if the
customer is in delay of taking delivery.
5. Delivery, Passing of Risk and Dispatch
5.1 Partial delivery on a reasonable scale shall be permissible.
5.2 The risk shall pass to the customer when the item is
transferred to the forwarder or carrier, at the latest
when it leaves the plant or the distribution warehouse.
This shall also apply if carriage-paid delivery has
been agreed. The dispatch shall be effected on the
customer‘s behalf.
5.3 If the dispatch is delayed as a result of circumstances
for which the customer is responsible, the risk shall
pass to the customer at the date at which the item
is ready for dispatch. At the customer‘s request and
expense, we shall, however, be obligated to effect the
insurance cover he demands.
5.4 We shall insure the shipment against theft, breakage,
transport, fire and water damage, as well as other
insurable risks at the customer‘s request and expense.
6. Reservation of Title
6.1 We shall retain title to the delivery item until all the
payments from the business relationship with the
customer have been received. If the customer acts
in breach of contract, notably when he is in payment
arrears, we shall be entitled to repossess the delivery
item. Repossession or the assertion of the reservation
of title shall not require any withdrawal by us. Such
acts or seizure of the delivery item by us shall not
constitute withdrawal from the contract, unless we
expressly declare so in writing. Following repossession
of the delivery item, we shall be entitled to utilize
such item. The proceeds from such utilization shall
be credited against the customer‘s liabilities, less
reasonable utilization costs.
6.2 The customer shall treat the delivery item with care
and, if so requested by us, sufficiently insure it against
damage while the reservation of titles is in effect. The
customer shall already now assign to us any claim he
may have against the insurer.
6.3 In the event of seizure or any third-party interference,
the customer shall immediately notify us thereof in
writing, so that we can lodge a suit pursuant to Section
771 of the German Code of Civil Procedure (ZPO). If
the third party is unable to reimburse us for the court
and out-of-court costs incurred in connection with
a suit under ZPO Section 771, the customer shall be
liable for any loss we sustain.
6.4 The customer shall be entitled to resell the delivery
item in the ordinary course of business. However, he
shall already now assign to us any claim to the value
of the final amount invoiced (including value-added
tax / sales tax) which he may accrue against buyers or
third parties from such resale, irrespective of whether
the delivery item was sold without or after processing.
Even after assignment, the customer shall be entitled
to collect such claims. This shall not affect our right to
collect the claim ourselves.
However, we undertake not to collect the claim as
long as the customer meets his payment obligations
from the proceeds collected, is not in payment
arrears and, most of all, no application for insolvency
proceedings has been filed or payments have stopped.
If the obligation of non-collection does not apply,
we may demand that the customer reveal to us the
assigned claims and the debtors thereof, provide
any information that may be required for collection,
surrender to us corresponding records and advise the
debtors of the assignment.
6.5 The processing or transformation of the delivery item
by the customer shall always be effected on our behalf.
Should the delivery item be processed together with
other objects not owned by us, we shall acquire
co-ownership of the new object in the proportion of
the value of the delivery item to the other processed
objects at the time of processing. Moreover, the
same shall apply both to the object created by such
processing and to the item delivered under reservation.
6.6 Should the delivery item be inseparably mixed with
other objects not owned by us, we shall acquire coownership of the new object in the proportion of the
value of the delivery item to the other mixed objects at
the time of mixing. If the mixing is carried out in such
a way that the customer‘s object is to be regarded as
the principal object, it shall be deemed agreed that the
customer shall assign proportionate co-ownership to
us. The customer shall safeguard on our behalf the sole
ownership or co-ownership thus created.
6.7 For the purpose of securing our claim, the customer
shall assign also any and all claims, including any
ancillary rights, he may be entitled to against any third
party as a result of the delivery item being connected
to a plot of land.
6.8 At the customer‘s request, we shall release the
securities we are entitled to if the realizable value of
our securities exceeds the claims to be secured by
more than 10 %.
We shall be responsible for the selection of the
securities to be released.
6.9 If the law governing the territory where the delivery
item is located does not allow any reservation of
title to be made, we shall be entitled to exercise any
right that we are allowed to reserve in respect to the
delivery item. The customer shall have the duty to
cooperate in any measure that we wish to take in order
to protect our ownership right to the delivery item or,
instead of such ownership right, any other security
right. Specifically, we shall be entitled to request that
the customer furnish other equivalent security (e.g., a
guarantee).
7. Rights to Software
7.1 Any and all software shall remain our property.
Software, documentation and updates shall not be
made accessible to any third party without our prior
written approval and shall neither be copied – not
even for internal purposes – nor duplicated in any
other form whatsoever. This shall not affect the right to
make a back-up copy and the rights specified in Section
69 d (3)
and Section 69 e of the German Copyright Act (UrhG).
7.2 A non-exclusive and non-transferable right to use
software, associated documentation and updates
for the internal operation of the products for which
programs are supplied shall be granted hereby.
7.3 Source programs shall not generally be made available.
They shall be provided on the basis of a separate
written agreement only.
183
www.biometra.com
8. Defects in Material and Title
8.1 We shall provide the promised services in a manner
that will reflect the state of the art at the time when
the order is placed, meet the relevant provisions of law
and take the standards of the industry into account.
8.2 If our performance exhibits any defect in material or
title (hereinafter referred to as „defect“), whosecause
already existed at the passage of risk, the customer
shall be entitled to subsequent performance, which,
at our option, may take the form of rectification or
replacement, with the proviso that we shall always
be entitled to two rectification attempts. This shall
not apply in the event of a recourse pursuant to BGB
Section 478. We shall bear the expenses required for
subsequent performance – such as wage, material,
transport and travel costs – only if they do not increase
as a result of any delivery item being subsequently
transferred to a location other than the customer‘s
registered office, unless such transfer constitutes a
case of delivery recourse under BGB Sections 478 and
479 or such transfer is in line with the intended use.
Replaced parts shall become our property and shall be
returned to us.
8.3 If subsequent performance fails, the customer shall
be entitled, at his option and without prejudice to any
claims for damages and for compensation of expenses
that may exist pursuant to Clause 9, to reduce payment
or – if our breach of contract is substantial – to
withdraw from the contract.
8.4 Whatever the case, prerequisites for any liability on our
part for defects shall be that
a) caused by improper use, incorrect installation and /
or start-up, faulty or negligent handling, notably by
insufficiently trained personnel, or by the customer
or third parties using inappropriate equipment
and / or replacement material, by natural wear
and tear, deficient construction work, chemical,
electrochemical or electrical influences, in so far as
such circumstances are not attributable to any fault
of ours.
If our order confirmation note expressly points
out that proper equipment and / or replacement
material shall be obtained from us, any equipment
and material obtained and used from third parties
without our explicit consent shall be deemed
improper in this context. Whenever this is the case,
the customer shall have the duty to prove that such
equipment and / or replacement material cannot
have any effect on the function and wear of the
product. Without any explicit reference in the order
confirmation note being required, the same shall
apply to parts and / or assemblies of the product
which are exchanged by the customer or third
parties;
b) the customer, while accepting a defective product
even though he is aware of the defect, has, at the
time of acceptance, reserved the rights available on
grounds of defects;
c) the customer has carefully inspected the products
delivered for completeness and propriety
immediately after their arrival at his location, even
if samples or specimens had been sent previously.
Defects shall be reported in writing within eight
days after receipt of the delivery item at the
destination, or – if such defects were not detectable
through proper inspection – within eight workdays
following their detection. What is more, any defect
detectable upon delivery shall be reported to the
carrier, and the latter shall cause such defects to
184
be recorded. If defects in quantity and weight had
already been detectable upon delivery following
the above inspection obligations, the customer
shall, upon receipt of the products, raise complaints
to the carrier about such defects and get written
acknowledgement of the complaint raised.
In the event that damage is detected after delivery,
we shall assume liability only if the customer
reports the complaint in writing to the carrier
immediately after detecting the damage – but
not later than 14 days after taking delivery – and
advises us of such complaint in writing without
delay. If damaged products arrive late, we shall be
liable if the carrier is notified within 21 days after
such products have been made available to the
customer. In such a case, too, we shall be notified in
writing of the complaint without delay. Complaints
shall contain a description of the defects, which
shall be as detailed as possible,
d) the customer is not in payment arrears, taking into
account retention of a reasonable guarantee, as
specified in Clause 8.8.
8.5 The customer shall afford us the time and opportunity
required for performing any rectification and
replacement delivery that we deem necessary at our
reasonable discretion.
Otherwise, we shall be released from any liability
for consequential damage occurring because the
customer failed to give us the time and opportunity
required for effecting the necessary remedial measures
and / or replacement deliveries. Only in urgent cases
endangering operational safety and for the purpose of
averting damage of disproportionate dimensions – of
which we shall be informed immediately – or if we
have run into a delay in remedying the defect shall
the customer be entitled to correct the defect himself
or have it corrected by a third party and to claim
compensation from us for the costs incurred.
8.6 Claims arising from defects shall elapse after 12
months. This shall not apply in so far as claims are
based on any intentional conduct attributable to us
or in so far as BGB Section 438 (1) No. 2 (structures,
objects for structures), Section 479 (1) (claims
under a right of recourse), Section 634 a (1) No. 2
(construction defects) are applicable and longer time
limits are prescribed, therefore. We shall be liable for
replacement parts and /
or rectification until the period of limitation applicable
to the original delivery item elapses.
8.7 In so far as the customer accrues any claim against us
under a right of recourse pursuant to BGB Section 478,
we shall be liable only if the customer has not made
any agreement with his buyer which goes beyond
the statutory claims arising from defects and has not
exempted the buyer from statutory inspection and
complaint obligations.
Sentence 3 of Clause 8.2 shall apply accordingly. If
the customer is held liable for any defect of the newly
produced delivery item, he shall notify us thereof
immediately.
He shall make his buyers undertake relevant
commitments if they are entrepreneurs.
We reserve the right to meet any claim asserted by the
buyer against the customer by way of entering into
contract with the buyer. In such a case, the meeting of
the buyer‘s claims shall be regarded as fulfillment of
the claims which the customer may have.
8.8 In the event of complaints, the customer may withhold
payments only to an extent that is in reasonable
proportion to the expected defect removal costs.
Again, such retention shall be permissible only if the
customer‘s claims are undisputed or final and absolute.
Whenever such complaint is unjustified, we shall be
entitled to ask the customer to reimburse us for the
expenses incurred.
8.9 The preceding provisions do not involve a change of
the burden of proof to the customer‘s disadvantage.
9. Claims for Damages and Compensation of Expenses
9.1 We shall be liable under applicable law if the customer
claims damages or compensation of expenses
(hereinafter referred to as „claims for damages“)
based on willful intent or gross negligence, including
willful intent and gross negligence committed by our
representatives or vicarious agents. Also, we shall be
liable under applicable law if we have culpably violated
a material contractual obligation, as well as in cases
of injury to life, body or health. Material contractual
obligations are those obligations that must be fulfilled
to make proper execution of the contract possible
and on whose fulfilment the contracting parties
can regularly rely. Furthermore, we shall be liable
under applicable law if and when we have assumed
guarantees, unless such guarantees give the customer
rights which do not pertain to statutory liability for
defects and whose restricted content was pointed out
upon the assumption of the guarantee in question.
9.2 Damages for breach of a material contractual
obligation shall be limited to the foreseeable,
typical damage in so far as no willful intent or gross
negligence and no liability for injury to life, body or
health or from any assumed guarantee are involved.
Such claims for damages shall elapse after 12 months.
9.3 Except as provided above, any liability for damages
shall be excluded, irrespective of the legal nature of
the claim asserted. Specifically, we shall not assume
liability for damage not caused to the delivery item
itself, such as loss of profit and other property damage
sustained by the customer.
9.4 The mandatory provisions of the Product Liability Act
shall remain unaffected.
9.5 The customer‘s claims for compensation of expenses
shall be limited to the amount of the interest he holds
in the performance of the contract.
9.6 In so far as our liability is excluded or limited,
such limitation shall also apply with respect to the
personal liability of our employees, workforce, staff,
representatives and vicarious agents.
9.7 The preceding provisions do not involve a change of
the burden of proof to the customer‘s disadvantage.
10. Manufacture to Customer‘s Instructions
10.1 As far as manufacture to clients‘ drawings, samples and
other instructions given by the customer is concerned,
we shall not assume any guarantee and liability for the
functionality of the product and for other defects in so
far as they are rooted in the customer‘s instructions.
10.2 The customer shall indemnify us against any third-party
claims, including those arising from product liability, for
damage caused by the product, unless we caused such
damage in a willful or grossly negligent manner.
10.3 The customer shall give us the guarantee that the
manufacture and delivery of the product made to his
instructions does not infringe upon any third-party
property rights.
If any property right is asserted against us, we shall be
entitled, without legal examination of any third-party
claim that may exist, to withdraw from the contract
after hearing the customer, unless the third party in
question abandons the assertion of such property
rights through a written statement to be made to us
within eight days. The customer shall compensate us
for any damage sustained as a result of such property
rights being asserted. In the event of any withdrawal,
we shall be compensated for the work performed so
far. This shall not affect any claims for damages or any
further rights which may be available under applicable
law.
10.4 The molds, tools and design records produced for the
execution of the order shall be our exclusive property.
The customer shall not have any right to them, even if
he shares the costs incurred in producing molds, tools
and design records, unless any other agreement has
been explicitly made.
11. Taking Equipment Back and Disposal
11.1 Unless otherwise agreed with us, the customer shall
properly dispose of the product at his own expense
and in conformity with applicable law, when the use of
the product delivered ceases.
11.2 The customer shall release us, as the manufacturer,
from any obligation to take old electrical equipment
back – e.g., under Section 10 (2) of the German
Electrical and Electronic Equipment Law (ElektroG)
(„manufacturer‘s obligation to accept returned goods“)
and / or his country‘s standard for the implementation
of the RoHS Directive (Directive 2002 / 95 / EC) and /
or regulations pertaining to this directive – as well as
from any third-party right associated with it.
11.3 The customer shall ensure that any third party, to
which he transfers the product delivered and which
does not use the product in a private household,
undertake the commitment provided for in Clause
11.1. Any claim resulting from non-compliance with
these stipulations shall be at the customer‘s expense.
11.4 Our right to acceptance / release by the customer
under Clauses 11.1 and 11.2, as well as to insist on
his imposition of relevant obligations upon his buyers,
and / or our right to disposal and acceptance by the
customer at his own expense under Clause 11.3 shall
not elapse until after two years after actual use of the
equipment has definitively ended.
12.4 If recourse to arbitration proceedings is chosen, the
following shall apply:
Any disputes arising out of or in connection with this
contract or its validity shall be finally decided pursuant
to the Arbitration Rules of the German Institution of
Arbitration e.V. (DIS) in force on the date when the
contract is concluded and without recourse to the
ordinary courts of law.
The arbitral tribunal shall be composed of three
arbitrators.
The place of arbitration shall be our place of business.
The procedural law of this place shall be applied if the
Rules of DIS do not provide for any relevant regulations.
The language of the arbitral procedure shall be German.
The substantive law of the Federal Republic of Germany
shall apply without reference to any other law. The
application of the United Nations Convention on the
International Sale of Goods – U.N. Sales Convention
(CISC) – and the reference regulations of the private
international law shall be excluded.
The reasons for the arbitration award shall be given in
writing. The court of arbitration shall also decide on
the costs of the proceedings and Parties necessarily
incurred expenses.
12.5 If recourse to general courts of law is chosen, the
following shall apply:
The place of jurisdiction shall be our place of business.
However, we shall also be entitled to sue the customer
at any other legal venue.
12.6 If individual provisions of the contract are or become
invalid, the validity of the remaining terms of the
contract shall not be affected. The eliminated provision
shall be replaced by a term that comes the closest to
the purpose of the provision that has been eliminated.
12. Place of Performance, Place of Jurisdiction and
Governing Law
12.1 The place of performance for delivery shall be the
manufacturing plant and our distribution warehouse,
respectively. The place of performance for payment
shall be our place of business.
12.2 The contract shall exclusively be governed by the
laws of the Federal Republic of Germany. The United
Nations Convention on the International Sale of Goods
(CISC) and the rules of private international law shall
not apply.
12.3 In the event of any dispute arising out of or in
connection with the present contract, we shall be
entitled to choose between recourse to general courts
of law and to arbitral tribunals. Should any claim be
asserted against us as a result of any dispute arising
out of or in connection with the present contract,
we shall be obligated to exercise our option within
a reasonable period of time prior to the start of legal
proceedings if the other Party so requests in due
course. Only in the event of a refusal to choose or
a late choice do we waive the defense of arbitral
jurisdiction already now.
185
www.biometra.com
Notes
186
Notes
187
www.biometra.com
Notes
188
Notes
189
www.biometra.com
Notes
190
Notes
191
www.biometra.com
Notes
192
Notes
193
www.biometra.com
Notes
194
www.biometra.com
2
195
C atalo g u e 2012/2013
Biometra
2012/2013
Specifications subject to change without notice. Order No. 500 - 058
P.O.S. k r e s i n D ES IGN GmbH · P1202-117
Biometra GmbH
Rudolf-Wissell-Str. 30 • D-37079 Göttingen
Tel. +49 551-50686-0 • Fax +49 551-50686-66
[email protected] • www.biometra.com
C ata log u e Innovation · Advancement · Development
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement